Crux of Asia: China, India, and The Emerging Global Order
Crux of Asia: China, India, and The Emerging Global Order
Crux of Asia: China, India, and The Emerging Global Order
CONTENTS
ACKNOW LEDGMENTS
SU MMARY
INTRODUCTION
45
53
63
73
iii
83
95
105
115
125
135
145
155
Space Security
SHEN DINGLI | CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
BHARATH GOPALASWAMY | INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
165
173
Cybersecurity
TANG LAN | CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
SUBIMAL BHATTACHARJ EE | INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
185
195
209
221
Environmental Issues
ZHANG SHIQIU | CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
LIGIA NORONHA | INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
235
245
CONTRIBUTORS
255
263
iv
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This study would not have been possible without the generous support of the John D.
and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation; and in particular, MacArthurs Vice President of
International Programs, Barry F. Lowenkron, who provided enthusiastic encouragement for
the intellectual framework of this study.
Additionally, the editors wish to thank George Perkovich and Reece Trevor for their
close reading of, and thoughtful suggestions on, the introduction and the essays in this
collection. Special thanks are also owed to Ilonka Oszvald for shepherding this volume
through production and to Marcia Kramer and Rebecca White for their detailed editorial
improvements.
The authors of the essays gathered here worked diligently to address an involved set of
questions with brevity, and we are most grateful to them for their exceptional contributions
as well.
SUMMARY
The rise of China and India as major world powers promises to test the established global
order in the coming decades. As the two powers grow, they are bound to change the current
international systemwith profound implications for themselves, the United States, and
the world. And whether they agree on the changes to be made, especially when it comes to
their relationship with the West, will influence the systems future character. A close examination of Chinese and Indian perspectives on the fundamentals of the emerging international order reveals that Sino-Indian differences on many issues of both bilateral and global
significance are stark.
KEY POINTS
China and Indias sustained economic growth fuels their increasing geopolitical and
military influence.
Despite their developmental similarities, China and Indias bilateral strategic rivalry
means that they have competing priorities on most major global issues.
Sino-Indian differences are considerable on issues relating to the nonproliferation system, Asian security, regional stability in Southern Asia, and security in the maritime
commons, space, and cyberspace. The two rising powers broadly agree on matters
relating to the international economic system, energy security, and the environment.
1
Because of its ongoing shift to the Asia-Pacific and status as the only global superpower, the United States must manage a complex set of relationships with China and
India, which are at times working at cross-purposes.
INTRODUCTION
ASHLEY J. TELLIS | SEAN MIRSKI
The concurrent rise of China and India represents a geopolitical event of historic proportions. Rarely has the global system witnessed the reemergence of two major powers simultaneouslystates that possess large populations, have ancient and storied histories, abut each
other spatially and politically, and dominate the geographic environs within which they
are located. Their return to center stage after several centuries of imperial domination thus
presages the reincarnation of an earlier era in Asian geopolitics when China and India were
among the most important concentrations of political power in the international system since
the fall of Rome. The parallel revival of these two nations also dramatically exemplifies Asias
resurgence in the global system. Although there has been a steady shift in the concentration
of capabilities from West to East ever since the end of World War II, this transformation took
a decisive turn when the smaller, early-industrializing nations of AsiaJapan, South Korea,
Taiwan, and Singaporewere joined by the large, continental-sized states of China and India.
The recent renaissance of China and India is owed in large measure to their productive
integration into the liberal economic order built and sustained by American hegemony in
the postwar period. As a result of that integration, both of these giants have experienced
dramatic levels of economic growth in recent decades. Chinas economic performance, for
example, has been simply meteoric, exceeding even the impressive record set by the first
generation of Asian tigers between 1960 and 1990. During the last thirty or so years, China
has demonstrated average real growth in excess of 9 percent annually, with growth rates
touching 1314 percent in peak years.
CRUX OF ASIA
As a result, Chinas per capita income rose by more than 6 percent every year from 1978
to 2003much faster than that of any other Asian country, significantly better than the
1.8 percent per year in Western Europe and the United States, and four times as fast as
the world average. This feat has made the Chinese economyin purchasing-power-parity
termsthe second largest in the world with a 2010 gross domestic product (GDP) of
roughly $10 trillion. Many scholars believe that China will likely overtake the United States
in GDP size at some point during the first half of this century.
Indias economic performance has not yet matched Chinas in either intensity or longevity. New Delhis economic reforms, which have produced Indias recent spurt in growth,
began only in the early 1990s, over a decade after Chinas. To date, these reforms have been
neither comprehensive nor complete, and they have been hampered by the contestation
inherent in Indias democratic politics, the complexity of the Indian federal system, the lack
of elite consensus on critical policy issues, and the persistence of important rent-seeking
entities within the national polity.
Yet despite these disadvantages, the Indian economy has grown at a rate of about 7.5
percent during the first decade of this century. The country thus eclipsed its own historic
underperformance and enabled a doubling of per capita
income about every decade, placing the Indian economy,
Beijings and New Delhis when measured by purchasing-power-parity methods, in
fourth place globally with a 2010 GDP of approximately $4
divergent behaviors are trillion. More interestingly, Indias growthunlike Chinas,
shaped by the unique which relies extensively on foreign capital and export marhistories governing their ketshas derived largely from internal sources. Accordingly,
formation as modern many analysts have concluded that continuing economic
reforms will enable the country not only to reach its targeted
states, the stark contrasts objective of sustained double-digit growth but also to catch
in their respective political up with China in coming decades as Beijings own growth
regimes, and their ongoing slows because of its incipient demographic transitions.
Even if these exact expectations are not met, China and
territorial disputes and
India are likely to sustain their relatively high levels of GDP
geopolitical rivalries. growth for some time to come. This continual accretion of
economic power will position them among the top three
economies internationally by the year 2030, if not earlier, thus confirming their status as global giants. Propelled by the rapid economic growth
achieved thus far, China and India are already extending their political influence as well as
strengthening their military capabilities and reach. China is quickly closing in on its goal of
becoming a major global power, if it is not one already, and India is likely to achieve globalpower status in the next two decades. Chinese and Indian contributions to the expansion
of the international economic system are generally welcomed, with growth in both nations
promising to function as the motor of the international economy for several decades to
come. The two countries also share a common interest in ensuring that the international
environment is peaceful to guarantee their continued economic consolidation and domestic
political stability.
But if the history of previous rising powers is any indication, as China and India continue to grow they will want to progressively reshape the international system to advance their
own interestsinterests that may differ from those of the United States, the established hegemon that sustains the current global order. This does not imply, however, that Beijing and
New Delhi invariably share common objectives in opposition to Washington. To be sure,
the two countries are united by certain acknowledged aims: recovering the preeminence they
once enjoyed as international entities of consequence; establishing a multipolar world with
themselves as constituent poles; avoiding the costs of contributing to global public goods on
the grounds that their vast developmental challenges are not yet overcome; and protecting
their hard-won sovereignty in the face of new principles justifying foreign intervention in
the internal affairs of states.
Despite these convergent objectives, China and India are also divided by deep differences in the conduct of their political affairs. Beijings and New Delhis divergent behaviors
are shaped by the unique histories governing their formation as modern states, the stark
contrasts in their respective political regimes, and their ongoing territorial disputes and
geopolitical rivalries, which are exacerbated by their growing prominence in international
politics. As one analysis concluded, The relation[ship] between Asias two great powers can
best be characterized as one of global cooperation on transnational issues especially vis-vis the West, geostrategic rivalry at the regional level in the form of growing commercial
exchange and in some cases bilateral competition.1 This statement captures, in many ways,
the conventional wisdom about the dichotomy in Sino-Indian ties: a broad convergence on
transnational issues complemented by a deep bilateral rivalry that persists despite the two
countries mutual and growing economic interdependence.
Whether the agreement on issues of global order, especially vis--vis the West, is real or
whether it merely obscures important differences between the two rising powers is a critical
question because it bears on the character and the extent of change that might be desired
of the international system as it evolves. Accordingly, there is a pressing need to understand
how these two emerging powers conceive of various issues relating to the global order. Such
an understanding would reveal the extent of their comfort with the existing system while
simultaneously providing clues about how they might seek to reshape it if they acquire the
ability to do so in the future.
This volume is an attempt to understand how China and India think about various
dimensions of the emerging global order. It brings together a series of paired papers by
distinguished Chinese and Indian scholars who address a common set of questions (listed at
the beginning of each chapter) relating to four broad areas of concern: the evolving global
order, the challenges of regional security, key problems of the global commons, and emerging nontraditional security concerns.
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
The purpose of each paper is to explicate, rather than defend, the dominant national
view on the subject in question. Although the personal views of the authors necessarily intrude in such an exercise, each paper consciously seeks to expound the mainstream opinion
of Chinese or Indian policymakers and elites. The aim is to better inform an American audience about the extent of convergence and divergence in Chinese and Indian positions on
various global issues. No summary can fully capture the detail and nuance of the two countries stances on these complex matters, but this introduction attempts to flag the elements
of convergence and divergence in each pair of essays for policymakers, especially in the
United States. Washington undoubtedly confronts serious pressure to formulate coherent
policies that satisfy its short-term goals vis--vis both China and India while simultaneously
responding to the long-term challenges represented by those states rise in Asia and beyond.
If this analysis improves the U.S. understanding of where these two rising powers stand on
various issues that matter to American interests, it will have served its purpose.
tify another potential threat: the increasing empowerment of individuals and civil society at
the expense of the state. Both nations are suspicious of nongovernmental organizations in
their countries, in part because of their perceived links with foreign states, and they also harbor extensive reservations about international norms that seek to bind the hands of national
leaders in domestic matters. Moreover, they watch the rise of new technologiessuch as
innovations in cyberspace and social mediawith some distrust.
Wang and Mohan argue that both China and India yearn for a greater role in the global
order and that they currently feel underrepresented in key international bodies. Wang flags
Chinas lack of representation in international economic institutions, while Mohan highlights the fact that India is not a permanent member of the United Nations Security Council (UNSC). Both scholars also mention the importance of bolstering their countries domestic capacities to produce citizens that can effectively represent them on the world stage,
indicating their perceived lack of suitable capability to meet the burdens of greater global
leadership. In other words, the authors suggest that China and India are not yet global leaders due to a lack of both opportunity and capability.
Neither China nor India opposes international legal institutions in principle, but in
practice both nations express strong reservations over the fact that institutions like the International Criminal Court can impinge on their sovereignty. In Indias case, the opposition is
compounded by New Delhis perception that these organizations often discriminate against
states that are not permanent members of the UNSC.
Wang and Mohan also agree that China and India share many common interests on
global matters such as regime change and climate change. Mohan identifies this agreement
as ultimately rooted in a mutual suspicion of external transnational institutionsincidentally, a suspicion that the United States often shares. More importantly, however, both
authors insist that Chinas and Indias attitudes toward the future global order will not be
affected by international institutions and norms as much as they will be decided by domestic and national political considerations. If they are right, then Chinas and Indias future
relations with the global order will be determined more from within than from without,
with sobering implications for American interests.
These elements of convergence speak to how Chinas and Indias interests are often
shaped by their relatively comparable levels of economic and political development. But the
divergence in their positions is equally significant. While both countries are concerned, for
example, about constraints on their sovereignty, the degree of concern differs greatly.
Wang observes that China holds to the principle of state sovereignty absolutely, writing
that the most salient tenet in Chinas foreign relations has long been the safeguarding of
[its] sovereignty and territorial integrity. China sees many threats to this sovereignty as arising from the West, particularly the United States, and it has firmly opposed them at every
step.
India, meanwhile, is becoming less concerned by threats posed by other states. According to Mohan, New Delhi does not object to Western intervention on the absoluteness of
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
state sovereignty since India recognizes the importance of states shedding some sovereignty
to promote international cooperation, an evolving position shaped both by Indian democracy and its liberal political inheritance. Rather, India opposes the cavalier humanitarian
interventions of the West mainly because it doubts their sincerity and their efficacy. At times
India will place humanitarian concerns above state sovereigntybut it will do so on the
basis of pragmatic rather than ideological concerns.
Similarly, while China and India are both suspicious of the empowerment of individuals
and society relative to the state, their responses to that development are markedly different.
China has made it clear that it sees, in Wangs words, this trend as politically incorrect and
unacceptable and believes that sovereign rights will always be more valued than individual
rights. Accordingly, Beijing has positioned itself against the emergence of a robust civil
society by committing to the reinforcement of state power, including through heavy regulation and control. Moreover, Chinas attitude has affected its perceptions of other states, and
Wang notes that China does not distinguish between state actors and nonstate actors in the
conduct of foreign relations. Conversely, India, which has struggled with the empowerment
of civil society, has begun adapting to this reality. New Delhi has in fact embarked on statesupported efforts at empowering its citizenry through a variety of instruments ranging from
acknowledging citizens legal right to seek information about state actions to expanding the
scope of public interest litigation to creating a gigantic rights-based welfare state.
Furthermore, the fact that both China and India desire greater representation in international institutions does not mean that they concur with each others aspirations. In particular, China and India have clashed over the expansion of the UNSC. India has prioritized
permanent UNSC representation, arguing, in Mohans words, that the current structure
is outmoded and ineffective. In contrast, China insists that any expansion include more
developing countries, preserve the geographical balance, and represent different cultures and
civilizations. Although Indian representation would meet these criteria in theory, China opposes Indias inclusion in the UNSC. As Wang notes, China is essentially content with the
UNSCs current composition.
For all their convergence at the international level, therefore, the geopolitical rivalry
between China and India often impedes practical cooperation between the two states. Both
Wang and Mohan acknowledge the mutual distrust between the two countries. Wang sees
China as fearful of American containment and thus wary of the United States developing
relationship with India. However, Mohan argues that India is not necessarily moving closer
to the United States but that China is pushing Washington and New Delhi closer together
by virtue of its adoption of potentially interventionist policies that threaten Indias interests
in its own neighborhood.
On balance, Sino-Indian divergence on many matters of global order may be deeper
than the common rhetoric suggests. While China and India agree in the abstract on concepts such as state sovereignty and humanitarian intervention, they are divided by their
perceptions of the threats facing the international system as well as by their concerns about
TELLIS | MIRSKI
their own security. China deeply fears American intrusions on its sovereignty and is acutely
conscious of the leverage India possesses regarding Tibets future as a Chinese province.
Although India is still hesitant to confront China outright or commit to a strong affiliation
with the United States, Mohan notes that New Delhi and Washington are growing closer
on issues such as democracy and humanitarian intervention. Wang maintains that China
remains obdurately opposed to these issues.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. POLICY
How can the United States lead the reform of the UNSC and other international
bodies concerned with global rulemaking if there continue to be significant gaps in
preferences even between democratic partners such as the United States and India?
How can the United States ameliorate Chinas and Indias concerns about threats
to sovereignty without compromising on the fundamental objectives of the liberal
international order centered on the respect for persons?
How can the United States integrate China, India, and other emerging powers into
various international institutions without diluting their efficiency, threatening U.S.
power, or transforming these bodies into further avenues for increased Sino-Indian
or Sino-U.S. rivalry?
CRUX OF ASIA
tion into the global economic system but also used that integration as a force for beneficial
domestic reforms. Both countries intend to continue their external integration and internal
reform even as they simultaneously undergo consequential economic, social, and political
transitions.
Despite the benefits offered by the liberal trading order, however, Zhang and Kumar/
Khanna affirm that their countries are dissatisfied by the existing balance of power in many
global institutions, especially those pertaining to international finance. China and India are
well aware of their growing economic heft within the international trading system, and they see the rise of the G20 and
While China stresses the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa)
as reflecting a larger shift in economic power from the
reforming state-owned
developed to the developing world. Accordingly, Beijing and
enterprises, India believes New Delhi believe that developing nations are entitled to
the problem is structural greater representation and rights within international finance
and thus advises reforming institutionsespecially the International Monetary Fund
(IMF) and the World Bankand that the fundamental
the system itself. structure of these organizations must be altered. China and
India also agree that these institutions are becoming increasingly important in the current global climate. Both sets of
authors propose strengthening the IMF, with Zhang arguing that the institution should play
a larger role in managing global monetary policy and financial markets and Kumar/Khanna
believing that the IMFs mandate should be extended to include global macroeconomic balances. Additionally, both identify Chinese and Indian fears of rising protectionism among
developed countries, and they emphasize that the West should not fence off its economies
from globalization, given the importance of a universal free market.
Despite both essays conspicuous endorsement of an open international economic order,
the authors acknowledge that both China and India maintain substantial state controls in
their domestic economic systems. These controls are defended as necessary given each countrys relative stage of development. Both Zhang and Kumar/Khanna note that state controls
are the lowest they have ever been in the history of their respective countries and that they
will continue to shrink as both economies move toward a more market-based system.
Additionally, Chinas and Indias currencies are not fully convertible. Both countries
argue that the convertibility of their currency is increasing in pace with other economic
reforms, but Kumar/Khanna also caution that premature moves toward full convertibility
could destabilize exchange markets and cause Indias currency value to fluctuate wildly. In
this context, Zhang and Kumar/Khanna agree that the U.S. dollar will remain the global
reserve currency for the foreseeable future, largely because no other currency can successfully
replace it at this juncture.
Both papers in this pair declare that China and India seek a greater leadership role in the
maintenance of the international economic order, a position that derives from their growing
10
economic power. However, both countries acknowledge that they will be unable to take a
primary leadership role any time soon because of their still-significant economic, political,
and social constraints. Both sets of authors point to domestic constraints as a key obstacle
to China and India replacing the United States, an intriguing counterpoint to most international discussions that presume Beijing and New Delhi will step into such a role simply
as a function of their increased relative economic power. Kumar/Khanna implicitly contest
this expectation, writing that internal and domestic considerations dominate any global
interaction. Zhang and Kumar/Khanna also doubt that either country will experience a
future tradeoff between greater integration into the open economic system and continued
rapid national growth, an eventuality that many predict. Kumar/Khanna believe this stage
is still a long way off.
Given the expectation that China and India will continue to benefit from the system,
it is not surprising that both countries want to conclude the Doha Round of World Trade
Organization negotiations expeditiously and in general strongly prioritize the expansion of
the global economic order. Reflecting Indias aspirations, Kumar/Khanna stress the importance of working toward free trade in agricultural goods and the free temporary movement
of workers across national borders. Interestingly, free trade in agricultural goods is not yet
reflected in the government of Indias negotiating preferences in trade policy.
The two sets of authors affirm that in the absence of global progress, China and India
will continue to support bilateral and regional arrangements, including free trade agreements (FTAs), that advance economic goals in a manner that complements global efforts.
Both countries prioritize global agreements over regional ones, however, and are committed
to not letting the latter become obstacles to the former.
On the critical question of the geopolitical challenges posed by the differential rates of
growth arising from an open international orderthe core challenge for the United States
todayKumar/Khanna argue that India does not consider differential returns a threat
because they are a direct product of integration into the global economy. For India, then,
the lesson is clear: integration is the best option both because it limits the misuse of a states
power and because the alternative to open trade puts India in an even weaker position. This
reflects the standard liberal defense of free trade. Zhangs paper, however, circumvents this
question, perhaps in part because China, profiting more than most from the current economic order, would prefer not to draw attention to the issue of geopolitical gains for fear
that it might lead to both greater protectionist pressures in the West and more concerted
efforts to balance rising Chinese power.
This element of divergence in the two papers is reflective of other important disagreements as well. For example, while China and India agree on the importance of increasing
developing-country representation in the governance structures of the World Bank, their
wishes for the orientation of the World Banks future mandate seem to differ subtly. Zhang
notes that China wants the World Bank to focus more on clean government and transparency as well as on sustainable development. Kumar/Khanna do not necessarily disagree, but
11
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
they argue that India is torn between orienting the World Bank more toward development
finance or more toward a focus on only the least-developed economies (thus excluding
China and India).
A more serious divergence materializes over the issue of how an open economic order
abroad is to be reconciled with continuing state controls at home. The two sets of authors
disagree over the role of state-owned enterprises and how the international economic system
should respond to their rising influence. Zhang argues that there is a need to continue to
reform state-owned enterprises and [to] create a fair competitive environment for the nonstate sector, tacitly acknowledging that state-owned enterprises will continue to play an
important role in Chinas economy. In short, China maintains that state-owned enterprises
can be reformed in a way that harmonizes their existence with the current international economic system. Kumar/Khanna, by contrast, argue that the present multilateral liberal trading order was based on the premise that the major actors will be private enterprises. With
the emergence of state-owned capitalist enterprises, this premise is no longer valid. Additionally, India also evinces concern over governments acquisitions of intellectual property.
Because India too continues to maintain state-owned enterprises (albeit without international operations on a scale comparable to China), Kumar/Khannas position represents an
important dissenting view in regard to their own governments policies. The differences are
clear: while China stresses reforming state-owned enterprises, India believes the problem is
structural and thus advises reforming the system itself.
Despite agreeing that the U.S. dollar is likely to remain the global reserve currency in the
near future, Zhang and Kumar/Khanna sharply disagree over the merits of dollar dominance. Zhang argues that the world should either create a new international reserve currency or move toward a multicurrency system. In the short term, though, China hopes that
the United States will follow responsible monetary and macroeconomic policies that keep
the dollar stable. Kumar/Khanna, on the other hand, see no immediate need to change the
existing dollar-based system, especially since that could prove destabilizing. This position
reflects Indian fears of instability arising from any transition to a multicurrency system and,
even worse, of the replacement of the dollar by the Chinese yuan, should the latter become
fully convertible in the future.
In a similar vein, while both China and India support expanding the global trading
system, they disagree on whether bilateral and regional FTAs are an obstacle. Zhang argues that China considers regional arrangements to be incredibly important, and his essay
clearly stresses Chinas continued interest in expanding them. But Kumar/Khanna fear that
bilateral and regional trade agreements could undermine the multilateral trading order. As a
result, they call for the World Trade Organization to play a greater role in monitoring these
regional FTAs and ensuring they are not diverting trade. This position again reflects the
traditional Indian ambivalence about subglobal FTAs, even if it is not fully incorporated in
current Indian governmental policies.
12
TELLIS | MIRSKI
How can the United States lead the reform of international financial institutions
to accommodate rising powers when these nations substantive commitment to the
liberal order still remains somewhat uncertain?
How can Washington pursue the enlargement of the global trading order in the face
of new entrants, such as state-owned enterprises, that could be little more than state
proxies in a field otherwise populated by private-market players?
How can Washington sustain its commitment to expanding the world trading system if the proliferation of bilateral and regional FTAs continually accentuates trade
diversion?
How can the United States continue to sustain the open trading order if its net consequence is breeding new global rivals to American primacy?
13
How can the United States protect the status of the U.S. dollar as the international
reserve currency (with its accompanying exorbitant privilege) in the face of significant global imbalances?
CRUX OF ASIA
Regardless, Sreenivasan argues that although India continues to have significant disagreements with the NPT system, New Delhi is much more committed to the holistic purposes
of the NPT than some of the signatories and has unilaterally implemented many significant
measures to advance the NPTs nonproliferation and disarmament goals. This claim is anchored in Indias unsullied record in regard to outward proliferation, which contrasts sharply
with the records of both Pakistan and China. Presumably recognizing this history, Lis paper
proffers a lesser claim: Chinas support of the nonproliferation system has strengthened since
it signed the NPT in 1992, some twenty-two years after the treaty came into force.
In this context, Li and Sreenivasan note that their countries have generally been unsympathetic to contemporary challengers to the NPT systembut the devil is in the details.
Both China and India, for example, have strongly condemned North Koreas nuclear program. But given Chinese dilemmas and interests regarding North Korea, Beijing has not prioritized compelling Pyongyang to give up its nuclear program. Lacking similar equities and
given New Delhis chagrin at North Koreas nuclear and missile cooperation with Pakistan,
Indias condemnation of the North Korean program has been more unequivocal.
There is less disagreement with respect to Iran. Both China and India find themselves in
a dilemma: they do not want to challenge Tehrans right to peaceful nuclear technology, but
they are concerned about its nuclear program.
Despite the differences between the North Korean and Iranian cases, both authors
highlight their countries insistence on engaging with states challenging the NPT system. In
part, this is because Beijing and New Delhi recognize that North Koreas and Irans decisions
are driven by the larger political and security contexts in their respective regions. Accordingly, both China and India oppose the threat or use of force to coerce these nations and wish
for an amicable resolution to the dispute through the improvement of overall international
relations and appropriate settlement of regional security problems, as Li characterizes it.
Both China and India also maintain that they scrupulously follow international obligations
over national interests when interacting with either North Korea or Iran. Li and Sreenivasan
insist that their countries are seeking less punitive international strategies not because they
are self-serving but because they are more effective.
In the essays, Chinas and Indias assessments of the NPT systems future range from
ambiguous to pessimistic. Li notes that China believes the global nuclear nonproliferation
system should deal with nuclear nonproliferation and [the] peaceful use of nuclear energy in
a balanced way, but that nuclear-weapons proliferation should be stopped even if it occurs
in the name of nuclear energy. This strong position, however, is in tension with his assessment that Chinese scientists also fear excessively precluding access to peaceful technology,
arguing that nonproliferation efforts should be focused on other portions of the proliferation chain.
Sreenivasan presents a much more pessimistic view. He argues that the discriminatory
and inflexible nature of the NPT regime, when combined with its commitment to permanence, makes it ill-suited to be either durable or effective over the long run. In particular, he
14
contends (somewhat speculatively) that whether nuclear-weapon states honor their commitment to disarmament considerably influences whether non-nuclear-weapon states will
be tempted to use nuclear technology that the NPT allows for peaceful purposes in order
to develop nuclear weapons. Regardless, Sreenivasan notes that there has only been one
country that has left the NPTNorth Koreaand that it did not acquire access to nuclear
technology through the NPT regime itself. While Sreenivasan is somewhat optimistic about
the possibility of eventually eliminating nuclear weapons altogether, India does not seem to
think that the NPT will aid this process so much as hinder it.
Li and Sreenivasan agree about the role of the international community in curbing
proliferation but again only at the highest level of generality. Both contend that states
should extensively cooperate, share best practices and intelligence, and strengthen national
export-control systems to combat nuclear proliferation. But both are unsure of the legality
of violating a states sovereignty to secure nuclear materials or substantive compliance with
existing obligations.
The superficial similarities in Chinese and Indian positions on proliferation mask deeper
disagreements. China and India diverge sharply in their evaluation of the NPT systems success. Despite Chinas initial opposition to the NPT regime, Li argues that China now sees
the system as a success and views the treaty as the cornerstone of the global nuclear nonproliferation system. This change of heart is linked closely to the treatys recognition of China
as a legitimate nuclear-weapon state.
In contrast, the NPT treats India as a de jure outlier. Consequently, Sreenivasan emphasizes Indias continuing complaints about the flaws in the NPT system, claiming that the
regime is under severe stress and in dire need of renewal and rejuvenation. He contends
that while the system has positively affected global nonproliferation efforts to some extent,
its contribution has been more limited than its admirers believe. While the Indian government would certainly endorse Sreenivasans assessment about the need for renewal, it is
likely to have a more positive view of the value of the NPT than many critical Indian opinions might suggest because New Delhi values the treatys role in preventing further proliferation in the international system.
Chinese and Indian grievances about the NPT continue to be shaped by how the treaty
treats the two countries legally. Although Chinese liberals still evince distaste for the regimes
discriminatory aspectsa position once held by China as a wholethe country has since
reconciled itself to the NPT regime and has consistently upheld it at least at a declaratory
level since 1992. Li notes that at the 1995 NPT Review Conference China gave higher
priority to its cooperation with other nuclear-weapon states than with other developing
countries. India, however, continues to harbor complaints about the treaty, though their
public articulation has muted considerably in recent years, particularly after the successful
conclusion of the U.S.-India civilian nuclear cooperation agreement.
Most importantly, New Delhi still believes, at least at a conceptual level, that the NPT
regime remains fundamentally discriminatory, dividing states with nuclear weapons from
15
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
those without. As Sreenivasan notes, India originally sought an NPT that would be a grand
bargain: nonproliferation in exchange for disarmament, with the eventual goal of the total
elimination of nuclear weapons. However, the NPT ended up holding nonproliferation as
an end in and of itself. To some extent, even China agrees with this position since it maintains, as Li puts it, that all nuclear-weapon states should publicly commit to not seek
permanent possession of nuclear weapons. But, in practice, China has passed the burden
of disarmament on to the bigger nuclear-weapon states and will join the process only when
appropriate conditions are metor, in other words, when the larger U.S. and Russian
nuclear arsenals are reduced to levels approaching parity with Chinas.
Compounding Indias objections is the permanence of the regime established during the
1995 Review Conference. India believes that the NPT should be a dynamic, flexible document that can adjust to developing situations. Instead, Sreenivasan argues that India believes
the treaty is froze[n] in time and space. Sreenivasan states that New Delhi would only
join the NPT if it were amended to allow India to join as a nuclear-weapon state. Finally,
India opposes the general exclusionary approach of the NPT system that, in its view, seeks
to ostracize nonsignatories. India believes that the regime needs to be more inclusive, with
stronger compliance measures so that all commitments (including disarmament) are actively
pursued. As part of this, India believes that the membership of groups such as the Nuclear
Suppliers Group, a multinational body that regulates the import and export of materials
used to make nuclear weapons, and the Missile Technology Control Regime, which seeks to
prevent the proliferation of missile and drone technology, should be open to all interested
countries, not just NPT signatories, in order to increase their efficacy.
China and India also diverge on how to manage the outlier states that never signed the
NPT. Although China has never explicitly addressed this question, it appears to oppose
the partial integration of some states as evinced by its opposition to the U.S.-India civilian
nuclear cooperation agreement. Li argues that both Chinese liberals and realists opposed this
agreement for different reasons: liberals because they felt that the deal subverted the universality of the NPT regime and realists because they saw the deal as a U.S.-Indian attempt
to counterbalance Chinas growing strength. In contrast, Sreenivasan argues that the deal
was made possible by Indias impeccable nonproliferation record, and as a result, the deal
proved to be a successful method of active partnership between India and members of the
NPT regime, strengthening the system. Consequently, it remains a good example of how
India has become a partner in the nonproliferation regime, rather than a target of it.
Despite this clear disagreement, there is a small element of convergence as well. China
and India agree that a similar deal should not be extended to other NPT outliers, but their
reasons differ. China seems to believe that the U.S.-India deal was flawed in principle,
whereas India believes that the deal was uniquely tailored to Indias circumstances and thus
cannot be successfully used in alternate situations.
Where the outliers are concerned, therefore, China appears to stand fast by the canonical objectives of older U.S. policynamely, to integrate them eventually into the regime as
16
TELLIS | MIRSKI
non-nuclear-weapon states. Thus, for example, China has repeatedly endorsed a South Asian
nuclear-weapons-free zone (presumably because it would imply Indias nuclear disarmament) and strongly supports a Middle Eastern nuclear-weapons-free zone (which would
entail Israels nuclear disarmament). In contrast, Sreenivasan writes that India believes the
NPT regime should treat outliers as partners in nonproliferation efforts by considering the
threats they face and engaging with them.
A number of questions will continue to bedevil U.S. policy in the nonproliferation arena
for years to come. Their solutions will only be found, not by engaging the declaratory policies of the emerging powers, but by patient diplomacy that speaks to the real interests of
these emerging countries in any given situation.
How can the United States strengthen the NPT system through possible incorporation of outliers in the face of the significant differences that exist on this score
between Washington and Beijing?
How can the United States secure Chinese and Indian cooperation in addressing the
nuclear challenges posed by North Korea and Iran when Beijing and New Delhi have
different priorities relative to Washington on these issues?
How can the United States balance the respect for sovereignty against the threats
posed by nuclear-weapons proliferation, especially when major rising powers such as
China and India remain reluctant to concede the legitimacy of coercive approaches
even when they believe nuclear proliferation poses a grave threat?
17
CRUX OF ASIA
most important security concerns are the confrontation on the Korean Peninsula, the South
China Sea dispute, and the Iranian nuclear program. Kondapalli, in contrast, emphasizes
unresolved sovereignty and territorial disputes, terrorism, and the challenge of maintaining
high economic growth as critical for India. While Xias concerns are shaped by geography
and span many different subjectsas he notes, all three
issues have involved outside major powers and have posed
Both China and India both traditional and nontraditional challenges to the region
are modernizing their and the worldKondapallis concerns are functional and
span many different countries (but, in practice, tend to
militaries as a defensive revolve around only a handful of states).
hedge against external
Xias assessment also focuses exclusively on the traditional
aggressionbut with security challenges posed by other states, whereas Kondapala marked difference in lis concerns encompass substate threats (terrorism) as well as
nontraditional security challenges (economic development).
emphasis. Similarly, Kondapalli takes into account security concerns
spawned by domestic issues, whereas Xia does not. Perhaps
most tellingly, Xia argues that the three challenges he identifies have been severely complicated by the actions of the United States. Kondapalli, in turn,
points to both China and Pakistan as key sources of insecurity for India when it comes to
sovereignty and terrorism.
The common thread in both papers, therefore, is sovereignty: Kondapalli highlights
this issue as a critical matter for India, and all three of Xias concerns involve questions of
sovereignty. This focus serves as a stark reminder of how China and India, despite being rising powers, are still young states struggling to protect their interests in a large, competitive
international system.
A subsidiary element of commonality is economic development. Kondapalli emphasizes
this concern clearly, a testament to Indias principal preoccupation today. Xia notes that
China will focus its attention on building a well-off society in the first two decades of
the twenty-first century, for which it needs a long-term peaceful and stable international
environment.
Where the national security strategies for dealing with these problems are concerned, Xia
and Kondapalli display important convergence: both stress that their respective countries
have prioritized economic growth even though China and India continue to pursue other
long-standing objectives, such as national reunification and strategic autonomy, respectively.
Each of these countries thus seems caught between the competing imperatives of security
and economic growth. Kondapalli describes Indias strategy as one that satisfies the countrys
sovereignty and territorial integrity needs by gradually enhancing its conventional and
strategic deterrence posture, while at the same time maintaining uninterrupted economic
growth figures through mutually beneficial diplomatic, economic, and security arrangements, a characterization which could aptly describe Chinas strategy as well.
18
In the pursuit of their strategies, China and India have adopted very similar means. Both
stress the importance of international cooperation, collective security measures and multilateral security dialogues, diplomatic outreach, negotiation as the primary method of dispute
resolution, and expanded economic ties. Additionally, both generally eschew unilateral or
coalitional attempts to address Asias security challenges. Instead, China and India stress the
importance of multilateral and regional fora while remaining cognizant that some security
challenges are best dealt with at the bilateral level. Both countries also envision a proactive
and positive role for themselves in resolving the regions disputes and even guaranteeing
their neighbors security.
In this context, Xia and Kondapalli maintain that both China and India have primarily
focused on nonmilitary instruments to advance Asian security. Both countries see force as a
last resort and argue that its use should be limited. Nevertheless, both China and India are
modernizing their militaries as a defensive hedge against external aggressionbut with a
marked difference in emphasis.
Xia notes that China is upgrading its military in part to deter military interference by
other major powers, presumably the United States. In contrast, Kondapalli seems to foresee
Indias military as being involved mostly in smaller conflicts in its neighborhood. Additionally, with regard to aiding other states through the use of military toolsa contingency on
which Xias paper is silentKondapalli strongly stresses the importance of legitimacy as
conferred either by the United Nations or by the country requesting Indian forces. Thus,
although Xia and Kondapalli do not disagree per se, Xia sees China as developing its military based on unilateral defense imperatives, whereas Kondapalli stresses the importance of
providing nontraditional assistance to other states as an additional task for Indias military
forces.
The two nations are thus slowly departing from their strict insularity of yesteryear and
instead exploring how their military capabilities might serve emerging interests, including
through the use of military instruments for nontraditional security operations (such as humanitarian relief and peacekeeping) and for collective-security measures. As they contemplate
such departures, both countries agree that confidence-building measures have a crucial role in
preventing conflict, which plays into their shared desire to avoid the use of force.
Most interestingly, however, Xia and Kondapalli argue that both China and India see the
United States as an indispensable actor in Asia. Both Asian countries are well aware of the
considerable American military strength in the region and the unlikelihood of its departure
in the foreseeable future. Both also accept the American presencethough with varying
degrees of enthusiasmand see it as being in their national interests. Neither seeks to challenge U.S. leadership on this front. Despite the differences that both China and India have
with the United States, they want Washington to play a constructive role in maintaining
regional security and in promoting economic cooperation and integration.
For all the commonality in their approaches to Asian security, Chinas and Indias national security strategies differ in three important respects.
19
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
First, Xia notes that China strongly opposes multilateral military alliances. While Kondapalli does not assert that India is specifically looking for them, he acknowledges that India
perceives the value of existing American alliances to its security. Although New Delhi will
not join such organizations, he suggests that India is less averse to bilateral military cooperation as long as it can maintain its strategic autonomy.
Second, Xia and Kondapalli disagree on the potential usefulness of Asia-wide institutions. China doubts that an Asia-wide organization can adequately represent such a geopolitically diverse region, but India sees potential in such initiatives despite their failure to
resolve major security issues in the past.
Third, although both Xia and Kondapalli welcome the American presence in the Asian
region, they seem to do so on the basis of mutually exclusive assumptions. Xia argues that
China seeks a United States that engages and cooperates with its rise, while Kondapalli
notes that India wants more resolute pushback against Chinas excesses and is wary of
any U.S. actions suggesting a Sino-American condominium in the form of a G2. Additionally, Beijing wants Washington to make it clear to smaller Asian countries that it is
not balancing against China, therefore discouraging them from confronting China over
territorial disputes on the assumption that Washington will back their claims. Beijing
also wants the United States to back away from its current militarization of regional issues, such as Taiwan, the Chinese-Japanese disputes, and the maritime squabbles in the
South China Sea. India, in contrast, expects the opposite: it wants Washington to act as
a balancing force against Chinas irredentist encroachment on the global commons.
Yet because the United States has been inconsistent about doing so, New Delhi remains
hesitant about aligning too closely with Washington and will continue to pursue strategic
autonomy.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. POLICY
How can the United States develop an appropriate security strategy for the Asian
region that balances against Chinese assertiveness without precipitating a confrontation with Beijing?
How can Washington reassure its Asian allies about their security without providing them incentives to mount their own challenges against China under cover of the
U.S. security umbrella?
How can the United States sustain good relations with China and India simultaneously, given the suspicions and rivalries between the two?
Should the United States be pursuing the creation of an Asia-wide security forum
that overlays the multiple extant regional and bilateral organizations?
20
TELLIS | MIRSKI
The second pair of essays in this section focuses on the challenges in Southern Asia,
defined as the Indian subcontinent in its larger environs, including Afghanistan and China.
The two papers, authored by Li Li and Srinath Raghavan on Chinas and Indias perspectives, respectively, assess each countrys strategic objectives in the region, the key threats
including nonsecurity onesperceived by each state, the nature of the political relations
enjoyed by each nation with the other regional states and their impact on each other, and
their views of the United States in the region.
The most striking conclusion emerging from Lis and Raghavans analyses is that Chinese
and Indian objectives in Southern Asia, at least at a formal level, are not as virulently opposed as is sometimes imagined. In fact, they might be more similar than divergent, despite
the presence of some important, ineradicable irritants.
Li argues that China seeksin order of decreasing importancea friendly, stable, and
prosperous Southern Asia. Although Raghavan does not rank Indias priorities in a similar
fashion, he notes that New Delhi has prioritized regional economic integration, the normalization of relations between India and its neighbors, and the promotion of regional stability.
Both authors also mention the importance of their countries sea lines of communication
through the Indian Ocean.
The most prominent element of divergence in their strategic objectives, as expressed
in these papers, pertains to democracy promotion. Raghavan notes that India seeks to
promote democracy in the region and to influence the policies pursued by states in the
region against sections of their own populations. China, obviously, does not share this
interest, but this divergence may be less significant than it appears. Although India has
always felt comforted by the spread of democracy in the region and has sought to promote it through exhortation and example, its hegemony in Southern Asia has paradoxically curbed Indias urge to proselytize on behalf of democracy for fear of riling its smaller
neighbors.
A more significant divergence may be structural in nature. Because of Indias location,
what happens in Southern Asia or its environs is of enormous importance to New Delhi,
whereas the great distance of the Chinese core from Southern Asia makes regional events
less pressing to Beijing. As Li notes, China has been somewhat uninterested in the region as
a whole historically, although that situation is now changing.
Given the broad similarity in strategic objectives, at least at a formal level, it is not surprising that both Li and Raghavan identify many of the same security threats, ranging from
unstable states to terrorism to the volatile Indo-Pakistani relationship. It is interesting that
neither author emphasizes the presence and capabilities of the other state as constituting a
primary security threat, though the challenges posed by each to the other are never far from
the surface. The Chinese and Indian assessments of geopolitical threats, thus, continue to
often be polite but pointed.
21
CRUX OF ASIA
Both essays, for example, agree that the intimacy of the Sino-Pakistani relationship
has been, in Lis words, an irritant in the Sino-Indian relationship, and that in an ideal
world the two relationships would be, in Raghavans words, de-link[ed] from each other.
While both authors therefore believe that China and India would like to separate their bilateral relationship from Chinas relationship with Pakistan, they differ on the prospect of
this occurring. Li argues that since China and India have agreed to look at their relationship in a broader context and perceive a stable and cooperative partnership as a guarantee
to their simultaneous rise, neither of them wants to see the Pakistan issue derailing their
relations. Raghavan, on the other hand, is much less optimistic, arguing that pure delinkage is not a realistic prospect in the foreseeable future and that, in fact, if Pakistans
dependence on China increases in the years ahead, New Delhi may have to start thinking about Pakistan as a subset of the larger challenges posed by China. Reflecting the
complexity of regional geopolitics, however, both authors identify China as a significant
and positive factor in Pakistans recent decision to begin normalizing economic relations
with India, thereby suggesting that Chinas relations with the smaller regional states cut in
multiple directions.
Li and Raghavan identify a range of issues relating to the smaller Southern Asian states
on which both China and India seem to agree. In particular, while both countries eye each
other with some suspicion, they do not see themselves as fully locked into a zero-sum game
for influence. Competition exists, but core strategic interests are not consistently diametrically opposed (and sometimes they even align). Thus, for instance, both countries welcome
Myanmars reform process and see each others increasingly active role in Afghanistan as a
positive development. Both are also aware of the great potential for misunderstanding, particularly from any Chinese moves in Indias backyard, as Li puts it, and both appear to be
working carefully to create a constructive dynamic in these smaller states.
Chinese and Indian perceptions of security threats diverge most conspicuously in the
nontraditional realm. The two analyses suggest that while China and India share many
mutual security threats, they emphasize different nontraditional security threats. China has
focused on drug trafficking and organized crime emanating from the regionparticularly
from Afghanistan and Myanmarwhile India has instead emphasized environmental and
natural-resource issues.
How China and India manage their interests in Southern Asia is another important issue
for comparison. Both countries see economic cooperation as the principal instrument for
achieving their strategic objectives. India in particular, as Raghavan phrases it, is willing
to bear asymmetric burdens in order to do so and has accordingly entered into lopsided
trade agreements, most likely a reflection of its greater investment and stakes in the region.
Additionally, China and India have both supported efforts at diplomatic engagement and
encouraged regional cooperation where possible.
But there is an important difference as well, which is once again linked to the geographic locations of China and India and the stakes they perceive in Southern Asia. Signifi-
22
cantly, China and India differ in their perspectives on the usefulness of force in the region
to achieve their strategic objectives. China appears to have drawn the line at cooperative
security measures, espousing a strong policy of noninterference in the domestic affairs of
Southern Asian countries. While advocating similar principles as the preferred course, India
has nevertheless built up its military and weighed, in Raghavans words, the adoption of
punitive strategies aimed primarily at Pakistan and rooted in its continued dalliance with
terrorism. (China, it should be noted, has adopted a similar posture in East Asia where it has
greater geopolitical stakes, but not in Southern Asia.) From the Indian perspective, Raghavan notes that there is no reason to assume the futility of force in securing Indian strategic
objectives, although the Indian use of military instruments is conditioned by a deep skepticism as to what they can actually achieve.
Finally, Chinese and Indian perspectives seem most sharply divided on their judgments
about the role of the United States in Southern Asia. Li flags the Chinese perception that
the American pivot to Asia is itself a potential security threat, perhaps because it is also
perceived as implicating India. According to Raghavan, New Delhi does not subscribe to
this view. Although both authors agree that the extant American role in the region has
helped slow the spread of extremism and terrorism and prevent the Indo-Pakistani rivalry
from spiraling out of control, Raghavans appraisal of the U.S. role is more positive than Lis.
Raghavan identifies the United States as an exclusively beneficial actor, arguing that any differences between Washington and New Delhi are matters of emphases and priorities rather
than objectives and that India seeks to continue working with the United States in areas of
common strategic interest while managing operational differences.
In contrast, Li notes that while the United States has helped secure China to some extent, Beijing still sees Washingtons increasing presence in Asia as a threat to Chinese interests and a possible prelude to containment. Notably, Li identifies the U.S.-Indian relationship as one of the elements of encirclement threatening China. To counteract these policies,
Li argues that China has adopted a dual strategy of playing up common interests with the
United States while strengthening its regional ties and modernizing its military as a hedge
against American threats. Interestingly, Li admits that the latter half of Chinas policy may
provoke a security dilemma with India, which seems like a realistic possibility when paired
with Raghavans upbeat assessment of U.S.-Indian ties.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. POLICY
How can the United States encourage China to deepen its engagement with the
smaller regional states without exacerbating existing security dilemmas with India or
increasing the threats posed to U.S. interests?
How can the United States and India encourage China to press Pakistan to cease its
support for terrorism without deepening Islamabads paranoia and fears of abandonment?
23
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
How can the United States support India in encouraging political reform in the
smaller regional states and greater economic integration within Southern Asia without intensifying local fears of Indian hegemony?
How can the United States support stable bilateral relationships with both China
and India while simultaneously balancing against Chinas rise?
24
Although Zhang and Sakhuja thus agree on Chinas and Indias strong affirmation of
UNCLOS as the new foundation for the maritime regime, their essays seem to suggest that
Beijing and New Delhi emphasize different aspects of it. Zhang highlights Chinas focus
on the freedom of the seas and notes that China supports UNCLOS because it is viewed
as equitable and reasonable. In Chinas interpretation, UNCLOSs primary virtue is that
it allows all countries to pursue their interests in a fair way. China greatly fears the United
States ability to interfere in the rights of other states by virtue of the conjunction of its superior might and its rejection of the Chinese interpretation of what UNCLOS permits with
respect to national jurisdiction. In contrast, Sakhuja stresses the importance that India places on UNCLOSs contribution to order and stability, and he argues that Indian concerns
about the maritime commons are largely oriented around the mounting security challenges
fueled by maritime disputes. Of course, China also appreciates the stability provided by
UNCLOS, but the differences in emphasis between the two authors are potentially telling.
These differences notwithstanding, Zhang and Sakhuja both affirm that neither China
nor India seeks to find a replacement for UNCLOS as the foundation for the global maritime order. Both view UNCLOS as indispensable and argue that most current maritime
challenges arise from the omissions in UNCLOS rather than from its affirmative provisions.
For that reason, both China and India believe that any changes to the global maritime order
should occur through revisions and additions to the UNCLOS regime. In considering
potential changes, both countries support a move toward, in Sakhujas words, maritime
multilateralism in order to better protect their interests.
In this context, Zhang and Sakhuja argue that China and India have developed similar
approaches to managing their maritime disputes, both strongly supporting the process of
diplomatic negotiation as the primary tool for dispute resolution. However, Beijing and
New Delhi also caution that maritime disputes are not simply the result of differing interpretations of UNCLOS and that they often incorporate complicated historical, political,
economic, and social factors that make them difficult to settle. Moreover, Zhang argues that
UNCLOS cannot be used as a legal foundation to make new claims over territorial sovereignty since it only applies to maritime boundaries. In other words, a states territorial claims
predetermine what UNCLOS may ratify, and the new jurisdictions extended by the convention do not permit the assertion of any new territorial claims.
China and India also agree that the use of force is inconsistent with the rules established
by UNCLOS. As Zhang writes, All the rights endowed by UNCLOS are on the basis of
peaceful purposes. Therefore, the exercise of the rights endowed by UNCLOS must
be done in a peaceful way. However, both Zhang and Sakhuja note that while force may be
inappropriate to protect UNCLOS-derived rights, China and India reserve the right to use
force to protect their territorial sovereignty, including their ownership of any islands that are
the center of maritime disputes. UNCLOS does not override this basic right.
While both authors argue that their countries support diplomatic negotiations as the primary tool for resolving maritime disputes, there appears to be some distance between them
25
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
on the issue of alternatives to diplomacy. In Chinas case, Zhang does not proffer a substitute solution and ignores the possibility of multilateral or international adjudication other
than to note that China may find collaborative, multilateral efforts appropriate in some
areas of nontraditional maritime security. This suggests that, consistent with Chinas current
approach to the disputes in the East and South China Seas, Beijing is willing to not press its
claims to permit either joint exploration or exploitation of the resources at issue among the
disputants. But as it does so, it retains the right to employ force if necessary to resolve the
elements of contested sovereignty that may be inherent in the quarrel. In contrast, Sakhuja
argues that India enthusiastically embraces international arbitration under UNCLOS if no
resolution through diplomatic negotiation is possible.
The disagreements between China and India extend to their perceptions of the role of
the United States in the global maritime order as well. Both Zhang and Sakhuja note that
China and India disagree with the U.S. interpretation of UNCLOS. Beijing and New
Delhi have different views than Washington about what military activities are permissible
in other states EEZs, especially on the issues of surveys, probes, and reconnaissance. China
and India also look askance at American maritime initiatives that might interfere with their
sovereignty or the freedom of the seas.
In addition to the disagreements between China and India vis--vis the United States,
there are significant differences in the behaviors of the two Asian powers. While China routinely confronts U.S. naval vessels and aircraft operating in its EEZ, India studiously avoids
such confrontations. Thus, although the two powers reject the American legal justification
for its military operations, their practical responses to these activities are vastly different.
This difference can be explained only by the fact that for all their ideational solidarity over
UNCLOS, China and India view the role of the United States in the global maritime order
through very different lenses.
Zhang writes that Beijing suspects the United States is using its naval power to meddle in
Chinas territorial and maritime disputes and to infringe upon the UNCLOS-derived rights
of all nations. Specifically, China sees the U.S. Navy as a powerful tool for the United
States to pursue American global hegemony and intervene in regional affairs. Sakhuja,
reflecting Indian perspectives about the desirability of an Asian power balance that limits Chinas capacity for domination, instead highlights the fact that India has extensively
engaged with the U.S. Navy, has a robust program of joint exercises, and is exploring more
expansive forms of military-to-military cooperation with U.S. sea services. India believes
that the U.S. Navy is providing an important global public good by maintaining maritime
order and stability.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. POLICY
Would U.S. ratification of UNCLOS secure Chinese and Indian agreement to the
U.S. interpretation of permissible activities in the EEZ?
26
TELLIS | MIRSKI
Would U.S. ratification of UNCLOS further accelerate the national enclosure of the
oceans in contravention of the long-standing Grotian tradition, and would that be in
the American interest?
Would the standing American defense of customary international law in the maritime domain have any effectiveness outside of U.S. naval superiority?
Can the ideals of unfettered access to the open ocean be sustained with the rise of
new naval powers such as China if Beijing backs its jurisdictional claims over its EEZ
and territorial waters with force?
Is it possible that Chinese and Indian views of permissible military actions in the
EEZ might change if both states were to move further in the direction of becoming
major naval powers?
27
How can the United States shape Chinese perceptions about the value of the U.S.
naval role in providing global public goods?
CRUX OF ASIA
China does not have a clearly defined civilian space component. Instead, it has seamlessly
integrated the civilian and military dimensions of space into one program. Many of its current programsfrom space launchers to space systemsserve the operations of the Peoples
Liberation Army (PLA) in a way that has no comparable analog in India.
Thus, although Beijing pursues a wide set of objectives that include exploring space
and making discoveries for the benefit of humanity as a whole, these activities are natural
progressions of various organizational endeavors that have, at their base, a strong military
complexion. Indias space organization, in contrast, is still fundamentally focused on exploiting space for peaceful purposes through the development of various space systems for
communications, remote sensing, meteorology, and space science, with a newer and more
limited set of national security objectives now embedded in the larger civilian effort. Gopalaswamy identifies these narrower objectives as focused on providing support capabilities
for the military, countering Chinas burgeoning ASAT program, developing an independent
space situational awareness program to counter the threat posed by space debris, and debating an International Code of Conduct for Outer Space Activities for activities in space.
As Shen and Gopalaswamy note, these broad differences in orientation are reflected in
the fundamentally divergent approaches that China and India have pursued toward their
strategic objectives in space. Shen stresses the Chinese governments involvement in promoting space research and exploration and suggests that Chinas central-planning approach has
allowed it to advance quickly in terms of space-technology development. In general, China
appears willing to pursue many different technological avenues in the course of its research
and development processan approach that takes advantage of the countrys growing
wealth and national resources. Additionally, Beijing has tested many weapons systems that
have explicitly counterspace functionsthe 2007 antisatellite test being the most conspicuous examplewhich again indicates a predominantly military space program.
In contrast, Gopalaswamy suggests that Indias government has been both slow to
promote space-technology development for national security purposes and hesitant to test
and field space weapons. Instead, New Delhi has adopted a wait-and-see approach, settling
for creating some retaliatory capabilities but refusing to test
or demonstrate them until other states force Indias hand.
China and India view space Moreover, New Delhi has taken a measured and exploratory
as a critical arena for approach to space-technology development, focusing on
a few specific areas rather than advancing its technologiadvancing their economic cal capabilities at every level. In part, this is because Indias
and national security goals. space industry is smaller than Chinas. Both programs are
government-directed, but the Indian government lacks the
resources available to its Chinese counterpart. Thus, unlike
China, which has invested in its military space programs across the board, India has specifically prioritized improving mainly its space imagery and surveillance, position and navigation, and communication systems.
28
All this suggests that although both China and India remain opposed to the militarization of space and have strongly advocated the use of space for exclusively peaceful ends,
neither country is optimistic about preventing such a development and both are engaged
in exactly those activities normally associated with militarization. Shen and Gopalaswamy
acknowledge that evolving strategic circumstances may compel their countries to protect
their interests by increasingly relying on military instruments, but both disavow any interest
in starting an arms race in space.
But while China and India contend that any militarization will be in response to threats
posed by others, they disagree sharply on the sources of those threats. Shen argues that the
greatest threat to China emerges from U.S. space dominance because it upsets the balance of
power in outer space, thereby affecting the terrestrial power balance as well. Gopalaswamy,
in turn, cites both the generic dangers posed by the presence of debris in space and the specific challenge of Chinas counterspace activities as the biggest threats to Indias space security. He argues that Chinas antisatellite test was the primary catalyst for the weaponization
of Indias space program. He notes that the Chinese test caught India off guard and precipitated a debate on space security as New Delhi took notice of its dependence on increasingly
vulnerable assets in space.
Shen and Gopalaswamy both contend that their countries have stressed the development of an international space regime that incorporates the use of multilateral forums as
part of their efforts to deal with the dangers associated with the ongoing militarization of
space. Both countries, however, are skeptical about these organizations chances of success,
and they have accordingly also pursued bilateral and regional options. Ultimately, though,
Beijing and New Delhi believe that only unilateral actions can adequately protect their
security.
Finally, there are revealing differences in Chinese and Indian attitudes toward U.S. space
superiority. According to Shen and Gopalaswamy, both China and India acknowledge,
in Shens phrase, the technological sophistication of the United States in space. Beijing
and New Delhi hope to cooperate with Washington to maximize mutual commercial and
technological gains while simultaneously tamping down security competition. But both
Asian countries are skeptical about the extent of possible cooperation. Their reasons for this
skepticism, however, vary greatly. Shen states plainly that China could not live with space
dominance by America. Beijing is concerned about competing militarily with Washington
in space, but it fears American space hegemony even more than that competition. Gopalaswamy argues that India is suspicious of cooperating with the United States not because of
any geopolitical rivalry but due to the legacy of American technological sanctions against
Indian entities. In other words, New Delhi does not see U.S. space dominance as an inherent threat but is instead concerned about the consequences of becoming too dependent
on the United States given its fickle attitudes toward friendship with India.
29
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
How can the United States maintain its space dominance without provoking continued Chinese efforts at neutralizing those advantages?
How can Chinese counterspace investments be neutralized so as to prevent other
Asian states, such as India, from developing unilateral solutions aimed at addressing
the Chinese threat?
How can the United States garner support for a code of conduct in space if such
an instrument promises to be ineffective in protecting space systems when they are
likely to be most vulnerableduring a conflict?
How can the United States pursue cooperation with China in space when Beijing
views Washingtons space dominance as its most significant threat?
30
a legal regime that adequately addresses cybercrimes. Both have also struggled to manage
a multi-actor governmental system in which different agencies have different cybersecurity
responsibilities and powersa system not entirely different from that of United States
and have actively cooperated in bilateral and multilateral cybersecurity efforts with other
countries. Finally, both China and India have recognized the importance of public-private
partnerships in overcoming national cybersecurity challenges, a critical step forward for
countries with large economies and many major private enterprises.
Tang and Bhattacharjee, however, perceive differences in Chinas and Indias views on the
role of industry in cyberspace. China has approached the issue of cybersecurity by linking
government, industry, nongovernmental organizations, and individuals. It has encouraged
industry to work toward national technological autonomy to prevent China from depending on the technology of foreign powers and thus being open to sabotage.
In China, industry works closely with regulators and often self-regulates, but in India,
private actors generally work at the behest of the government rather than independently.
Bhattacharjee does not mention any efforts toward technological autonomy. Perhaps the
only exceptions are current Indian efforts in the telecommunications sector. New Delhi,
fearful of Trojan horse technologies that could be deployed by Chinese telecommunications
giants like Huawei, has developed a national strategy that requires key hardware items to be
manufactured locally and incorporated exclusively into telecommunications infrastructure,
particularly in components such as routers, switches, and exchanges.
Although such unilateral efforts to protect cyberspace are certain to become more common in both countries, Tang and Bhattacharjee agree that China and India recognize both
the difficulty and the necessity of broader international cooperation in this area. Beijing and
New Delhi are well aware that there are major disagreements between states with respect
to the perceptions of cyberthreats and priorities in addressing them, as Tang says. These
divergences are compounded by differing legal systems, law enforcement capabilities, and
stages of development. Nevertheless, China and India both recognize that the transnational
nature of cyberspace means that states should have common objectives.
According to Tang and Bhattacharjee, this recognition should lead to the creation of a
robust cybersecurity regime. Since both countries view cyberspace, in Bhattacharjees words,
as a global public good, the authors believe that formal regulation under the auspices of
the UN and the creation of new multilateral treaties to govern the system is called for. This
new regime should be informed by the UN Charter and the laws of armed conflict, and it
should respect state sovereignty and the necessity of resolving international disputes through
peaceful means. States should complement these official efforts through multilateral cooperation and initiatives to create mutual trust in cyberspace.
While these objectives are indeed laudable, it is not clear from these analyses how China
and India would expect a legal regime to deter the illegitimate actions of private actors (or
private actors clandestinely supported by states) when attribution is difficult and timeconsuming. A legal regime may create definitions of unacceptable behavior, but whether
31
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
Is it possible to develop and secure consent for a universal cyberregime that affirms
the responsibility of states with respect to cyberattacks originating from their territories?
32
TELLIS | MIRSKI
How can such a regime effectively balance the security of cyberspace with individual
freedoms?
Is there a role for deterrence in ensuring cybersecurity, or are the only viable mechanisms layered defenses in cyberspace?
How can private and public actors, both nationally and internationally, be integrated
to deal with common cyberspace challenges across national boundaries?
The fourth section of this volume deals with two issues that would traditionally be
treated as outside the realm of high politics but that have recently assumed enormous
significance not only for Chinas and Indias economic growth but also for general international stability. The first pair of papers in this section focuses on energy security, a subject
of importance for any economy and especially for those growing at a particularly rapid rate.
The question of whether Chinas and Indias reliance on the global market strains existing
supplies of energy is an important one, but what is perhaps even more noteworthy is whether their use of state instruments distorts the operations of global energy markets in some
way. The two essays addressing these issues are authored by Zha Daojiong and Sunjoy Joshi
on China and India, respectively. The authors address critical topics such as their countries
perceptions of their current and prospective energy security trends, strategies for ensuring
energy security, the role of their national energy companies (NECs) in the context of their
participation in international markets, and the utility of military instruments in advancing
energy security.
Zhas and Joshis contributions converge in their broad assessments of energy security
trends in China and India, and the authors agree that their respective nations will experience
high and rising rates of energy consumption over the next several decades. Both China and
India rely heavily on coal, and this reliancedespite its deleterious environmental impact
is unlikely to decrease substantially in either country. They are also optimistic about making
use of their domestic shale-gas reserves in light of recent technological advances, but they
remain unsure about whether they have the abilityfor technological, political, and regulatory reasonsto access these reserves in the near future.
While both China and India will use more and more energy, Zha and Joshi note the differences in their countrys abilities to indigenously meet their increasing energy needs. Zha
observes that China is largely self-sufficient in all energy sources save oil and that its depen-
33
CRUX OF ASIA
dence on foreign sources of energy will largely be limited to this sphere. In contrast, Joshi
notes that India already depends heavily on foreign sources of oil, coal, and natural gas and
that this dependence is likely to intensify in the future. This comparatively greater dependence on global sources of energy will have consequences for Indias geopolitical autonomy.
Given the rising demand for energy in both countries, it is not surprising that Chinas
and Indias energy security objectives are similarbut there are important differences in accentuation. Zha declares that China has strongly emphasized expanding indigenous sources
of energy in accordance with its ideological preference for
self-reliance. In other words, China has particularly conThe Chinese and Indian cerned itself with the sources of supply. Indias Planning
presence in foreign energy Commission, on the other hand, defines Indias energy security goal as seeking to supply lifeline energy to all citizens
markets will remain a fact
irrespective of their ability to pay for it as well as meet their
of life for the foreseeable effective demand for safe and convenient energy to satisfy
future. their various needs at competitive prices. The pressures of
Indian democracy and the objectives of its developmental
state are clearly on display here, suggesting that Indias primary concern is ensuring universal access qualified somewhat by price. Obviously, issues of
access, source, and price are all intimately connected. But the different focuses in China and
India highlight important dissimilarities in underlying philosophy that emerge from the two
countries varying stages of development and differing regime types.
These differences notwithstanding, Zha and Joshi argue that Chinas and Indias central
governments have been caught in a whirlwind of competing and varying objectives and
strategies. For instance, Joshi notes that the contradictory pulls of affordability and competitive pricing have created an energy security objective marked by conflicting demands,
a challenge Zha says also pertains to China (though perhaps not in equal degree). At a broad
level, though, China and India are united in their desire to reliably access energy at affordable prices.
In their effort to achieve this goal domestically, both China and India have adopted
hybrid, market-state domestic energy systems where market prices are paired with government price controls, regulation, and subsidies. These similar systems, however, have different focuses. China focuses fundamentally on reducing its energy intensity to allow for both
continuing economic growth and decreasing energy consumption, and it emphasizes the
rapid domestic development of its energy assets. India has also concentrated on the domestic development of energy assets but not at Chinas frenetic pace and, most importantly,
with less attention paid to energy intensity. Moreover, Indias efforts to expand its domestic
energy production base and increase energy efficiency have been mired in the complicated
dynamics of its democratic politics.
In both countries the efforts to expand internal energy sources have run up against rising domestic concerns about safetyespecially in a democratic polity such as India. Zha
34
and Joshi both note that Japans 2011 Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Station accident
has led to an uptick in concern about nuclear technology in China and India. Both countries emphasize nuclear energy as an important component of energy security, but their
central governments have become increasingly wary about approving new projects. India
has even seen direct civil action and violent protests against nuclear plants (as well as
hydropower projects), although similar occurrences do not appear to have broken out in
China.
Yet the differences in the two governments responses have been remarkable. Beijing
has used the rising concerns about nuclear safety to ensure that Chinas new nuclear plants
conform to the very latest Western designs. Meanwhile India has allowed its compromised
nuclear-liability legislation, the culture of secrecy pervading its atomic-energy establishment, and its leisurely decisionmaking to ensure that its dreams of large-scale investments
in nuclear energy will take even longer to come to fruition than its leaders originally
imagined.
It remains to be seen whether alternatives to nuclear power can assuage public concerns
about safety while simultaneously providing the massive increases in baseload power that
are needed. Both Zha and Joshi indicate, for example, that since shale gas has not yet been
well developed in either nation, opposition to the process used to release that gashydraulic fracturing or frackinghas been muted. But Joshi notes ominously that any move
to induct technologies like fracking will likely elicit strong negative responses from local
stakeholders in India.
The quest for energy security inevitably takes both China and India toward international
sources and markets. Zha and Joshi affirm that Beijing and New Delhi have internationalized their energy security by actively pursuing foreign sources of energy through their
national energy companies. Both countries have balanced a mix of market-based and statist
behavior to address their general apprehensions about reliance on foreign markets. Yet
according to Zha and Joshi, China and India both have extraordinarily complicated relationships with their NECs. On the one hand, the two states continue to maintain a high
degree of control and influence over their NECs through various political and bureaucratic
instruments. On the other hand, the NECs are also subject to the concerns and imperatives of other nonstate investors. Partially because of this, Zha and Joshi agree that Chinese
and Indian NECs are typically driven by commercial concerns much more than they are by
national security interests.
But there is an important difference in how the NECs are situated in each country
relative to their parent government. In China, the relationship between the state and the
NECs is a close one, and the NECs look to the government for state financing. In Beijings
view, this financing corrects market biases and allows the NECs to compete more successfully against other established oil companies. In India, however, the NECs are wary of
government appropriation and incompetence, which leads them to exploit the rhetoric of
national security for protection while also underwriting their preference for overseas invest-
35
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
ment rather than investments in, as Joshi puts it, the more risky climes at home. As a
result, Joshi concludes that Indian NECs are often pushed into aggressive behavior abroad
that is commercially unwise and to the detriment of overall competition in the energy
market.
The two countries also differ when it comes to state political support for NEC deals.
While Zha does not explicitly argue that China uses its diplomatic heft to support its
NECs overseas deals, he does note that China is caught in a tussle of allegiance between
those states that demand diplomatic support and the United States and its political and security allies, which argue that China should be proactive in effecting positive
political change. In contrast, Joshi argues that Indias NECs shun diplomatic support,
largely because oilmen often do not have too much faith in diplomacy and are always
wary of commercial details of the deal becoming available to the public, or worse, to
competitors.
The Chinese and Indian presence in foreign energy markets will remain a fact of life for
the foreseeable future. To the extent that China and India have invested in foreign energy
assets, however, they have often done so primarily in states that enjoy little foreign investment either due to their political pariah status or a risky investment climate. Both Zha and
Joshi deny that their countries have sought to lock up energy assets abroad by investing in
these states, largely because such a strategy is ineffective thanks to the fungible nature of energy (although Joshi notes that coal equity deals may have been a partial exception in Indias
case). China and India have also been more reticent than Western powers to get involved in
local governance issues. Zha notes that the standard Chinese reference to noninterference
in another states domestic affairs is [a] recognition of the limits of Chinas influence,
while Joshi justifies Indias lack of interest in interference by referencing international law,
although both countries behavior on this score may be changing.
All told, both Zha and Joshi underline their countries remarkably shallow involvement
in world energy governance mechanisms, in Zhas words, despite Chinas and Indias growing
shares of world energy consumption. Zha notes that in addition to the lack of routine contacts, China often disagrees with these energy governance institutions analyses and distrusts
their motives. In response to this situation, China has tried to initiate multilateral discussions
with all major energy-relevant countries. India has a similar perspective, believing, as Joshi
puts it, that bodies like the IEA [International Energy Agency] need to undergo basic structural changes to increase the representation of countries like India and China.
On the final issue of the utility of military instruments for energy security, the elements
of convergence and divergence between China and India reflect their larger approach to
how global-order issues intersect with their geopolitical interests. As Zha and Joshi note,
both China and India are concerned about the safety of their energy sea lines of communication, with both analysts stressing their nations focus on chokepoints such as the Strait
of Hormuz. To combat these perceived insecurities, Zha and Joshi agree that Beijing and
New Delhi have committed themselves to international collective-security efforts aimed at
36
redressing specific security threats such as piracy. While both analysts also agree that energy
concerns have fueled naval-modernization debates in their countriesJoshi even writes that
Indias growing overseas energy assets have contributed to the steady increase in its expeditionary capabilityboth states are intensely aware of their significant military shortcomings, which generally preclude the employment of their armed services in unilateral actions
aimed at safeguarding their energy assets.
Zha and Joshi advance different reasons for why their respective nations will not use their
own military capabilities unilaterally to protect their overseas energy assets. Zha cites the
large gap in capacities on the part of China, and questions whether even a highly sophisticated military would be effective, citing the historical failures of the U.S. military in seeking
to protect its energy assets abroad. In contrast, Joshi argues that Indias reticence is less about
opportunity and more about motivation. He notes that the Indian political leadership has,
in general, been risk averse, and that many doubt whether overseas energy assets should be
considered strategic national investments.
It should not be surprising that while China and India share concerns about the security
of their sea lines of communication, they have divergent views of the role of the United
States, and particularly the U.S. Navy, in protecting them. Zha underscores the fact that
Chinese analysts are anxious about the leverage of the U.S. Navy and fear that it might
blockade China in the event of a conflict. India, on the other hand, is apprehensive about
the withdrawal and retrenchment of American naval capabilities, especially as U.S. domestic problems threaten its defense budgets and its larger force structure. Joshi candidly
recognizes that New Delhi is perceived to have been free-riding on U.S. naval forces and
notes that any U.S. withdrawal or reduction in capabilities could increase Indias vulnerability.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. POLICY
Will the United States sustain its historical mission of providing sea-lane security in
view of both its own serious budget constraints and its potentially increasing energy
independence?
Should the United States be concerned about the activities of Chinese and Indian
NECs in marginal states that are of modest significance for U.S. policy?
Should the United States incorporate China and India into the mechanisms of global
energy governance in order to accelerate these nations own domestic market reform
as a contribution to larger global interests?
How can the United States continue to increase its collaboration with India, particularly its navy, to enhance energy security in the Indian Ocean without exacerbating
further Sino-Indian or Sino-American security dilemmas?
37
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
38
civil society is increasingly pushing back. Noronha also warns that environmental challenges
may fall even more by the wayside as Indias economic growth slows. To the extent that the
government has attempted to address the problem (often as a byproduct of other efforts
such as energy security), its writ is frequently ignored at the level of enforcement, meaning
that India has a long way to go before it successfully mitigates its environmental threats.
Zhang and Noronha acknowledge that both China and India have tried to strike a balance between economic growth and environmental health by concentrating on areas where
the two issues do not conflict. Zhang notes that China has focused on improving its efficiency and promoting leapfrog development. Noronha admits that India displays a clear
development bias, although she claims that many in India would disagree with framing the
issue as one involving tradeoffs between growth and environmental health. Despite their
best intentions, therefore, both China and India at some level appear to have prioritized
economic growth over environmental health.
The Chinese and Indian struggles to manage environmental issues within their countries
occur within the context of larger global environmental challenges. Zhang and Noronha
identify widespread public awareness in both countries of these transnational environmental
problems, especially climate change. But both China and India view this hazard as emerging, in Noronhas words, from the excess and unsustainable consumption and lifestyles
of the developed world. Both authors also agree that their countries see these challenges as
intensifying in the future.
According to Zhang and Noronha, both China and India believe the best way to deal
with the critical challenges facing the global environment is through international negotiations among all states and through the existing institutions of global governance. This will
require some series of international agreements, but their character, enforceability, and
division of burdens remain issues of great contention. Additionally, neither China nor India
has staked out a clear position on whether international environmental agreements should
generally entail a high degree of formal obligation, presumably because any position on this
question would depend on how the responsibilities were apportioned between developed
and developing countries. India, for instance, would balance the loss of sovereignty against
the fairness of an agreement in making a decision to sign it.
The discussion in these two papers suggests that China and India diverge over the degree
of external authority that is acceptable in international environmental agreements. Zhang
argues that China may support an enforcement mechanism that is managed by an international legal authority or at least guided by meaningful rules to ensure compliance, giving
the example of common accounting practices. In contrast, Noronha notes that India finds
the notion of delegating external authority troubling. New Delhi perceives no need for it
since India complies with all the international agreements that it is party to. India
believes that ensuring equity in the governance of any external authority would be problematic and would therefore prefer distributed governance among existing institutions in the
UN system. Given the difficulties in reaching an acceptable international consensus on these
39
TELLIS | MIRSKI
CRUX OF ASIA
issues, Zhang and Noronha indicate that China and India do not expect concerted global
action to appear for some time and are therefore likely to stay focused on pursuing independent national solutions.
This conclusion is reinforced by the position of both countries on any future international climate change agreement. China and India strongly emphasize the importance of
historical equity and the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities (CBDR).
The two nations firmly believe that any international climate change agreement should take
into account countries historical per capita emissions, which would put a high proportion of the burden on the developed world. Similarly, both
China and India refuse to take on any onerous responsibility
Both China and India before the developed world acts. For instance, Zhang notes
that if the developed countries are willing to shoulder their
believe the best way to responsibilities for their share of historical emissions, China,
deal with the critical too, would be morally constrained to directly face its future
challenges facing the emissions and try harder to carry out domestic policies for
global environment is industrial restructuring and upgrade. Noronha agrees, arguing that there exists an underlying Indian view that India
through international cannot moderate its growth for the sake of global environnegotiations among all mental concerns; rather, the view is that it is Indias turn
states and through the to grow and it is the duty of the world to create ecological
existing institutions of space for that growth.
Zhang and Noronha concede that China and India will
global governance. need to undertake serious efforts to curb their emissions but
argue that they will do so only after the developed world
has committed itself to stringent caps on emissions and in a
way that does not hinder development in emerging countries. Both countries also stress the
importance of measuring per capita emissions as opposed to national ones, which is unsurprising given their continental sizes. Given the mutual focus on CBDR and the needs of
developing countries, China and India both strongly support the continuation of the Kyoto
process begun with the Kyoto Protocol and the use of the UN Framework Convention on
Climate Change for a future global climate agreement. Noronha sums up China and Indias
views neatly by noting that India would consider any reasonable climate change treaty, so
long as it is equitable, and does not seek another century of a world divided into rich and
poor.
As Chinese and Indian positions are generally in accord on the issue of managing the environment, it is unsurprising that the two countries have diverged only slightly in their perspectives on past climate change conferences. China may have been slightly more definitive
about the outcomes of the 2009 Copenhagen Conference, claiming, in Zhangs words, that
it reflected the political willingness of all parties to address climate change. The Conference achieved, Zhang argues, some consensus among the parties, and [clarified] the di-
40
TELLIS | MIRSKI
rection for future negotiations. Indias feelings about the results of the conference may have
been more mixed, but it does not fundamentally disagree with the Chinese view that the
effectiveness of these discussions is open to debate. China criticized the Durban Conference
on the same grounds, viewing the outcome as acceptable but not sufficiently satisfying.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. POLICY
Can both the developed and the developing world be induced to address climate
change through more market-oriented solutions that place technology at the center
of a strategy that simultaneously enhances economic growth?
CONCLUSION
A close examination of Chinese and Indian perceptions of different aspects of the global
order reveals that the conventional wisdom about a Sino-Indian convergence on transnational issues vis--vis the West is considerably exaggerated. The differences between the two
Asian giants on bilateral matters are well known, but a careful study of their positions on
these major issues leads inevitably to the conclusion that the divide between Beijing and
New Delhi may be just as significant on matters of global magnitude. In fact, this study suggests that outside of the international economic system, energy security, and environmental
issues, Sino-Indian differences on all other examined subjectsthe global order, the nonproliferation system, Asian security, regional stability in southern Asia, and security in the
maritime commons, space, and cyberspaceare considerable even though those differences
may not always be apparent in public discussions.
Differences in the Chinese and Indian positions sometimes arise from the two countries
competing visions but more often from their underlying geopolitical rivalry, which appears
to be sufficiently deep-rooted so as to prevent the two states from realizing any natural
accommodation. To be sure, both sides bend over backward to conceal their differences in
public, and both have often struggled to reach some accommodation that might permit
occasional practical cooperation. But the differences in national power and performance
between the two countries, the seeming disdain with which China treats India, and the deep
fears that India harbors about Chinas policies and intentions lead to a never-ending contest
for securing strategic advantages. And that contest takes on critical significance as both Bei-
41
CRUX OF ASIA
jing and New Delhi seek to manipulate their bilateral relationship and ties to Washington
and other international capitals for national gain. The ensuing interactions, which implicate
both Chinas and Indias engagements with one another and their separate affiliations with
the United States and others (which, in turn, are conditioned by the interests of Washington
and the others), then make for a complex dynamic of cooperation and competition that
transcends simple categories like partnership or rivalry. But the dynamic does not generate the unqualified cooperation that many believe defines the Sino-Indian relationship with
respect to global issues.
This reality leads to three important reminders. First, despite the superficial convergence
between China and India on many global issues, there are deeper disagreements that
though sometimes subtle (especially when compared to the differences in Chinese and
Indian views on the United States)are nevertheless likely to preclude the development of a
meaningful partnership between Beijing and New Delhi.
Second, the disagreements among China, India, and the United States on many global
issues are often rooted in, and reinforced by, structural constraints that are significant
enough not only to prevent a meaningful resolution of many transnational problems but
also to generate potentially pernicious consequences for both the global order and individual
states. A possible exception to this generalization might be the international economy, where
the interests of all three powers may align on many of the major issues.
Third, in contrast to the global issues discussed in this volumewhere there is apparent
convergence between China and India even if the same is not reflected in the detailsthe
bilateral problems that plague the Sino-Indian relationship are so serious that even their outwardly optimistic and polite rhetoric cannot mask their underlying suspicions and corrosive
rivalry. This security dilemma, in turn, frustrates whatever possibilities may otherwise have
opened up for bilateral cooperation on global issues. The problems inherent in this complicated interaction suggest that a better understanding of the Sino-Indian rivalry remains the
critical research task for the future.
NOTES
1.
Johannes Dragsbaek Schmidt, India and China in Comparative PerspectiveEmerging Asian and Global
Powers, paper presented at the Madras Institute of Development Studies, Chennai, India, November 1,
2011, 5.
2.
Wayne S. Ball, The Old Grey Mare, National Enclosure of the Oceans, Ocean Development & International
Law, 27 (1996): 100.
42
PART I
GLOBAL ORDER
The formal principle underlying the current global order is state sovereignty. Does
your country believe that the global system respects sovereignty in a way that serves its
national interests?
What does your country perceive to be the most important challenges to the principle of sovereignty?
Does your country view the rise of new multilateral institutions and the ever-greater involvement of
new actors in global governance as intruding on the primacy of states and limiting state sovereignty?
How does your country cope with these challenges and developments?
In your countrys view, what takes priority if state sovereignty comes into absolute conflict with the
respect for persons?
The hierarchy of global power is reflected in its institutions. Does your country believe
that existing international institutions adequately reflect its growing power?
In the view of your country, is the existing structure of the United Nations Security Council fair? If
not, what changes should be enacted?
How does your country perceive the structure of existing international legal institutions (the
International Court of Justice and International Criminal Court)? How does it believe those
institutions should be altered?
Is your country satisfied with its representation in existing international institutions?
New rules, norms, and practices at the international level as well as the way domestic
societies are organized increasingly affect states, threatening fundamental changes in
the political, legal, and moral foundations of state sovereignty and in the relationship
between the state, the citizen, and the international community. How does your
country perceive this trend relative to its national interests?
How does your state relate to the growing complexity of global rulemaking, where private actors and
civil society groups increasingly define values that are then foisted on states?
How does your state relate to the increasingly strong networks of nongovernmental organizations and
their international links insofar as they are aimed at changing the national policies pursued by your
country?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
45
CRUX OF ASIA
The envisioned system was based on adhering to the Five Principles of Peaceful Coexistence, opposing superpower hegemony and power politicsthat is, U.S. dominationand
facilitating the development of a multipolar world in which Western power and influence
decreased while the developing worlds power increased.
The present global order has in many ways allowed China to cultivate its national interests. Beijing has enjoyed a peaceful environment ever since it made the decision in the late
1970s to reform its system and concentrate on economic development. The international
security environment has been generally favorable to China, and the danger of a major
conflict between the great powers remains low. In 2002, China announced that it would
capitalize on a twenty-year period of strategic calm in the international arena to focus on its
domestic priorities. The mainstream thinking in Beijing is that the international environment will largely be peaceful and favorable over the next ten years as well.
In addition, it is Chinas official position that economic globalization is an irreversible
trend in the contemporary world and that Beijing has benefited enormously from opening itself to the outside world. China defines its system as
a socialist market economy but accepts major market
In Chinas view, the economy principles such as efficiency, limited government
greatest challenge to intervention in the market, and the protection of intellectual
property rights.
its state sovereignty
And if the definition of global order includes the global
and authority comes power structure and power distribution, then China believes
from Western powers, it is moving in a favorable direction. The Western world as a
particularly from the whole has been declining, especially since the global financial crisis, with its share of global GDP shrinking, whereas
United States. China and the broader Pacific region are seen as emerging
power centers.
Since the beginning of the twenty-first century, China
has further moderated its attitude toward the existing global order. Beijing sees the existing arrangement as lacking justice and equity, but as one that has room for improvement
if it can accommodate the aspirations and interests of developing countries. The implication of the subtle change is that China has quietly put aside the expectation of establishing an entirely new system, instead advocating for a more just and equitable political and
economic order. China can live with the current order but prefers to have it reformed and
transformed.
China still sees its national interests hampered by the present system, most certainly
because of Western dominance and the gradual erosion of developing countries sovereignty.
46
WANG
To the Chinese, the most fundamental deficiency in the global order is Western countries attempts to erode the sovereign rights of developing countries. China believes strongly
that sovereignty is the organizing principle in conducting international relations, and that
sovereign rights should override individual rightstaking the form of human rights or civil
rightsif there is any conflict between them. The most salient tenet in Chinas foreign relations has long been the safeguarding of sovereignty and territorial integrity. In contemporary
international affairs, China also supports noninterference in other countries internal affairs.
In fact, Chinas official statements have only referred to the international order rather than
to the world or global order, as the latter two concepts can downplay the importance of
state sovereignty.
In Chinas view, the greatest challenge to its state sovereignty and authority comes
from Western powers, particularly from the United States. Washington has maintained
its military commitment to Taiwan, an island that China regards as its territory, by selling
advanced weapons and sharing military-related intelligence with the island. It is feared in
Beijing that should the Chinese mainland have to use military means to prevent Taiwan
from achieving de jure independence, the United States would invoke the Taiwan Relations Act to protect the island, which would result in a major war between China and the
United States.
Washington also supports and sympathizes with the Dalai Lama, whom the Chinese
regard as a separatist politician who inspires and leads a Tibetan group abroad to seek independence from the rest of China, rather than as a religious leader. Virtually all the Chinese
political forces aligning against the Beijing governmentincluding what are referred to in
China as the Tibetan and Uighur separatists, Falungong (regarded in Beijing as an evil
religion) followers, and political dissidents actively involved in the Tiananmen demonstrations in 1989have their bases on American soil. Following the Tiananmen storm in 1989,
Washington and many European capitals accused Beijing of human rights violations and
imposed sanctions on China, some of which are still in force.
To a large degree, Chinas reaction to Western interference in its internal affairs determines its attitude and policy toward events in other countries where Western powers are
seen as taking advantage of indigenous problems and tensions to topple the governments
they dislike and to prop up dissenting forces in the pursuit of their own strategic interests.
For instance, in 1999, Beijing strongly condemned NATOs Kosovo War and supported the
Yugoslav government led by Slobodan Milosevic. Beijing viewed the various prodemocratic
uprisings in a number of former Soviet states, Balkan states, and the Middle East as staged
or stimulated by Western countries and therefore was suspicious of the legitimacy of the indigenous forces that spearheaded those revolutions. A recent example is Chinas stance on
outside interference in Syria; in February 2012, Beijing joined Moscow in vetoing a United
Nations Security Council resolution calling for the Syrian president to step down.
47
STATE SOVEREIGNTY
CRUX OF ASIA
Meanwhile, many Chinese observers contend that the inadequacy of state supervision of
the financial market caused the global financial turbulence in 20072008, and that Chinas
state intervention in its economy has saved the country from being devastated by that
turbulence. Similarly, they argue that states need to more closely manage issues of global
governance and sustain stability in various regions and countries. Chinese media report that
many political thinkers in the world may agree with this view, and that a number of developing countries are interested in learning from the China Model or Beijing Consensus,
in which the state has a hand in every aspect of society.
48
While it is for increasing the representation of African countries on the Security Council,
China asserts that approaches to reform in this area must be agreed upon within the regions concerned before plans move forward. China is firmly opposed to setting an artificial
timeframe for that reform and does not believe a vote should be held on any reforms until
significant disagreements among UN members have been worked out.
Chinas attitude toward Indias interest in seeking a permanent Security Council seat has
never been explicitly announced. On the one hand, Beijing confirms that it would like to
see India play a more important and active role in Asia and in global affairs. On the other
hand, Beijing has to take into consideration the interest of its close ally Pakistan, which
vehemently rejects Indias bid for a permanent seat.
After more than fifteen years of painstaking international negotiations and domestic
reforms, China succeeded in joining the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2001. The
Chinese have been actively participating in the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the
World Bank, and nearly all other major international economic organizations and regimes.
Beijing views the G20 as a useful and important forum in which China is playing a crucial role, as compared to the earlier G8 summit meetings in which China participated but
was not part of the core group of states. Additionally, there are now increased cooperative
mechanisms among the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa). Multipolarization in global politics and economics, a trend China has dreamed about for decades, is
becoming more of a reality.
However, the Chinese still feel that China is underrepresented in international institutions in general. The Western world continues to play a leading role in the key global
economic and financial bodies. The U.S. dollar will remain the dominant international
currency in the foreseeable future, and the top positions at the WTO, IMF, and World Bank
are still held by the Americans or the Europeans, or are basically appointed by them. The
industrialized countries wield tremendous influence, and for many years to come, the economic and financial imbalances will continue, as the East produces, the West consumes.
In other words, the global economic order is far from fair to the developing countries.
In addition, global climate change and the calls by industrialized countriessupported
by a number of small island statesfor the reduction of carbon emissions are increasing
the pressure on China to more quickly rebalance its economy. Although it is in Chinas own
interest to build a green economy, the Chinese do not want their policies of climate change,
energy, and environment to be bound by international agreements imposed on them.
China hopes that at some point Chinese representatives will take more leading positions
in the WTO, IMF, World Bank, and other prominent international organizations. Meanwhile, it is understood in China that the country needs more well-trained, internationally
exposed, and experienced Chinese citizens to play an active role on behalf of China on the
global stage, and that it will take multiple years to achieve that goal.
For understandable reasons, China has strong reservations about the roles of the International Court of Justice (ICJ) and the International Criminal Court (ICC) in settling inter-
49
WANG
CRUX OF ASIA
national disputes. But there is no evidence that Beijing has a systematic objection to international legal institutions like the ICJ and ICC, or that it believes those institutions could
be altered to suit its preferences. Beijings resistance to them seems to be based on either ad
hoc decisions or negligence.
At the ICJ, final indictments were issued by the International Criminal Tribunal for the
former state of Yugoslavia in December 2004, and Slobodan Milosevic became the first
sitting head of state to be indicted for war crimes, along with a number of other formerly
high-ranking government officials. Based on its opposition to the Kosovo War, China
did not see much justice in these indictments. When the Philippines approached the ICJ
concerning its territorial dispute with China over Huangyan Island (which the Filipinos
call Scarborough Shoal), Beijing rejected the move, stating that China is against any international arbitration in South China Sea issues. China was similarly opposed to certain ICC
steps, such as the bodys issuance of an arrest warrant for Sudanese president Omar al-Bashir
in March 2009. Beijing argued the move would not help stabilize the situation in Sudan.
50
labor rights, birth control policy, or any public policy issues that could be controversial
inside China.
In addition, it has become increasingly difficult to distinguish between state actors and
nongovernmental actors in Chinas foreign relations. For instance, it is widely believed in the
Chinese leadership that the U.S. and Norwegian governments orchestrated the awarding of
the Nobel Peace Prize to Liu Xiaobo, a well-known Chinese political dissident, in October
2010, despite the explanation given to Beijing that this decision was made independently by
the Norwegian Nobel Committee, which is not a government agency. Such incidents serve
as a reminder that private citizens, government agencies, and nongovernmental players can
interact with each other to challenge Chinas sovereignty and jurisdiction.
Only a small number of truly independent Chinese NGOs exist, and they are limited
in scope and size. Strict regulations and practices ensure that research institutions, scholarly
societies, private foundations, philanthropic organizations, and other horizontally organized
bodies are under government supervision. In China, international organizations and activities of these types are requested to find an authorized Chinese sponsor or partner and must
be officially registered, although some of them do attempt to operate in a gray area. It is
difficult for foreign NGOs to be openly listed and registered through Chinese government
agencies.
51
WANG
CRUX OF ASIA
regional players. More recently, the United States has enhanced security cooperation with
India and Vietnam, neighbors of China that once fought border wars with Beijing, and territorial disputes between the countries are ongoing.
Beijing views the NATO alliance and U.S.-led security arrangements in the Asia-Pacific
region as legacies of the Cold War that should have been abolished with the demise of
the Soviet bloc, the improvement of Chinas relations with its neighboring countries, and
the easing of crossTaiwan Strait relations. To Beijing, the
continued existence of these alliances and arrangements is a
China still sees its national reflection of the preeminence of the United States in global
security affairs. It is suspected that the United States wants
interests hampered by to take advantage of territorial disputes and strategic suspithe present system, cions between China and some of its neighbors to weaken
most certainly because Chinese defense.
Interestingly enough, although China and the United
of Western dominance
States usually take different positions on significant interand the gradual erosion national political issues, their attitudes toward the enlargeof developing countries ment of the UN Security Council are similarthey worked
sovereignty. in parallel in 2005 and on some other occasions trying to
block the plan put forward by the Group of Four (Brazil,
Germany, Japan, and India) to add new permanent members
to the council.
Despite the international forces at play, in the long run, Chinas management of its
convergence and divergence with India, the United States, and other major powers depends
largely on its domestic trends. The discussion of Chinas global role strikes at the core of the
unending debate among the countrys political elites concerning what path the nation really
wants to take.
Some Chinese aspire to build a modern economy within an all-powerful one-party state
that will ultimately defy U.S.-led Western primacy. They believe China is already halfway
to achieving that goal. Others contend that Chinas recent success story should largely be
attributed to its opening and reform as well as the moderate foreign policy it has carried out,
not to the adherence to its traditional institutions and principles. In this context, all specific
international policies are circumscribed by temporaryprimarily domesticconsiderations.
A clear-cut Chinese grand strategy is not yet in sight.
52
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
53
CRUX OF ASIA
regional adversaries, that anti-colonial sentiment became primarily anti-Western and permeated Indian politics.
These principles were not always compatible and at times came into direct conflict with
one another, but they have coexisted to form Indias worldview. In the first years after India
gained independence in 1947, moralpolitik prevailed as Nehru raised Indias profile on the
world stage. India actively participated in the global debates of the day and contributed
to conflict reduction and peacemaking in the 1950s. During the 1970s and 1980s, Indias
focus was on changing the world order through collective action undertaken by the so-called
Global Souththe nonaligned movement and the G77. Delhi denounced the global economic system as favoring the developed world and called for a new international economic
order.
India went on the defensive after the Cold War, fearing the world order might undermine its core national security interests. In particular, Delhi was wary about the rapid
changes in the global nuclear order and the emergence of
new international constraints on Indias pursuit of nuclear
India now sees itself as and missile programs. As the countrys economic strength
increased and its great-power relations improvedespecially
a responsible nuclear- the India-U.S. relationshipDelhi was brought into the
weapon state. global nuclear order in 20052008 thanks to the initiative of
President George W. Bush. Although India has not formally
been recognized as a nuclear-weapon state, many of the penalties imposed on it for acquiring the weapons have been eliminated. India now sees itself as
a responsible nuclear-weapon state.
Delhi was also deeply concerned that the new Western emphasis on human rights might
undercut its ability to manage its surging secessionist movements at home. The past Western
tilt toward Pakistan in its dispute with India on Kashmir provided the historical basis for
these fears. But as the Western powers began to appreciate the virtues of Indian democracy
and political pluralism, many of Delhis anxieties about international intervention in Indian
internal politics have eased.
India, however, remains concerned about the rising protectionist tendencies in advanced
nations. As a late developer and a new beneficiary of globalization, India seeks to limit the
variety of new Western controls on Indias ability to export and build domestic economic
prosperity. India also does not agree with efforts to contain global warming that could limit
its own economic growth, and it is uncomfortable with the tendency to promote internal
societal change through collective international intervention.
Unlike in the pastwhen it was either guided by innocent internationalism or saw
itself as the leader of the South contesting the global hegemony of the NorthIndia is
now open to negotiation with the other powers on the management and modernization of
international economic and political systems. While there are many Indian voices calling
for the country to remain strategically autonomous, Indias deepening economic integration
54
MOHAN
with the global economy and political engagement with the rest of the world has altered the
terms of Indian debate on the international order. India no longer sees itself as a protesting
outsider and recognizes its new stakes in a liberal international economic order.
Delhi continues to press for structural changes in the international system and to negotiate hard to preserve its national interests, but no longer as an adversary. Instead, it is a rising
power that is ready to engage the global order in pursuit of its national interests and emerging international responsibility.
As a country that was established less than seventy years ago and that faces many challenges in turning its population into a nation, India is deeply committed to state sovereignty
as the most important principle in international relations. India was far more universalist
in the early years of its independence, when idealism and liberal internationalism guided
its worldview. In the drafting of the Universal Declaration on Human Rights at the United
Nations in the late 1940s, Indias approach was interventionist, while the European colonial
powers sought refuge under the principle of territorial sovereignty. India also strongly advocated collective international action against the apartheid regime in South Africa; the opposition came from the Western powers and lasted well into the 1980s. India also took its territorial dispute with Pakistan in Jammu and Kashmir to the United Nations Security Council
(UNSC) in 1949 and was deeply disillusioned with the power politics in the UNSC.
Since the end of the Cold War, India has been concerned both about the threats to its
own sovereignty from external intervention and, more generally, about the nature of the international communitys approach to the question of state sovereignty when facing humanitarian crises and transnational security threats. As India becomes strong, feels more confident about managing its internal turbulence, and has better relations with the West, Delhis
fears that other powers will undermine its territorial sovereignty decrease. India recognizes
the importance of states shedding some sovereignty to promote international cooperation.
Efficiency in dealing with new global challenges demands a measure of pooling national
authority.
However, India is wary of the cavalier manner in which the Western powers have intervened in various parts of the world in the name of nation building, promoting democracy,
and fixing failed states. And it is deeply concerned that new tools, including cyberwarfare, social media, and nongovernmental organizations, are being used to undermine state
sovereignty. Moreover, Delhi is not confident in the capacity of the international system to
modernize the internal structures of various societies or in the efficacy of multilateral interventions. The disappointing record thus far justifies Indias skepticism. There is nothing to
suggest that external intervention helps short-circuit the complex process of building a state.
55
STATE SOVEREIGNTY
CRUX OF ASIA
Indias preference is to arrive at a prudent political judgment on each specific case rather
than relying on a broad principle that can be applied in all circumstances. This understanding arises out of Indias own military interventionsin East
Pakistan in 1971 and in Sri Lanka between 1987 and 1990.
Although India has Indias short intervention in East Pakistan successfully ended
the genocide of the Bengalis by the Pakistan Army. In Sri
traditionally played Lanka, India tried to promote the minority rights of the
a prominent role in Tamil people within the framework of a united Sri Lanka.
multilateral organizations, But the military intervention in Sri Lanka failed to achieve
Delhis participation in a Indias political objectives. Even in the most clear-cut cases
of state oppression, the current Indian approach would
variety of those bodies suggest, the costs, prospects for success, and the long-term
has not been able to keep political consequences of external interventions must be
pace with its own growing weighed before action is taken.
India is also very skeptical of framing the current debate
international weight.
as one of sovereignty versus multilateralism. The mainstream
view in India holds that the current international debate
is about violating the sovereignty of weak states, not about
tempering the influence the strong have on the weak. Seen from a historical perspective, this
is no different from the dictum that great powers do what they can, and the weak endure
what they must.
56
tions cannot transcend great-power politics. While Delhis quest for a permanent seat has
widespread support in India, some Indian strategists emphasize the importance of India
strengthening its real power capabilities rather than pursuing symbols of power in international politics.
Domestic critics of Indias UN Security Council campaign point to the huge political obstacles to expanding the body and the near-term limitations India faces. They underline the
domestic political constraints that would prevent India from taking sides on controversial
international issues, which it would be under more pressure to do as a permanent member.
Delhi has already had difficulty taking active positions in the Security Council on various
conflicts in the Middle East during 2011 and 2012, which has added weight to the arguments of those calling for strategic patience on Indias part.
Those voices also emphasize the need for India to look beyond the Security Council and
raise its profile in a range of old and new multilateral organizations. Although India has
traditionally played a prominent role in multilateral organizations, Delhis participation in
a variety of those bodies has not been able to keep pace with its own growing international
weight, the external expectations of the role India should play in those forums, and above all
Indias expanding global interests.
In the realm of international law, sovereign India was scrupulous in its observation of
treaty obligations and often took its disputes to arbitration. The Indian national movement,
led by lawyers, set much store by international legal norms and institutions. Article 51 of
the Indian constitution declares that India shall endeavor to (a) promote international
peace and security; (b) maintain just and honorable relations between nations; (c) foster
respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organized peoples with
one another; and (d) encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration.
After the Cold War, Indias concern that its internal vulnerabilities, such as secessionist
movements, would be exploited by the new supranational global order was most evident in
its emphatic rejection of the International Criminal Court (ICC). Unlike the International
Court of Justice, whose jurisdiction was voluntary, the ICC statute had provisions for compulsory jurisdiction when ordered by the UN Security Council. That Indian security forces
could be brought under the jurisdiction of international law, while the permanent members
of the Security Council could insulate themselves from such burdens, was fundamentally
unacceptable to India.
Indias rejection of the ICC statute reflected Delhis determination to prevent any international involvement in the management of severe challenges to its territorial sovereignty.
Its concerns were not entirely theoretical but rooted in real developments. They emerged
out of the Western focus on alleged human rights violations by Indian security forces in
the disputed territory of Jammu and Kashmir in the 1990s and crystallized at a time when
Pakistan was trying to internationalize its dispute with India over control of Kashmir.
While some of Indias worst fears about the ICC have not come to pass and its relations
with the major powers improved significantly in the 2000s, Delhis core concern about the
57
MOHAN
CRUX OF ASIA
ability of the permanent five members of the Security Council to introduce international
legal scrutiny to its domestic security affairs is unmitigated. India is acutely conscious that
its process of democratic nation building is not complete and the prolonged process will
necessarily involve the use of state violence.
Indias objections to the discriminatory structure of the ICC provisions could ease if
and when the country becomes a permanent member of the Security Council, with all the
privileges that the current P-5 enjoy, though realists in Delhi are not betting that Indias
elevation to such status is in the cards. India is nevertheless in a position to participate more
productively in the deliberations of the ICC as an observer.
58
MOHAN
59
internal policies that have widened and deepened the domestic monitoring and implementation of international human rights standards. The last two decades have also seen an
explosion of nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and civil society groups that are active
on a range of issues and have strong contacts with international networks. While the NGO
networks have often succeeded in crafting treaties like the Land Mines Convention and the
Oslo Convention on Cluster Munitions, their uncompromising emphasis on principles has
reduced the utility of the new instruments by forcing the major powers out of these conventions.
Given the breadth of the current NGO activity in India and the intensity of its international contact, India has learned to live with new realities. There is sufficient suppleness
and resilience in the Indian state to allow the expanding NGO activity and retain sufficient
flexibility in formulating its policies in multilateral organizations.
CRUX OF ASIA
pliers Group. India, meanwhile, sees itself as a responsible nuclear power and claims a better
record on preventing proliferation than China. But Delhis position is closer to Beijings
when it argues against the use of force to prevent or roll back the spread of nuclear weapons,
as in the cases of Iran and North Korea.
On the question of democracy promotion, India has moved slightly closer to the United
States. While India strongly opposes the use of force to promote democracy and, like China,
cautions against externally induced regime change in the developing world, it has been
participating in forums such as the community of democracies and has backed the UN
Democracy Fund. Delhi is ready to share its own experiences with building a democracy
and to help bolster the capacities of countries in transition.
Unlike China, India does not view sovereignty as an absolute principle nor does it oppose all interventions in the internal affairs of other states. And while China is worried that
the West will use humanitarian arguments to undermine its internal political order, India is
slightly more secure about the stability of its own democratic structures. At the same time,
India has not forgotten that Western powers have used high-minded slogans in the past to
justify their interventions. Delhi recalls how the European colonial powers abused the mandate system of the League of Nations after the First World War and tried to take back their
territories after the Second World War. It remembers the many Western interventions in the
name of making the world safe for democracy that mostly failed. India also cannot forget
the fact that the United States joined China in opposing the Vietnamese intervention to end
Pol Pots genocide in Cambodia. Nor can it ignore the extended resistance of the Western
powers against the efforts to isolate and punish the apartheid regime in South Africa. India
has also warily watched Western interventions in its own neighborhood and the developing
world at large.
In addition, India sees the current debate in the United States on sovereignty, intervention, and multilateralism as an internal debate on how best to use American power for the
promotion of what Washington considers the correct values and appropriate norms. After
the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, India is confident that this temptation will be curbed by
deepening domestic differences in the United States about when and where to use military
force. India, however, is less certain about how China might use force beyond its borders
as its military power expands and its clout in the multilateral system increases. A more
interventionist Chinese policy and decreasing deference in Beijing to the sovereignty of its
smaller neighbors in Indias neighborhood is of greater long-term concern for Delhi than
the current Western debates, which are rooted in a premise that U.S. sway over multilateral
institutions and norms is supreme and unchanging.
American and Chinese multilateral policies are evolving, as are Indias. Delhi is stepping
up its bilateral engagement with both Washington and Beijing on multilateral issues. The
objective is to limit the fallout from the real differences that exist between the countries and
expand the areas of cooperation. India emphasizes issue-based coalitions with the two great
powers while maintaining its pursuit of its own national interests. In the past, Delhi was also
60
MOHAN
anxious about the impact of the U.S.-Russian rivalry on regional and international institutions, but India is now deeply aware that the nature of the Sino-U.S. relationship, whether
it is rivalrous or cooperative, will be the defining influence in the evolution of multilateral
institutions, both global and regional.
Delhi seeks to preserve its freedom of action by sustaining its traditional political equities
in the developing world and building smaller groupings with other middle powers as part of
an attempt to strengthen its own influence through multilateral organizations. After decades
of staying away from regionalism, India is eager to use regional institutions to consolidate its
primacy on the subcontinent, raise its profile in the Indian Ocean, contribute to the balance
of power in the Asia-Pacific through more active participation in East Asian regionalism,
and improve its bargaining power in matters of global governance.
61
How does your country perceive the existing free-market-oriented structure of the
international economic system? How does your country think the system and its values
should be changed in order to accommodate your countrys interests?
How does your country perceive the structure of the worlds existing international trade institutions
(for example, the World Trade Organization)? Should those institutions be altered?
How does your country perceive the structure of the worlds existing international financial
institutions (the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund)? Should those institutions be
altered?
How does your country reconcile the reality of an open international trading system
with still-substantial state controls over domestic economic policies?
Thus far, the international economic system has helped both China and India grow prosperous, but
in the future, an open economic system may require the Chinese and Indian economies to act as the
engine of growth for other states. What does your country think about a future tradeoff between
an open economic system and rapid national growth? Alternatively, how does your country balance
protectionist policies that are beneficial in the short run and open-market policies that are better in the
long run?
China has been accused of manipulating its currency to undergird its export-oriented economic
strategy. India is still reluctant to embrace full convertibility of the rupee. Do such strategies reflect a
distrust of the current global system and an unwillingness to support its expansion?
What is your countrys view of the dollar as the worlds reserve currency? Does your
country believe that should be changed? If so, how?
How does your country perceive the importance of expanding the current liberal
international order?
Should the international community emphasize global agreements or regional free-trade agreements?
What should be the priorities for future expansion of the global trading system?
How does your country assess the geopolitical challenges arising from the differential
rates of growth associated with an open international economic system?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
63
CRUX OF ASIA
64
China, ranging from foreign domination to social instability. But after ten years experience, the conclusions are all positive. The main positive impacts of WTO accession
as summarized recently are: (1) achieving a high economic growth rate; (2) enhancing
competitiveness; (3) promoting reform of the economic system; and (4) nurturing the
consciousness of opening and rules-based behavior.5 China will surely continue to support
an open, transparent, and rule-based global trade system since Chinas economy will be
more, not less, integrated into the world market even though its export-led growth model
will be changed.
Currently, China complains that trade protectionism is on the rise and that its exports
are subjected to increasing restrictions. The trade imbalance between China and the United
States has become a big problem that leads to trade disputes from time to time. The United
States criticizes China for accumulating surpluses by keeping the renminbi undervalued.
China argues that the trade imbalance is mainly a result of international production redistribution and especially a regional production network in East Asia that makes China a
center for processing and assembly for final export. China realizes that overdependence on
exports to support its high economic growth is not sustainable. Already, the external economic environment has changed; demand from developed markets has declined due to the
impact of the global financial crisis and difficult recovery. Meanwhile, at home, the internal
imbalance of economic development due to the growing gap in income distribution and low
level of Chinas social safety net pose challenges. China is determined to change its exportled growth toward a new model with domestic demand as a driving force. The Twelfth Five
Year Plan (20112015) set forth a package of policies and measures aimed at creating such a
dynamic, new growth engine.6
As China becomes a leading player in the international market, it needs to take a more
active role in participating in and promoting the process of multilateral negotiations. Revitalizing the Doha Round and initiating a new agenda that facilitates renewed development
of the world economy would be a start. For example, with the Doha Round seemingly
difficult to conclude, it is critical that China show strong support for and make commitments to liberalization on its own, as well as with other emerging economies, such as
Brazil, Russia, and India. It is also possible that China could support the WTOs initiating
of functional agendas, such as a multilateral agreement on facilitating the flow of foreign
direct investment and harmonizing rules of origin within the regional trade arrangements.
China should be a responsible player and active leader in the future multilateral trade
system.7 Nevertheless, some scholars argue that the real constraint on Chinas leadership
role lies in its own industrial structure and trade policy, which means that China has to
change its pro-export and restrictive import policy and build a more innovative industrial
structure.8
65
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
66
example, to at least 50 percent; second, to enhance its role in global governance on clean
government and transparency; and third, to play a strong role in promoting sustainable development. China has benefited a lot from its close cooperation with the World Bank since
undertaking its own reforms and policy of economic openness. China has great interest in
becoming an important player in the World Bank.
China realizes that the reform of its own system needs to accelerate in order to make its
currency convertible and capital market open. China now manages to encourage greater use
of the renminbi in foreign trade and economic assistance through bilateral agreements and
bank loans. The full convertibility of the renminbi will be implemented gradually, along
with the liberalization of the capital market. China intends to make the renminbi one of the
major currencies by internationalizing it, which would help to reduce the dominance of the
U.S. dollar and create a more stable global monetary system.
As globalization is leading to a highly integrated world, the demand for strong and also
effective global governance becomes greater. A range of global issues, from economics,
environment, climate change, to energy security, need to be handled by collective efforts.
For global economic issues, the G7, formed by the major developed economies in the
mid-1970s, used to be the key institution to coordinate macroeconomic policies among
themselves and provide guidance to the financial market. However, the subprime credit
crisis in 2008 and the ensuing global financial and economic crisis have shown that a more
representative and broad-based institution is needed to handle the emerging crisis. Thus,
the G20, combining both major developed and developing economies, was established as
the major cooperative institution on global economic governance. China sees the G20 as a
positive step toward developing new international institutions that could reflect the concern
and interests of the emerging economies. In 2009, China urged the G20 to make new regulations for financial monitoring. In a speech at the G20 summit in Mexico in June 2012,
President Hu Jintao called on the G20 to help the world economy recover and to strengthen
the role of the IMF in stabilizing the global economic and financial system and narrowing
the gap in world development by providing more assistance to less developed economies,
as well as keeping the world market open by opposing trade protectionism and supporting
the multilateral system.12 China has tried hard to play an active role in initiating agendas to
prevent the global economic crisis and to reform the international financial system. China
supports the institutionalization of the G20, for example, by establishing a secretariat and a
mechanism for implementing the decisions made by the leaders.13
The five BRICS economies (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) are considered as a group to represent the emerging locus of global economic power.14 As a result of
their rise, the weight of emerging economies in the global economy will grow significantly.
This in turn will reshape the structure of the global market, since dynamic demand will
come from the emerging economies rather than from the developed economies.15 China
actively supports cooperation among BRICS states and considers this forum an important
mechanism that could promote cooperation among emerging economies and change the
67
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
existing order. Four BRICS summits have been held since 2009. Progress has been made in
consulting and coordinating BRICS policies and promoting trade and investment among
themselves by encouraging the use of local currencies in their trade and other practical
measures. BRICS activities are based on an open spirit, and is good for the five countries
and beneficial to the world since cooperation is complementary, not a replacement of the
existing international system.16
In the future, although China will become a bigger stakeholder in the global system,
its effort to strengthen its role in the international economic system and global governance
will face many challenges. For example, as mentioned above, domestic constraints will limit
Chinas ability to take a leading role in major international institutions and providing public
goods through new rule making.17 Rapid economic and social change mean that Chinas
economic capability and political accountability and social consensus will face new challenges.
Along with Chinas high economic growth, gaps in income
and wealth have widened significantly, which becomes a key
China must make its market source for rising social tension and instability. China will need
to manage the turbulence created by the imbalance of rapid
and society more open and economic growth and social redistribution, a rapidly aging
further integrate it into the population, and the need for a reliable social safety net. China
global system. also must deal with the pressures of more dependence on
outside resources and the need to ensure their supply.
The government has to take immediate action, including
building a national social security network, increasing government spending on public housing, providing more financial support to peripheral areas,
and responding to protests against corruption.18 Building a domestic demandled economic
model also relates directly to the above changes, which requires a long and coherent strategy
and comprehensive policy measures.
However, if China is to succeed in its transformation, it must make its market and society more open and further integrate it into the global system. It will continue to gain significantly from that integration. Additionally, as a major economic power, China will have to
provide more public goods to the international economic system in the areas of capital and
markets, as well as in making the new rules of the system. Nevertheless, as Chinas capacity
to provide the public goods to the international economic system increases, it will continue
to rely on the existing public goods provided by major developed economies. Thus, the significance of Chinas economic rise (together with other emerging economies) for the global
system is evolutionary rather than revolutionary.
Of course, it is crucial for China to continue the reform of the economic system by
undertaking two major efforts: to continue to reform state-owned enterprises (SOEs) and
create a fair competitive environment for the non-state sector;19 and to change the role of
the government by largely reducing its direct involvement and intervention in economic
activity.20
68
ZHANG
While China has adopted an open-to-the world policy, it also pays special attention to
regional networking and architecture since it has vast and deep interests in its geo-economic
and political regions. China has actively participated in and promoted comprehensive
regional engagements, from the Asia-Pacific and East Asia to Central Asia and South Asia,
aiming to create an environment that promotes economic cooperation, enhanced political
trust, and regional security.21 Chinas regional strategy combines broad cooperation initiatives on economic as well as political and security issues. This strategy encompasses not only
neighboring regions, but also more far-flung regions.22
Free trade agreements are among the initiatives that China has actively promoted.
China believes that regional institutional arrangements could help to make rules and align
interests among their members. For example, free trade agreements, either bilateral or
subregional, provide broader frameworks for integration and cooperation. Immediately
after joining the WTO, China took the initiative to establish a comprehensive cooperation
framework with members of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), which
facilitates trade and other economic relations significantly. China now is the largest market
for ASEAN exports, and many programs for cooperation have been conducted, ranging
from the Great Mekong Subregion initiative and infrastructure connectivity to capacity
building for human development.
China also played a leading role in the East Asia Free Trade Area (EAFTA) feasibility
study. However, due to complex factors, consensus seems difficult to achieve on how to
establish a single institutional framework in East Asia. Currently, the region is characterized by multilayered frameworks. Free trade agreements include ASEAN +1ASEAN has
individual agreements with China, Japan, South Korea, India, Australia, and New Zealand.
Dialogue forums include ASEAN+1, ASEAN+3 (ASEAN with China, Japan, and South
Korea), and ASEAN+8 (ASEAN with China, Japan, South Korea, India, Australia, New
Zealand, the United States, and Russia), known as the East Asia Summit (EAS). ASEAN
will initiate an agenda for a Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership by the end of
2012 that is intended to create a pan-regional economic free trade agreement starting with
ASEAN+6 (excluding the United States and Russia). However, the real negotiation of such
a big regional free trade agreement would be very difficult. To some extent, China welcomes
multilayered frameworks, since they give it more flexibility and room to maneuver and avoid
criticism that would follow if China were seeking to create a China-led regional order.23
China has a vast geo-economic, political, and security interest based on complex subregional relations surrounding it. For example, China has also made special efforts to promote
economic cooperation in Northeast Asia. A formal trilateral framework between China,
Japan, and South Korea started in 2008, and a secretariat was created in 2010, which is considered an important step forward. The three countries, notwithstanding ongoing political
and security problems, have expressed interest in negotiating a trilateral free trade agreement
69
CRUX OF ASIA
in a timely manner.24 Considering that Japan joined the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which
excludes China, and that South Korea signed a free trade agreement with the United States,
China sees this interest in trilateral cooperation as significant.
The regional financial architecture is also an important concern for China. Although China rejected a Japanese initiative on an Asia Monetary Fund in 1997, it actively initiated the
Chiang Mai Initiative framework beginning with the bilateral currency swap arrangements
in 2003. Based on Chinas proposal, ASEAN10+3 countries have agreed to create a large
regional reserve fund (currently $120 billion), and an independent unit known as AMRO
was established in 2011 for regional economic research and monitoring in East Asia. AMRO
intends to play a role in macroeconomic research, monitoring and providing proposals to
ASEAN+3 leaders for policymaking.25 However, the regional financial scheme is more like a
supplement to the global system than a substitute, because of its close links with the IMF.
Concerning the Asia-Pacific region, China has vital interests in keeping a close and
cooperative relationship with the United States. China sees the Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation (APEC) as a useful platform to engage the United States. However, Chinas
new concern is about the U.S.-led Trans-Pacific Partnership, which is labeled as a high-level
free trade agreement for the twenty-first century and which changes APECs approach and
framework. The partnership covers broad new issues, ranging from intellectual property
rights, to labor, environment, and state-owned enterprises, which puts a lot of pressure on
China. The question remains how to integrate the Asia-Pacific region if China is not part
of the Trans-Pacific Partnership process and if the United States is not part of the East Asia
Free Trade Agreement process. Far more desirable would be a single free trade agreement
based either on the Trans-Pacific Partnership or on integrating the partnership and the East
Asia Free Trade Agreement.
70
ZHANG
NOTES
1.
Martin Jacques, When China Rules the World: The Rise of the Middle Kingdom and the End of the Western World
(London: Allen Lane, 2009), 192.
2.
Yong Deng and Thomas G. Moore, China Views Globalization: Toward a New Great-Power Politics?
Washington Quarterly 27, no. 3 (Summer 2004): 11736; Lee Branstetter and Nicholas Lardy, Chinas Embrace of Globalization, National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper Series, no. 12373, July
2006, www.nber.org/papers/w12373.pdf.
3.
Daniel Burstein and Arne de Keijzer, Big Dragon: Chinas Future: What It Means for Business, the Economy, and the
Global Order (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1999), 97.
4.
As some have argued that the key is the nagging question of whether China accepts the basic legitimacy of
the current rules of international organizations and norms and whether it will seek to drastically alter them
once admitted. See Ezra F. Vogel, ed., Living with China: U.S.-China Relations in the TwentyFirst Century (New
York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1997), 13132.
5.
Wang Luolin, ed., China: Ten Years After WTO Accession (Beijing: China Development Press, Beijing, 2012),
810.
6.
By joining the WTO, China actually gave up its call for a new international economic order since it became part of the current multilateral trade system and benefits from the system. Zhang Yunling, ed., China
and World: New Change, New Understanding, and New Identification (Beijing: China Social Sciences Press, 2011),
132.
7.
Songhong, China and Multilateral Trade System, in Zhang, China and World, 130.
8.
9.
71
areas of management, dispute settlement, and anti-dumping, and it supports the effort to
resume the Doha Round with a restructured agenda. Chinas proposals are intended to make
WTO more efficient, not to change the WTO system.26
Moreover, Chinas engagement in global governance will be deeper, as will its involvement in seeking reform of the global trade, financial, and monetary systems. In sum, a rising
China has brought about significant changes and challenges. Although China is already an
integrated part of the international economic system, it is understandable that it, together
with other emerging economic powers, requires further reform and change of the system. In
this regard, the current Western-dominated (American, in particular) international economic system needs to be significantly restructured, hopefully in a cooperative, gradual, and
peaceful way.27
CRUX OF ASIA
13. Fang Jin, G20 and Chinas Participation, in Zhang, China and World, 98.
14. Currently, the major emerging economies collectively account for about half of global growth. Justin Yifu
Lin and Mansoor Dailami, The Coming Multipolar World Economy: Is the Developed World Prepared?
International Economy (Summer 2011): 3031.
15. World Bank, Securing the Present, Shaping the Future: East Asia and Pacific Economic Update 2011, vol. 1 (Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 2011).
16. The proposal for establishing a BRICS bank was also made and welcomed by all members. See Hu Jintaos
speech at the BRICS summit in New Delhi (Chinese), http://news.mod.gov.cn/headlines/2012-03/30/
content_4354958.htm.
17. As observed, China will be constrained for decades by its relentless focus on the huge and knotty problems it faces domestically, in Burstein and Keijzer, Big Dragon, 27.
18. Corruption is considered one of the major factors behind the worsening wealth gap. Some argued the root
of economic corruption is corruption of power; thus, the key is to undertake political reform and contain
power corruption. Yang Haikun, Power Must Be Under the Sun, speech at Chinese Peoples Political
Consultative Conference in Beijing, 2012.
19. Although most SOEs have become shareholding companies, they still dominate the key sectors in the
Chinese economy. Thus, the reform will follow two major directions: one is to reduce the share and the
domination of SOEs in the economy, while the other is to make more areas open to the non-state investor.
20. The debate is still going on about the real feature of the socialist market economy. Some argue that the key
feature is a market system with equal rights of SOEs and non-state business, while others insist that it is
necessary to keep SOEs dominance and strong government management and intervention. I believe that
the main direction for Chinas future reform is market-oriented.
21. For example, APEC in the Asia-Pacific, Shanghai Cooperation Organization with Russia and Central Asia
and ASEAN+ frameworks in East Asia. Aoyama Rumi, Kokubun Ryosei, Jin Xi-De, Zhang Liping, Lu
Jianren, and Zhang Yunling, eds., Making New Partnership: A Rising China and Its Neighbors (Beijing: Social
Sciences Academic Press, 2007), 14.
22. Zhang Yunling, Rising China and World Order (Singapore: World Science, 2010), 25.
23. Zhang Yunling, China and Asian Regionalism (Singapore: World Science, 2011), 4.
24. Three countries have concluded the negotiation on an agreement for investment liberalization, and it will
be signed soon. The process for a comprehensive free trade agreement negotiation may be announced in
the near future.
25. The size of this fund will soon be doubled. This pool fund is still collectively committed; it is not yet an independent fund. China has the same share as Japan (more than Japan if Hong Kong is included). The first
director of AMRO is from China and the next one will be from Japan. Wu Liangcheng, The Establishment of AMRO, Renmin Daily, May 6, 2011.
26. Liu Hongsong, Chinas proposals on global governancein the case of WTO Doha Round and G20, a
Global Perspective (Chinese), September 10, 2012, no. 20, 1516.
27. Wang Yong and Liu Wei, The Rise of New Powers and Reform of Global Economic Governance, China
Strategic Review, no. 3 (2012): 40.
72
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
73
CRUX OF ASIA
been changed with Canadas and Japans replacement by China and India. The emergence
of the G20 summit process is another sign of their rising clout. They are now undisputed
members of the high table of global economic governance.
It is important to recognize that China is far ahead of India in the economic league. Chinas officially declared GDP at $7.3 trillion in nominal terms and $11.3 trillion in purchasing power parity (PPP) terms is about three times that of India ($1.7 trillion in nominal and
$4.5 trillion in PPP terms). Chinas exports at more than $1.5 trillion are nearly five times
that of India, and its imports are almost four times those of India. Chinas global economic
footprint is consequently much bigger than Indias. Also, Chinas defense budget, at least
what is officially declared, is almost three times that of India.
Despite these differences, India does not consider the globalization drive that seems to be
adding much more muscle to its neighbor a challenge for itself. Chinas remarkable achievement in sustaining very high rates of growth for nearly three decades and massively reducing
poverty has been based on increasing integration with an open global economic order. There
is a lesson here for India that it should stick with the open economic order rather than see it
as a challenge or a threat.
Given Chinese economic performance over the past three decades, it can rightfully expect and indeed demand to be given a seat on the high table of global economic and political governance. Indias turn will come when it realizes its undeniable potential. Opening up
the Indian economy and its integration with the rest of the
world has yielded several benefits. India should continue on
India should continue on the path toward calibrated globalization.
However, India does have a claim to special recognition
the path toward calibrated
from the global community. This derives from its potential
globalization. power of example. As India achieves sustained rapid growth
in the next few decades and pulls its vast population out of
poverty and affords it a reasonable level of living, its experience could be emulated by other developing economies. The attractiveness lies in Indias
demonstrated ability to achieve economic objectives while retaining the political freedoms
and rights for its people and respecting and nurturing its mind-boggling diversity and
plurality. The power of this example will be no less, and indeed even stronger, than that of
India having achieved its political freedom from colonial rule without a violent revolution
and with minimal loss of human life, along with maintaining a working relationship with its
former colonial rulers.
The enormity of this achievement, when realized by India, can be better appreciated
if one recognizes that the ongoing developments in India represent a unique experiment,
never before attempted anywhere in the world. India is undertaking three transitions
simultaneously in the economic, social, and political realms. In economic terms, the
country is making the transition from a predominantly backward agrarian economy to a
modern industrialized and service-sectordominated economy. In social terms, a diverse,
74
75
KUMAR | KHANNA
CRUX OF ASIA
76
for strengthening these institutions. Second, these large emerging economies are perceived
by other developing countries as the north within the south. Consequently, they now
have to make some concessions for other developing or less developed economies and afford
them greater market access. Indias recent move to provide quota- and tariff-free access to
imports from the least developed economies in South Asia is a step in this direction. Further
down the road, this would also imply that negotiations between advanced OECD and large
emerging economies would be based on a strictly quid pro quo basis and not on any sense
of special treatment.
An important issue is the role of non-market economies in the free-market-based system.
There is a clear danger that activities of enterprises in which the ownership is blurred and
which have access to government fiscal resources could distort the working of the freemarket-based global economic order. Some norms have to be laid down for such enterprises
to create a level playing field for global competition. The distinction between public and
private ownership will have to be sharpened, and operating norms defined differently for
either set. The role of the government in acquiring intellectual property and other assets in
other countries and then making them available for its own enterprises will also have to be
reviewed and regulated. The short point is that the present multilateral liberal trading order
was based on the premise that the major actors will be private enterprises. With the emergence of state-owned capitalist enterprises, this premise is no longer valid.
77
KUMAR | KHANNA
CRUX OF ASIA
to date is evidently due to the reluctance of European countries to give up their positions on
the board. This process needs to be accelerated and be made an ongoing process to ensure
the IMFs continued legitimacy. The formula for the allocation of quotas in the IMF, the
World Bank, and the regional development banks such as the Asian Development Bank
and African Development Bank should be so devised that apart from the countrys shares of
world economic output and trade, it also includes the size of the population and the average rate of growth of GDP of the previous five years. The inclusion of these two variables
will make the formula more dynamic, as it will reflect the future potential of the member
countries and will make the formula forward-looking rather than predominantly influenced
by historical circumstances.
Likewise, it is important that heads of such institutions be chosen in a transparent manner with merit alone as the criterion for selection. It is surely time to revisit the unwritten
rule that the World Bank is headed by an American and IMF by a European.
There are two contrasting views in India on the potential role of the multilateral development banks such as the World Bank and regional banks. One view, as expressed by the
Indian finance minister in 2011, is for the World Bank and
others to play a more proactive role in increasing the flow of
The combination of private development finance, especially to middle-income countries.
sectorled rapid growth To achieve this, the World Bank needs to evolve innovative
lending mechanisms for meeting the needs of development
and improved delivery of
finance in areas such as climate change, poverty reduction,
public services alone will food supply, safety nets, and universal access to energy. For
ensure that India achieves this, the World Bank would need to beef up its lending
rapid and inclusive growth capacity by increasing its capital base.
The alternate view is for the institutions to focus increaswhose benefits are ingly on the development financing needs of the least develwidespread. oped, fragile, post-conflict, and vulnerable economies. This
will imply that middle-income countries such as India and
China should now be prepared to graduate to non-borrowing members of these institutions. These countries represent the north within the south
and should be prepared to accept greater responsibilities. Moreover, this will require middleincome economies to implement policies that will increase their attractiveness as destinations for private capital flows. The voluntary abdication of their borrowing rights from the
international financial institutions would also reinforce the claim of these large emerging
economies for greater share in the governance of these institutions. Increasing the headroom
for lending by the institutions will greatly benefit smaller and less developed economies that
are now unable to attract private capital at affordable borrowing rates.
78
KUMAR | KHANNA
While the role of the private sector in the Indian economy has grown since 1991, it is
still denied the spaces that are available to it in most advanced market-based economies. The
government continues to have a presence in sectors and activities where government ownership is neither necessary nor indeed desirable. Examples of such sectors are hotels, civil aviation, steel making, mining, banking, and insurance, to name only a few. It is important that
government presence and ownership be eliminated in sectors where it is neither justified by
the presence of a natural monopoly nor by the need to serve those who would normally be
excluded by the market. This should be done as quickly as possible in order to enable the
government to focus on sectors such as public education and health, security and urban
infrastructure, civic amenities, and rural infrastructure, where delivery of public goods and
services has been deteriorating over time and threatens to break down in short time.
In fact, public-private partnerships should be aggressively pursued in many of these areas,
and the government should leverage such tools as the viability gap funding to support
private-sector participation. By bringing in the private sector for delivering such services,
the government will be able to infuse dynamism into the operational framework of large
public-sector programs and get better results while still retaining the functional autonomy
to decide on the goals and targets.
This should be addressed sooner rather than later for achieving efficiency and higher
GDP growth and to ensure that there is a marked and much-needed improvement in the
delivery of public goods and services. The combination of private-sector-led rapid growth
and improved delivery of public services alone will ensure that India achieves rapid and
inclusive growth whose benefits are widespread.
By and large, India follows an open trading system. The industry or services sectors
are driven by market forces. India remains committed to its obligations under the WTO.
Even when some of its industries are losing competitiveness, India has not gone back on its
commitments to raise tariff levels or introduce fresh non-tariff barriers. Quite the opposite, since 2007, India has given quota- and tariff-free access to its domestic market to the
least developed economies in South Asia and Africa. Any increase in tariffs during the past
few years has been aimed entirely at restraining domestic demand for gold or encouraging
conservation of hydrocarbons. It is true that at some point the benefits that would follow
from greater integration with the global economy will start diminishing at the margin. This
stage is still a long way off, at least for India, because its share of global exports is less than 2
percent.
Finally, while the opening up of the current account has enjoyed widespread support in
the domestic constituency, there are some apprehensions with regard to full-scale capital
account convertibility. However, the Indian rupee is nearly fully convertible for foreign
investors and non-resident Indians, and it floats freely based on market conditions.
79
CRUX OF ASIA
It is now universally accepted and also endorsed by the IMF and the Bank for International Settlements that full-scale capital account convertibility, if adopted prematurely,
could result in instability in the exchange market and violent fluctuations in the value of the
domestic currency. Indian financial markets, particularly the currency market, are not very
deep, and bunching of transactions or sudden inflows or outflows of funds could destabilize
the financial system with grave implications for macroeconomic stability. India has recognized, perhaps ahead of many others, that capital account convertibility is not a panacea
for developing and emerging economies and has to be adopted with caution and after due
preparation.
Indias view is that the U.S. dollar is working as the global vehicle currency in a fairly
robust manner and that there is no immediate need for a change. While the financial and
economic situation in the United States is a matter of significant concern for the global
economy, it does not imply a need for a change at this stage, especially one that could destabilize a functioning system.
80
KUMAR | KHANNA
An open international economic system faces three important challenges. First to ensure
that an open, liberal, and market-based global economic order results in the convergence
that is its stated goal and promise. The second challenge is for advanced economies to make
the space on the high table of global governance for emerging economies that are growing
rapidly and acquiring a greater share of the global economy. Also, as emerging economies
see an increase in their economic size and become more integrated into international trade
and finance, it will be imperative for advanced economies to coordinate their monetary
and macro-prudential policies with large emerging economies. Any lack of coordination
here will lead to worse outcomes for everyone. The third challenge is for all members of the
WTO to refrain from adopting protectionist measures even when faced with an economic
slowdown. This is important for ensuring that a vicious cycle of competitive protectionism
does not take place that could well threaten the fundamentals of the liberal global order.
That could have unacceptable consequences.
81
How does your country perceive nuclear states that reside outside the NPT system?
How does your country believe that nonsignatories such as India, Pakistan, and Israel should be
treated by the NPT regime?
How should emerging NPT challengers such as North Korea and Iran be treated by the international
system? How does your country balance national interests and international obligations in dealing
with these two cases?
Given the record of the last fifty years and the global security challenges on the
horizon, what is your assessment of the durability and the effectiveness of the NPT
system?
Will the system be able to prevent the rise of new nuclear states in the future?
Which states are most likely to seek nuclear weapons in the future?
In the perception of your country, what is the role of the international community
in securing nuclear materials and weapons, and in mitigating the threat of nuclear
terrorism? Is it permissible to violate the principle of state sovereignty in the case of
threats from loose nuclear materials or weapons?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
GLOBAL
NONPROLIFERATION SYSTEM
LI BIN
INTRODUCTION
The global nuclear nonproliferation system is a combination of international treaties,
organizations, regimes, forums, commitments, arrangements, practices, and norms aimed
at curbing nuclear proliferation of states and non-state actors. The Non-Proliferation Treaty
(NPT) plays a central role in the system. Some other international treaties are also important elements in the system by constraining physical development of nuclear weapons (for
example, the various nuclear test ban treaties) or by politically discouraging countries from
acquiring nuclear weapons (for example, the agreements on nuclear-weapon-free zones).
In the system, some international organizations, such as the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), implement nonproliferation arrangements, while others, such as the
Conference on Disarmament (CD), provide forums for developing new nonproliferation regimes.1 Some international nonproliferation practices and norms are less formal than other
treaties and organizations, but they play supplementary roles in nuclear nonproliferation.
For example, some partners of the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR) exercise
constraints over missile development in their countries even though they are not formally
required by the regime.2 The global nuclear nonproliferation system discussed in the paper
includes both formal international agreements and informal practice and norms. Some international arrangements aimed at blocking the nuclear proliferation of non-state actors are
becoming an increasingly important part of the system today.
83
CRUX OF ASIA
Chinas position on global nuclear nonproliferation has evolved since it opened its door
to the outside world in 1978. The views of the Chinese elite and the public have contributed to the evolution. This essay explains the authors observations about the views of the
Chinese elite, the public, and the government on the global nonproliferation system. It
examines the assessments of these players about the nature and effectiveness of the system
and its need for improvement. It also relates their positions on the emerging nuclear armed
states.
The nuclear nonproliferation policy of the Chinese government relies on the input of
the elite and the public and represents a compromise of views. Some Chinese statements are
more of an echo of Chinas domestic statements than responses to international events. The
governments policy can be found in its official statements,
white papers, and working papers and in the speeches of its
Global governance may leaders.
The elite are professionals working on nuclear nonprobe a durable solution for
liferation-related issues. Some of them were trained in and
nuclear nonproliferation are working on international studies; some are scientists and
in the long run, but it may engineers; and some are economic experts. Their perspectives
not be efficient in solving on nuclear energy and proliferation may be very different,
based on their training, preferences, and positions.
immediate problems.
The views of the public on nuclear proliferation are more
complicated and are now well expressed on the Internet.
The views expressed by intellectuals who are not working on
nuclear nonproliferation issues are regarded as part of the public views in this paper in that
their positions rely more on their general sense than their professional training.
84
still feel that way today.5 More and more scholars are now accepting the discrimination as
a temporarily necessity, but they want the nonproliferation measures to be arranged legally
rather than arbitrarily monopolized by big powers. They believe that a double standard
exacerbates the situation of proliferation rather than relieving it, while global governance
of nuclear nonproliferation is more acceptable and durable.6 On global governance, the
liberalist school prefers universality, equality, legitimacy, and strict rules. According to
this preference, universal multilateral treaties, such as the NPT, are better than the small
groups of suppliers in coordinating their export control; nuclear-weapon states should
provide negative security assurance to non-nuclear-weapon states and promise to eventually eliminate their nuclear weapons; the Proliferation Security Initiative (PSI), which may
be contradictory to other international law on navigation, is problematic; and the Fissile
Material Cut-off Treaty should include rules of verification.
The liberalists are enthusiastic about the progress of global efforts in preventing nuclear
proliferation to non-state actors which always lead to formal international agreements.7
The liberal experts in China wish to enlarge the global nuclear nonproliferation system
and solidify its legal basis. For this reason, they consider emerging nuclear armed states to
be troublemakers. In their view, the withdrawal of North Korea from the NPT hurts the
universality of the treaty;8 the U.S.-Indian nuclear deal is counter to the universal principle
of full-scope IAEA safeguards;9 and the U.S. protection of Israels nuclear status deepens the
discrimination in the nonproliferation system.10 Their feelings on the Iranian nuclear issue
are very complicated. On the one hand, they do not want to see Iran make any progress
toward developing nuclear weapons; on the other hand, they do not want to weaken the
principle of nuclear energy development and the IAEAs authority in solving the issue.11 The
dilemma seems to be fundamental in the liberal school. Global governance may be a durable
solution for nuclear nonproliferation in the long run, but it may not be efficient in solving
immediate problems. The liberal experts do not have a good suggestion as to how to reach a
compromise between durability and efficiency in nuclear nonproliferation.
The realist school in China has a somewhat shorter history than the liberalist school. It
began to emerge in the late 1980s and early 1990s. The realist experts perceive the incentives of countries in nuclear proliferation and nonproliferation according to their national
security concerns.12 Countries that worry about their security may want to have nuclear
weapons. Some other countries that have nuclear weapons, do not feel insecure, are already
under the nuclear umbrella of other countries, and those that lack nuclear development
capability do not want to see emerging nuclear armed states. Nuclear proliferation, for the
realists, has occurred as a result of a security dilemma. So they believe that the mitigation of
the security dilemma is a key to curbing nuclear proliferation. From their perspective, big
military powersespecially nuclear-weapon statesshould provide negative security assurance to non-nuclear-weapon states that their development of nuclear weapons was unnecessary. They suggest incorporating more negative security assurance and peace solutions in the
global and regional nuclear nonproliferation arrangements.
85
LI
CRUX OF ASIA
The realist experts feel less uncomfortable than the liberalists with the discriminatory
nature of the NPT and other nonproliferation arrangements, regarding them as a result of
the balance of power. They acknowledge that the global nuclear nonproliferation system as a
whole benefits China, and urge the government to participate more in the global nonproliferation system.13
The realist experts regard the NPT and the global nonproliferation system as quite
effective in such an insecure world. The improvement of the effectiveness of the global
nonproliferation system, they believe, lies in the improvement of the general world security
situation.14
Like the liberalists, the realist experts worry about emerging nuclear armed states, but for
different reasons. They regard the U.S.-India nuclear deal as part of a U.S. strategy to counterbalance China.15 They worry about North Koreas nuclear-weapons program because they
believe that the program is disturbing regional stability and that it poses a direct security
threat to China.16
The realist school has growing influence in China and is famous for its sharp insights.
However, traditional Chinese philosophies do not appreciate sharp insights. Unlike in the
international relations circle in the United States, the two
schools of thought in China are not explicitly divided.
Chinese nuclear scientists Sometimes a scholar absorbs useful conclusions from both.
In general, the international studies experts in China are
face a dilemma over their
good at philosophical and principle discussions but are not
love of civilian nuclear good at programmatic approaches. This reduces their influenergy and their worry ence in the domestic and international policymaking process
about the proliferation when it comes to nuclear nonproliferation.
Nuclear scientists and engineers are another group of
of nuclear-weapons
experts in China who deal with nuclear nonproliferation
technology. issues. Most of them do not have a background in political
science training, and their nonproliferation knowledge has
come mostly from their work experience.
Chinese nuclear scientists had enjoyed great respect from the Chinese people until the
2011 nuclear accident in Japan. Nuclear scientists in China consider that science is sacred
and believe that the development of nuclear energy is beneficial to all people. They love the
principle of peaceful use of nuclear energy and regard the pillars of nuclear nonproliferation
and nuclear energy as equally important. In practice, they accept and support nonproliferation arrangements in the global system but feel uncomfortable with sacrificing nuclear
energy for the sake of nuclear nonproliferation. They like scientific solutions to proliferation
concerns, for example, replacement of highly enriched uranium in research reactors with
low enriched uranium.
The Chinese nuclear scientists in general are silent on the political dimension of nuclear
nonproliferation issues in public domestic debates, but they are active in engaging with their
86
foreign peers on practical nonproliferation issues. They believe that they share a universal
scientific language with all scientists of the world regardless of whether they agree with each
other on political positions. China joined the IAEA in 1984, and an important reason for
doing so was Chinese scientists enthusiasm to engage with their colleagues in international
organizations. The good communication between the Chinese and foreign scientists is very
useful for both sides. For example, the Chinese scientists shared their assessment of North
Koreas nuclear-weapon capability with the American scientists, and it helped the American
scientists understand the issue.17 The Chinese scientists also learned a great deal from their
foreign colleagues about the progress of global nuclear nonproliferation. Based on their
knowledge of the world, Chinese nuclear scientists were ahead of the Chinese political experts in making suggestions to the government to join the NPT, to prepare for the negotiations of the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty,18 and to develop international nuclear security
cooperation.19
The scientists are very practical in developing nonproliferation arrangements, especially
in integrating the Chinese nonproliferation arrangements into the global system. For example, when the scientists introduced the arrangement into China, they translated the IAEA
safeguard into (guarantee) instead of (monitoring) to reduce the sensitivity
of the words.
The Chinese scientists believe that scientific development brings both challenges and
opportunities to global nuclear nonproliferation. It is like a game of cat and mouse. New
technology may provide the proliferators new chances to develop their nuclear-weapons
programs, while at the same time new technical tools may be applied by the global nonproliferation system to detect and stop proliferation. The Chinese scientists are very active in
discussing verification technology with their foreign peers on all agendas, including those to
which the Chinese government has not yet formally or fully committed.
The Chinese nuclear scientists face a dilemma over their love of civilian nuclear energy
and their worry about the proliferation of nuclear-weapons technology. For example, some
Chinese scientists praised the progress of Indias plutonium program.20
Chinese economists are another group of experts involved in nonproliferation issues,
and they became important in policymaking after China launched its reform and openness
policy in 1978.
Usually economic experts do not speak directly on nonproliferation issues. Their way to
influence Chinas nonproliferation policy is to absorb the nonproliferation topics into the
economic paradigms. For example, the reason the economic experts oppose nuclear proliferation is that they believe proliferation creates regional tension and disturbs Chinas international economic cooperation. The reason they oppose an arms race likewise is seen through
an economic lens: such a race may exhaust Chinas economic resources.
The success of Chinas economic development encourages the economic experts to apply
their economic models to security issues. They suggest that China join more global nonproliferation regimes because Chinese participation in the global economic system has brought
87
LI
CRUX OF ASIA
great benefits to the country.21 They also expect that North Korea will open its economy to
the global system and that this economic openness could eventually promote the dismantlement of its nuclear-weapons program.22
Usually, the experts of different backgrounds and different schools do not focus their
debates on specific nonproliferation issues. This is partially because they take very different
research approaches and partially because the Chinese traditional mean philosophy does
not encourage sharp debates. As a result, it is not possible to see how different schools offer
different prescriptions to specific nonproliferation issues.
88
threat to China.25 The concern leads the posters to doubt the effectiveness of the nuclear
nonproliferation system. Many of them suggest punishing North Korea for its nuclear and
missile programs. However, those advocating punishment lower their voices every time the
United States and South Korea flex their muscles in joint military exercises.26
Articles on the Internet in China discuss Indias conventional military capability much
more than its nuclear capability, unless some Indian experts characterize China as a nuclear
threat.27 Part of the reason is that neither the Chinese government nor the Indian government intends to leverage their nuclear weapons. The Chinese public smells very little
nuclear smoke in the bilateral relationship. Part of the reason is that the Chinese regard the
Indians as allies in resisting invasions by Western powers in the nineteenth century. The
Internet posts do not pay much attention to the Pakistani nuclear capability either. Discussions relating to Pakistans military capability are mostly about its conventional military
capability.
The biggest public debate in China on security issues revolves around the U.S. invasion
of Iraq in 2003. People were divided into two groups on the Internet, and a number of
intellectuals were involved in the debate. One group believed that U.S. foreign policy consists of bullying small countries, the invasion of Iraq being a prime example. They posted
articles opposing the war and disagreed on the U.S. counterproliferation strategy through
a preemptive strike. Another group regarded U.S. foreign policy as a promotion of democracy and appreciated the U.S. effort in wiping out the Iraqi nuclear-weapons program.28
Today, years later, some of the people in the two groups retain those perspectives.
Neither of these two groups of people is satisfied with Chinas foreign policy. Both are
critical of China for doing too littlebut for different reasons. The first group complains
that the Chinese government does not stand up to stop the United States from bullying
small countries, while the second complains that the Chinese government is not cooperative
enough with the U.S. foreign policy. These two points of view are probably extreme, and
there may be a large number of people in the middle who do not feel the urge to speak up.
GOVERNMENT POLICY
The Chinese government position on global nuclear nonproliferation underwent some
significant changes in the 1990s. The Chinese government had publicly criticized the discriminatory nature of the NPT.29 Then, in 1992, China joined the NPT. The most substantial change in Chinas position happened during the NPT Review Conference in 1995. At
the Review Conference, China for the first time gave higher priority to its cooperation with
other nuclear-weapon states than with other developing counties. Since then, China speeded
its pace in joining the global nuclear nonproliferation system. Today China has joined all
international treaties and organizations on nuclear nonproliferation.30
89
LI
CRUX OF ASIA
90
LI
and agrees on the cooperation of PSI participants in the legal framework of international
law. However, China is concerned about the compliance of international law. Chinas attitude toward possible violation of sovereignty in hypothetical nuclear security actions may
very well be similar.
In China, the elite and public views on the global nuclear nonproliferation system in
general are very positive. The views are somewhat different when it comes to some special
cases and practical approaches. All these views are important inputs to the Chinese government policy on nuclear nonproliferation.
1.
For international treaties and organizations, see Center for Nonproliferation Studies, Inventory of International Nonproliferation Organizations & Regimes, Monterey Institute of International Studies, August
8, 2012, http://cns.miis.edu/inventory.
2.
MTCR is a shared document of guidelines and parameters for its partners to implement export control
over missile-related technology. The document itself does not limit its partners production of long-range
missiles. However, in practice, some MTCR partners voluntarily give up the option of developing longrange surface-to-surface missiles. See, for example, Ukraines MTCR commit includes not producing longrange missiles. See Gary Bertsch and Victor Zaborsky, Bringing Ukraine Into the MTCR: Can U.S. Policy
Succeed? Arms Control Today, April 1997, www.armscontrol.org/act/1997_04/ukraine.
3.
Li Ying and Wang Di, International Legal System Constraining Nuclear Proliferation, Journal of University
of International Relations, no. 16 (2007): 3136. (,
200763136)
4.
Guo Shuyong, Analysis of Issues in the Democratization of International Relations, Pacific Journal, no. 1
(2000): 6773. (
200016773)
and Li Dongyan, Strengthening the Central Roles of the UN in Global Governance, Peoples Daily, July
14, 2011, 3. (
20117143
5.
Hou Hongyu, Analysis of the Root of Nuclear Proliferation, International Forum 9, no. 3 (May 2007): 16.
(
200759316)
6.
Li Shaojun, On Nuclear Nonproliferation System, World Economics and Politics, no. 1 (2001): 3540. (
2001013540)
7.
Xia Liping, International Preventive Regimes against Nuclear Terrorism, International Studies, no. 3
(2009): 2329. (
2329 , 200903)
8.
Shi Hongyuan and Ma Jingtao, North Korea Violates Nuclear Nonproliferation Regime, For the Public
Good, no. 21 (2006): 7173. (
200621
7173)
9.
Liu Hongsong, Informal International Regimes and Global Welfare, International Review, no. 4 (2010):
1119. (
2010041119)
10. Hou Hongyu, Why Does the United States Pursue Double Standards? Contemporary World, no. 8 (2006):
2931. (?
200682931)
11. Teng Jianqun, The Dilemma and Its Solution on Peaceful Use of Nuclear Energy and Nonproliferation,
International Studies, no. 6 (2006): 6470. (
2006066470)
91
NOTES
CRUX OF ASIA
12. Sun Xiangli, Nuclear Proliferation: History, Modes and Prospect, World Economics and Politics, no. 12
(2007): 5663. (
: ,2007125663
)
13. Ibid.
14. Shen Dingli, Nuclear Proliferation and International Security, World Economics and Politics, no. 2 (2008):
612. (
200802612)
15. Zhang Jiegen, Indians Nuclear Strategy and Its Impact on Chinas Security and South Asia Policy, Journal
of Tong ji University (Social Science Section) 22, no. 2 (2011): 6571. (
()201122 2 6571)
16. Zhang Liangui, North Korea Nuclear Issue: Retrospect and Reflection, Korean Study, no. 1 (2009):
12436. (
200901)
17. Siegfried S. Hecker, Report on North Korean Nuclear Program, Center for International Security and
Cooperation, Stanford University, November 15, 2006, www.fas.org/nuke/guide/dprk/nuke/hecker1106.
pdf.
18. Yu Min, Hu Renyu, and Hu Side, In the Last Ten Years: We Miss Him, Guangming Daily, July 22, 1996.
(
1996722)
19. Nancy Prindle, The U.S.-China Lab-to-Lab Technical Exchange Program, Nonproliferation Review 5, no. 3,
(Spring-Summer 1998): 11118.
20. Gu Zhongmao, Accelerating the Construction of Fuel Circle System in Our Country Based on the
Achievements Reprocessing and Fast Reactors Development, Science and Technolog y Daily, March 2, 2011,
6. (
2011326)
21. Qiao Weibing, Interaction between China and International Institutions, Pacific Journal, no. 4 (2001):
1319. (
200141319)
22. Wang Zhiwei, Security Interests or Economic Development: DPRKs Dilemma and Resolutions, AsiaPacific Economic Review, no. 1 (2009): 6266. (
2009016266)
23. Zheng Zhidong and Li Jinwei, Remember History, Catch up with the Time, and Build a Strong National
Defense, Guidance of Theoretical Study, no. 8 (2005): 611. (
20058611)
24. Posts at Tianya.cn, Japan: Ambiguous Nuclear Policy and First-Rate Nuclear Capability, (
), April 4, 2007, www.tianya.cn/techforum/content/130/545006.shtml; Posts at
Tianya.cn, Is Japan Hiding Its Nuclear Weapons? (?), May 18, 2011, www.tianya.
cn/publicforum/content/worldlook/1/349175.shtml.
25. Posts at Tianya.cn, It Is in the National Interest of China to Oppose North Koreas Possession of Nuclear
Weapons, (), May 15, 2012, http://club.china.com/data/
thread/12171906/2740/98/37/6_1.html.
26. Posts at Tianya.cn, China and United States Jointly Oppose North Korean Nuclear Weapon Program and
Chinas Foreign Policy on North Korea Should Be Tougher, (),
March 28, 2012, www.tianya.cn/publicforum/content/worldlook/1/453452.shtml.
27. Posts at Tiexue.net, Why Indias Military Power Is Not as Strong as Chinas? (
?), April 9, 2010, http://bbs.tiexue.net/post_4185308_1.html;posts at Tiexue.net, Indias Military Power
is Much Stronger than Chinas, (), May 8, 2009, http://bbs.tiexue.net/
post_3547171_1.html.
28. Posts at HjClub.info, China Should Publicly and Explicitly Oppose the U.S. Invasion of Iraq and Its LowProfile Policy Does Not Exclude International Justice, (
92
LI
34. Ministry of Foreign Affairs, On Nuclear Disarmament, (), Peoples Republic of China, www.
fmprc.gov.cn/chn/gxh/zlb/zcwj/t119261.htm.
35. Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Chinas Nonproliferation Policy and Measures, (
), Peoples Republic of China, www.fmprc.gov.cn/chn/gxh/zlb/zcwj/t410692.htm.
36. Statement of PRCs Ministry of Foreign Affairs (), October 9, 2006, http://
news.xinhuanet.com/world/2006-10/09/content_5180207.htm.
37. Michael Wines, China Leader Warns Iran Not to Make Nuclear Arms, New York Times, January 20, 2012,
www.nytimes.com/2012/01/21/world/asia/chinese-leader-wen-criticizes-iran-on-nuclear-program.html.
38. Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Statement on the Nuclear-Weapon-Free Zone by the Chinese Delegation at
the First Session of the Preparation Committee of the 2010 NPT Review Conference, Peoples Republic
of China, May 11, 2007, www.fmprc.gov.cn/eng/wjb/zzjg/jks/kjfywj/t317968.htm.
39. Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Statement by H.E. Sha Zukang, Head of Delegation of the Government of
the Peoples Republic of China, at the 2000 Review Conference of the Parties to the Treaty on the NonProliferation of Nuclear Weapons, Peoples Republic of China, April 24, 2000, www.fmprc.gov.cn/ce/
ceun/eng/chinaandun/disarmament_armscontrol/npt/t29289.htm.
40. Fang Xiao, China Wishes That the US-Indian Nuclear Deal Would Benefit Nuclear Nonproliferation,
Oriental Morning, September 9, 2008, A15. (
200899A15)
93
33. Ministry of Foreign Affairs, On Peaceful Use of Nuclear Energy, (), Peoples Republic of
China, www.fmprc.gov.cn/chn/gxh/zlb/zcwj/t119263.htm.
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
GLOBAL
NONPROLIFERATION SYSTEM
T. P. SREENIVASAN
INTRODUCTION
India is among the three countries that have not signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty
(NPT). But Indias position on nuclear nonproliferation is unique, even among the nonsignatories. In fact, India is much more committed to the holistic purposes of the NPT than
some of the signatories, which place undue stress on some elements of it, to the detriment
of some cardinal principles. Legend has it that the first draft of the NPT was framed in New
Delhi as an early disarmament exercise. The NPT is as much about technical cooperation
for peaceful uses of nuclear energy and disarmament as it is about preventing the spread of
nuclear weapons. The tragic flaw in what many see as the grand bargain was not that it laid
down that there should be no new nuclear-weapon powers, but that it did not, in practice,
restrain the nuclear-weapon states from refining and upgrading their arsenals. If only there
had been an expectation that the nuclear-weapon states would renounce nuclear weapons,
even in the distant future, and if it had fulfilled the promise of atoms for peace, the treaty
would not have been challenged. India has valid reasons to remain outside the treaty, but
that is not an obstacle to its engagement with the global nonproliferation regime.
A series of positions that India has taken over the years on matters relating to nonproliferation reveals its commitment to nonproliferation and disarmament. India has pledged a
moratorium on nuclear explosive tests. The expectation is that it will not stand in the way of
the entry into force of the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT) if the United States and
95
CRUX OF ASIA
China ratify it. India has agreed to join the Fissile Material Cut-off Treaty negotiations when
they commence. It has effective legislation and processes in place to ensure that there is no
transfer of nuclear technologies or material, it has signed an India-specific safeguards agreement with the International Atomic Energy Agency, and it
has pledged itself to a no-first-use doctrine. It has said that it
Effective disarmament will not supply sensitive enrichment and reprocessing techmust enhance the security nology to countries that do not possess them. Many signatories to the NPT may not be able to claim such unequivocal
of all states and not merely positions on some of the elements of the nonproliferation
that of a few. regime as it prevails today.
Indias approach to nuclear disarmament, nuclear nonproliferation, and, by extension, to arms control, is primarily
based on the belief that there is close synergy among all three. Nonproliferation cannot be
an end in itself and has to be linked to effective nuclear disarmament, which, for India, is
the highest priority. Nuclear disarmament and nonproliferation should be seen as mutually
reinforcing processes. Effective disarmament must enhance the security of all states and not
merely that of a few.
96
sions of the treaty must be enforced in all respects, together with holding consultations with
those outside the system. Nonproliferation obligations arise from international agreements
or treaties to which states are parties, and issues of noncompliance should be addressed in
accordance with the provisions contained within those international agreements and treaties. Memberships of such groups as NSG, MTCR, the Australia group, and the Wassenaar
Arrangement must be open to interested countries to enable them to come into the fold
and accept obligations to arrest, if not reverse, the proliferation trends in multiple areas; the
admission of countries like India will make the groups more effective. Enforcing the provisions of the treaty on the signatories and engaging those outside with a view to get them to
implement as many aspects of the nonproliferation system as possible should be the dual
strategy to be pursued. An inclusive rather than exclusive strategy may stabilize the system,
which is currently under severe stress.
Both the NPT and the nonproliferation system need close scrutiny in the interest of
global security. The opportunity should be taken to change the NPT, if it is found that the
problem lies in its inadequacies. If the regime itself is defective, further proliferation would
be inevitable and dangerous.
India, Pakistan, and Israel were not nuclear-weapon states when they decided to stay
out of the NPT. Each had its own reasons for its reluctance to embrace the treaty. India
had spelled out its position repeatedly in international forums. Basically, it is the discriminatory nature of the treaty, which permits two categories of states with different rights and
obligations that militated against Indias accession. India also felt that, if nuclear weapons
were to remain salient in the security doctrines of major nations, a country of the size and
location of India could not afford to close its option to develop nuclear weapons for its
own security. Though India continued to develop its indigenous nuclear capability and
even conducted a peaceful nuclear explosion in 1974, India did not exercise its nuclear
option till 1998, when the CTBT turned out to be unacceptable, Chinas nuclear arsenal
began to grow, and Pakistan developed its clandestine nuclear capability with the connivance of China and North Korea. The deadline for enforcement of the CTBT set for 1999
may have been a factor in Indias decision to conduct the tests and declare itself a nuclearweapon state in 1998.
97
SREENIVASAN
CRUX OF ASIA
tions. The nonproliferation regime should take into account the threat perceptions of these
countries and engage with them, rather than seek to isolate them or target them for punitive
action. They should be brought in as partners in the nonproliferation efforts.
The challenge from North Korea to the nonproliferation regime is direct and subversive, while the Iranian moves are subtle and nuanced. North Korea withdrew from the
NPT in accordance with the provisions of the treaty for such withdrawal and proceeded to
announce weapons tests. Such withdrawal to escape the consequences of violations while
being a member is prohibited under international law. But North Korea has continued to
be involved in negotiations with the United States and with other countries, though there
has been no substantial change in its defiance of the nonproliferation regime. It has sought
to bargain for economic benefits in return for giving up its nuclear-weapon exploits. There
being no alternative to it, a carrot and stick approach has proved valuable in dealing with
the North Korean challenge. The nature of the regime and the dire economic situation of
North Korea, together with the perception of threat from South Korea and its allies, have
shaped the North Korean posture of alienation from the nonproliferation regime. Active
engagement to remove its anxieties with regard to security and development appears to be
the international communitys only option.
Iran is anxious to maintain its adherence to the NPT, even while posing a challenge to
the nonproliferation regime by threatening to develop nuclear technology without restraint,
raising fears that it might develop its own nuclear weapons.
Iran continues to maintain that it has not violated any of
India has supported the provisions of the treaty and that its nuclear activities are
strictly within the confines of the NPT. Iran has ostensibly
the efforts of the
cooperated with the IAEA in its efforts to ascertain that Iran
nonproliferation regime to is not engaged in activities that may lead to the developbring North Korea and Iran ment of nuclear weapons and has permitted inspections
into its realm, regardless envisaged in the Additional Protocol. But the IAEA has not
been convinced that Iran is fully transparent in providing
of Indias own interests. information. Many questions have remained unanswered,
causing suspicion about Irans true intentions. The IAEA has
moved progressively to the tentative conclusion that Iran has
multiple objectives for its nuclear program, including the eventual development of nuclear
weapons.
The right strategy, in the case of Iran, is to insist that it fulfill its obligations under the
NPT, including the requirement of reporting its activities to the IAEA. Behind that insistence is the threat of sanctions and even use of force. Israels special concern about Iran has
weighed heavily in the Western perception of the gravity of the situation, and war is not
ruled out as an option. Encouraging signs appear occasionally when Iran engages with the
designated European powers to find a solution that will permit its development of nuclear
technology without causing alarm in the international community. But multilateral and
98
unilateral sanctions of various kinds have been imposed on Iran in a bid to make it comply
with the NPT provisions. War clouds have been gathering even on the Iranian horizon.
India has consistently maintained that, as a signatory to the NPT, Iran has the obligation
to abide by the provisions of the treaty. Given the international concern about the secretive
nature of Irans nuclear activities, India has also emphasized the need for Iran to cooperate
fully with the IAEA. It is no secret that India opposes Irans developing a nuclear-weapons
capability. The votes India has cast in the IAEA on reporting Irans noncompliance to the
UN Security Council clearly indicate Indias position. But India strongly favors a peaceful
political solution to the Iran situation rather than a coercive or threatening posture. As a responsible and mature nation, Iran can be expected to respect the wishes of the international
community. India abides by the decisions of the Security Council but holds the view that
sanctions merely create hardship and provoke intransigent positions.
In approaching the cases of countries that challenge the nonproliferation regime, India
places its international obligations above its national interests. India implements Security
Council decisions scrupulously and also respects the wishes of the international community
in this regard. In the case of North Korea, India has supported the decisions of the international community to maintain pressure. No national interest has stood in the way of Indias
firm position.
In the case of Iran, the salient point is that India and Iran have civilizational linkages
and an active bilateral relationship at the political, economic, and cultural levels. India has
endeavored not to hurt these relations in the context of the nuclear imbroglio. Iran is a
major supplier of oil to India, and the building of a pipeline from Iran to India has been in
the works for several years. But even in this sector, India has taken certain steps to reduce
its dependence on Iran in anticipation of tighter sanctions being imposed by the Security
Council.
In both cases, India has supported the efforts of the nonproliferation regime to bring
North Korea and Iran into its realm, regardless of Indias own interests.
99
SREENIVASAN
CRUX OF ASIA
combine conventional explosives with radioactive material. The system has no capability to
deal with these global threats as yet, even though there is considerable concern about them.
Several countries have shown a tendency to seek sensitive nuclear technology, bordering
on weapons technology. All of them have peaceful nuclear programs that can be turned into
weapons programs on short notice. All of them have threat perceptions involving nuclear
weapons acquired by North Korea and Iran. The emergence of any of them as nuclear-weapon powers would have a spiraling effect, which can devastate the regime.
The U.S.-India Civil Nuclear Cooperation Agreement has a certain background and
history, which are sui generis. By 2000, U.S.-Indian relations had reached a plateau and the
only issue that prevented any upward growth was the nuclear issue. The determination on
both sides to remove this irritant led to an exceptional arrangement, which was approved by
the NSG by consensus in September 2008. Some critics have viewed this as going against
the spirit of the nonproliferation regime. It was Indias impeccable record in nonproliferation that impelled the votaries of the NPT and its paraphernalia to approve the NSG decision that turned the page on
punitive measures on India and commenced the phase of
The U.S.-India Civil Nuclear
active partnership. The characterization of India as a reCooperation Agreement sponsible technologically advanced state was the key to the
has served to strengthen application of a new formula in its case.
The U.S.-India Civil Nuclear Cooperation Agreement
rather than undermine the
has served to strengthen rather than undermine the nonprononproliferation regime.
liferation regime. A significant number of Indian nuclear
reactors have come under safeguards, and India has committed to a unilateral and voluntary moratorium on nuclear
explosive testing. India has signed an India-specific safeguards agreement and an Additional
Protocol, which would make diversion of imported nuclear materials for weapons purposes
impossible. India has become a partner in the nonproliferation regime, rather than a target
of it.
As was stressed by President George W. Bush at the time of the U.S.-Indian nuclear deal,
the Indian model cannot be used in the case of Pakistan, as the nuclear histories of the two
countries are different. Pakistan has systematically undermined the basic tenets of nonproliferation, not only by acquiring nuclear technology in a clandestine manner, but also by
running a virtual Wal-Mart of lethal nuclear material, for example, through the A. Q. Khan
network. Pakistan has acquired nuclear reactors from China without being subjected to any
of the conditions that were imposed on India in return for clearance to purchase nuclear
fuel and equipment from members of the NSG.
The U.S.-Indian nuclear deal is yet to realize its full potential, first, because of the hesitation of companies due to the concerns on liabilities of suppliers established in Indian law
relating to compensation and, secondly, because India has been denied enrichment and
reprocessing technology. Both these issues need to be sorted out. Furthermore, the acci-
100
dent in Fukushima, Japan, has triggered a series of reactions worldwide, including in India,
against the desirability of dependence on nuclear power. Fukushima may have halted and
reversed the expected nuclear renaissance and thus reduced the risk of proliferation through
the spread of nuclear power.
The template of the U.S.-Indian nuclear deal cannot be replicated as the needs and
circumstances of each country are different. Israel has not even sought a special dispensation
and has signed the CTBT to indicate that it is not seeking nuclear material from abroad.
As the Indian prime minister reiterated in Seoul in March 2012, nuclear security is
primarily a national responsibility, but there are benefits to be gained by supplementing national actions through sustained and effective international cooperation. Nuclear terrorism
has been considered a possibility ever since 9/11, particularly since there is a real possibility
of nuclear material falling into the hands of terrorists. Utmost care has to be taken to secure
nuclear material. Nuclear weapons are in a class by themselves when it comes to protection
of radioactive material because international monitoring or supervision of nuclear weapons
will not be possible except in exceptional circumstances as in Iraq, with due authorization
by the UN Security Council. At best, international cooperation may involve the sharing of
best practices and intelligence. International action either to remove unauthorized materials
or to protect materials found in NPT member states is not permissible, as it would violate
the principle of state sovereignty. At present, there are no universally acceptable rules to permit external intervention to remove the danger arising from possession of nuclear materials
by any nation.
The silver lining on the disarmament horizon is the renewed discourse on the possibility
of the elimination of nuclear weapons and President Obamas own commitment to work
toward a world free of nuclear weapons. Indias action plan to eliminate nuclear weapons in
stages by 2010the only systematic plan ever attempted and put forward as early as 1988
at the United Nationshas gained recognition, if not acceptance. India has recently elaborated and updated the Rajiv Gandhi Plan to offer the world a new formula for time-bound
nuclear disarmament.
101
SREENIVASAN
CRUX OF ASIA
use of nuclear weapons. Only total elimination of nuclear weapons can rid the world of the
risk of mass destruction. The goal should be to reduce nuclear arsenals, leading eventually to
their elimination. The ultimate nonproliferation mechanism is the one that will bring about
a nuclear-weapon-free, nonviolent world in a time-bound framework. India is committed to
that goal.
The nuclear-weapon states, recognized as such by the NPT, have made the NPT central
to their nonproliferation efforts. They do not see the deficiencies of the treaty as they have a
vested interest in being in a special category of states whose
arsenals have been declared legitimate. They have constantly
India has a vital interest upgraded their weapons capability, denied sophisticated
technology to non-nuclear-weapon states, and disregarded
in limiting the spread of their commitment to nuclear disarmament. Unlike India
nuclear weapons, but the and several of the signatories, the nuclear-weapon states
real solution is the total consider it unnecessary to make any changes to the NPT.
elimination of nuclear Concerns about nuclear security and safety have prompted
them to consider additional measures by engaging others,
weapons. but they still insist on universalization of the NPT. India has
participated in security discussions at the highest level in the
expectation that the existing regime will be adjusted to meet
the new requirements. The dogmatic commitment to the NPT will lead only to unrealistic
expectations.
A core weakness of the NPT has been identified as the possibility of the technology
provided for peaceful purposes being used for developing weapons by some countries, which
might leave the treaty. Such temptations may arise as long as the nuclear-weapon states do
not honor their commitments to disarmament. But the only country that walked out of the
treaty, North Korea, acquired nuclear technology through China and Pakistan clandestinely,
rather than under the provisions of the NPT. The technology transferred to non-nuclearweapon states has not been of much significance so far. If a review of the NPT takes place, it
will be advantageous to examine this aspect as well.
India has a vital interest in limiting the spread of nuclear weapons, but the real solution is the total elimination of nuclear weapons. Arms control and nonproliferation efforts
should be intermediate steps, leading to a nonviolent world free of nuclear weapons. The
advent of terrorism has accentuated the urgency of pursuing disarmament efforts. Any nonproliferation regime should be nondiscriminatory in character, and it should enhance the
security of all nations.
102
PART II
REGIONAL
SECURITY
ASIAN SECURITY
According to your country, what are the three most pressing security concerns
confronting Asia?
What broad national strategy has your country adopted for dealing with these
critical challenges?
In the perception of your country, what is the appropriate balance between military
and nonmilitary instruments for advancing Asian security? What is the utility of
confidence-building measures in this respect?
Does your country believe that the critical challenges of Asian security are best dealt
with through independent national solutions, bilateral negotiations, coalitions of likeminded states, regional organizations, and/or new Asia-wide institutions?
What does your country perceive to be the appropriate role for the United States
regarding Asian security?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
ASIAN SECURITY
XIA LIPING
105
CRUX OF ASIA
106
XIA
North Korean nuclear issue through dialogue and negotiations. If that is successful, it is natural for the six-party talks to become a Northeast Asian security cooperation mechanism.
The South China Sea has become a hot spot involving China, the United States, Southeast Asian countries, India, and Russia. The Nansha Islands and Xisha Islands in the South
China Sea have been Chinas territories for more than a thousand years. That was not disputed by other countries until the 1970s, when big amounts of raw oil and natural gas were
found in the South China Sea, and some Southeast Asian countries, among them Vietnam
and the Philippines, occupied some islands and reefs in the Nansha Islands.
China was historically a continental power, not attaching great importance to its maritime rights until the 1980s. By that time, most of the islands and reefs in the Nansha Islands
had been carved up by Southeast Asian countries.
With the rapid development of its economy, China has been paying more attention to
energy and other natural resources. At the same time, with the development of its national
defense modernization, China wants to better protect its rights of exploration of oil and
natural gas in the South China Sea either on its own or in joint development with other
countries. So China has been attaching more importance to its maritime sovereignty and
rights in the South China Sea.
Now there are dual interdependencies in Southeast Asia. On the one hand, China has
become one of the biggest trading partners with most Southeast Asian countries, which have
benefited from Chinas economic development. On the other hand, some of these countries,
member states of ASEAN, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, depend on the United
States in the security field. Some ASEAN members, which have had disputes with China over
maritime sovereignty and rights in the South China Sea, are concerned that China may use
force or threaten to use force to press them to give up their claims on maritime territories and
rights in the South China Sea. They want to make use of Chinese-U.S. relations to get to a
better strategic position in the region and so they use the China threat as an excuse to ask
the United States to boost the strategic importance of the region and themselves.
In November 2011, the Obama administration declared the U.S. strategy of re-engaging
Asia. In fact, the United States has never left Asia, though post-9/11, the Bush administration had neglected Southeast Asia to some extent. Even before the latest declaration, the
United States joined the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia in July 2009,
and President Barack Obama met his counterparts from the ten-member ASEAN during
summits in 2009, 2010, and 2011.
In July 2010, Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton stated that free navigation in
the South China Sea was in the U.S. national interest. In fact, the United States also wants
to use ASEAN to balance the rise of China, so as to maintain its own leadership in the AsiaPacific region.
107
CRUX OF ASIA
When the United States and ASEAN made up the 10 + 1 mechanism, the ASEANdominated mechanism had already changed in nature. The ten ASEAN member nations
confirmed their need for a U.S. role in Asia and hoped that it would fulfill its security
commitment in Southeast Asia. In 2010, ASEAN announced its decision to expand the
East Asia Summit to include the United States and Russia. By inviting a larger role for the
United States in Southeast Asia, ASEAN is obviously attempting to balance Chinas rise,
although such an act is not new.
On January 2, 2010, Clinton spelled out the Obama administrations blueprint for the
Asia-Pacific regional architecture. Obama hosted the 2011 APEC high-level meeting in
Hawaii, an important step toward such a new Asia-Pacific, rather than Asian (East Asian)
regional order.
Over the twenty years since the end of the Cold War, Chinese-ASEAN relations have
witnessed tremendous progress. Because of the economic recession caused by the international financial crisis, the importance of U.S. and European markets for ASEAN goods
is growing smaller, while the Chinese market is becoming increasingly significant. China
is now ASEANs largest trading partner, and bilateral trade and investment are maintaining good momentum. The Chinese government also provides development assistance for
nations in the region, and China and ASEAN have become partners in many multilateral
events. China is committed to the development of bilateral relations with ASEAN. It also
supports ASEAN-led regionalism and inter-regionalism. And it insists on resolving disputes
with Southeast Asian nations through dialogue and cooperation.
However, the U.S. pivot to Asia has complicated the situation in the South China Sea.
And the strengthened U.S. military alliance with the Philippines and joint military exercises
with the Philippines and some other countries have sent the wrong signals, making the Philippines think if it had an armed conflict with China, the United States would defend it. So
the Philippines has carried out a tough policy toward China over the maritime disputes with
China in the South China Sea.
XIA
109
Tehran has stood firm on its nuclear enrichment program, warning that if attacked, it would
seriously retaliate. The possibility of armed conflicts between Israel and the United States on
one side and Iran on another side has been increasing.
China does not want to see a nuclear-armed Iran. However, China has significant economic interests with Iran. About 11 percent of the oil imported by China in 2011 came
from Iran. Furthermore, 55 percent of raw oil consumed by China is imported from other
countries. China is now the second-largest raw oil-consuming country in the world and the
second-largest raw oil-importing country in the world. So if the price of oil in the world
market is very high or the Strait of Hormuz is blocked, China will seriously suffer. China
would like to see a peaceful resolution of the Iranian nuclear issue through negotiations and
stability in the Persian Gulf.
CRUX OF ASIA
new concepts of security are in keeping with the trend of the era and have greater relevance.
China holds that the core of this new security concept should be mutual trust, mutual benefit, equality, and coordination.4 The new security concept should be the guideline to resolve
regional disputes as well as improve international security.5
Third, China seeks to resolve the disputes in the South China Sea and improve its relations with neighboring countries. Chinas existing guideline is to advance development,
peace, and stability in Asia. It is an important part of Chinas development strategy to maintain good relationships with its neighbors, make them secure, and help them prosper.
China would like to shelve the disputes over territorial and maritime rights in the South
China Sea and engage in joint exploration of oil and natural gas with other countries in the
area. However, some South Asian countries, such as Vietnam and the Philippines, have tried
to legitimize their occupation of the islands and reefs belonging to China and reap great
benefits from their unilateral exploitation of resources through contracts with foreign companies, and thus far have refused to participate in joint development projects with China.
China has to protect its sovereignty and territories in the
South China Sea. If the armed forces of any country open
China has put great fire first against a Chinese law enforcement platform or the
Chinese navy, China has to defend itself.
importance on using
China has adhered to its philosophy of fostering close
nonmilitary instruments and friendly relations with neighbors, to cooperatively
to advance Asian security, establish stable and harmonious relationships.
China has vigorously maintained regional peace and staand has stressed that the
bility, persisting in improving mutual trust through dialogue
international community and cooperation and in resolving disputes though peaceful
should make great efforts negotiations. China will strengthen cooperation for mutual
to resolve disputes through benefit with its neighbors, and deepen regional and subrepeaceful means, including gional cooperation in order to realize common development
goals with other Asian countries.
negotiations.
Fourth, maintaining stability and peace and realizing
a nuclear-weapon-free Korean Peninsula is part of Chinas
strategy. The direction of affairs on the Korean Peninsula
will mainly depend on the development and direction of the internal situation and policy of
North Korea. The United States, Russia, Japan, and China all would like to see a stable and
peaceful Korean Peninsula. South Korea recognizes it is in no ones interest to unleash an allout war against North Korea; the most important variable is North Korea.
China has been playing a positive and active role throughout the North Korean nuclear
crisis. China hosted the six-party talks in Beijing and pursued shuttle diplomacy to coordinate the member nations of the six-party talks. At the same time, China made great efforts to
try to persuade North Korea to give up its nuclear-weapons option. China will try its best to
further contribute to the resolution of the Korean nuclear issue through peaceful means.
110
XIA
111
Fifth, China prioritizes cooperating with the international community to resolve the
Iranian nuclear issue through negotiations. China has two major objectives in its strategy
to deal with the Iranian nuclear issue. The first is to maintain the authority and integrity of
the international nuclear nonproliferation regime. Thus China has positively and actively
participated in the process of the negotiation between the six powers (the five permanent
members of the UN Security Councilnamely China, the United States, Britain, France,
and Russiaplus Germany) and Iran. At the same time, China has made great efforts in
persuading Iran to have a flexible policy on the nuclear issue.
The second major objective is to develop and protect Chinas energy and economic interests in its relations with Iran. China has abided by the UN Security Council resolutions on
sanctions against Iran. At the same time, China has to make efforts to minimize any loss of
its economic and energy interests with Iran.
CRUX OF ASIA
operations. Use of force should be the last means and only for the purpose of selfdefense.
In this regard, confidence-building measures can play a very important role to prevent
armed conflicts or wars caused by misunderstandings or miscalculations.
112
XIA
China has no desire to expel the United States from the Asia-Pacific region. This would
be impossible due to the countrys significant military presence in the region and the large
volume of trade across the Pacific. It is also not in Chinas national interest because if
the United States were to withdraw from the Asia-Pacific region, Japan could potentially
become a military power, even a nuclear power, which would further complicate Chinas relationship with Japan. Nor does China want to challenge the leadership of the United States
anywhere else in the world.
China hopes that the United States can play a constructive role in the Asia-Pacific region. First, as an established power, the United States should continue to pursue the policy
of engagement and cooperation with a rising China, welcoming China to play a positive
and responsible role in the region. Second, the United States should encourage economic
cooperation and integration in East Asia, because an open East Asian economic regionalization and regionalism will also be in its own interests. Third, the United States should
not send East Asian countries the wrong signals, leading them to believe that the United
States will help them militarily in the event of an armed conflict with China. Doing so
merely emboldens these countries to pursue tough policies toward China over territorial
and maritime disputes. China understands that smaller countries are concerned about Chinese claims over disputed territories, and would like to resolve the disputes through bilateral negotiation. Some Southeast Asian countries want to use the United States to balance
China, so they can get some benefit from the balancing. But the involvement of the United
States in the disputes has merely complicated the situation. On April 10, 2012, a Philippine navy frigate tried to catch some Chinese fishing boats within the area of Huangyan
Island, which led to a confrontation between Chinese and Philippine state ships. Finally,
the United States should retract some potentially dangerous policies, which could prove
misleading to other countries. For example, the U.S. government should declare that the
United States will not take sides in the disputes between China and Japan over the Diaoyu
Islands. However, U.S. officials insist that the U.S.-Japan Defense Alliance Treaty applies to
the Diaoyu Islands. If China and the Unites States put great effort into reducing the deficit
of their strategic trust, the two countries would have better cooperation on Asian security,
113
CRUX OF ASIA
which would benefit the interests of both countries as well as the Asian-Pacific region as a
whole.
NOTES
1.
This section is drawn from Xia Liping, The Korean Factor in Chinas Policy Toward East Asia and the
United States, American Foreign Policy Interests 27, no. 4 (August 2005): 24158.
2.
This section draws from Xia Liping, Stability in South Asia: A View from China, in Security in South Asia:
Conventional and Unconventional Factors of Destabilization, Studies & Comments 9, edited by Klaus Lange (Munich:
Hanns Seidel Stiftung, 2009), 5162.
3.
Documents of the 16th National Congress of the Communist Party of China [Zhongguo Gongchandang Dishiliuci
Quanguodabiao Dahui Wenjian Huibian], (Beijing, China: Foreign Language Press, 2002), 2.
4.
Chinas Document About the Position of the New Security Concept [Zhongguo Guanyu Xin Anquanguan Lichang
De Wenjian], put forward by the Chinese delegation at the meeting of ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF),
held in Seri Begawan, Brunei, July 31, 2002; see Peoples Daily, August 2, 2002), 3.
5.
Chinese Ambassador Hu Xiaodis Speech at the Conference on Disarmament in Geneva, February 7, 2002.
6.
Chinas National Defense in 2008 (White Paper), Information Office of the State Council of the Peoples
Republic of China, January 2009, www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2009-01/20/content_7413294_4.htm.
7.
Ibid.
8.
Declaration on the Conduct of Parties in the South China Sea, signed by China and ASEAN member
states in Phnom Penh, Cambodia, November 4, 2002, www.aseansec.org/13163.htm.
9.
114
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
ASIAN SECURITY
SRIKANTH KONDAPALLI
115
CRUX OF ASIA
tion and by the competition for natural resources. In the absence of a single and inclusive
security architecture in Asia, many security challenges in Asia remain unresolved or even
unattended.
In this background, Indias security challenges are no different from those of many Asian
countries. Three pressing security challenges that India faces today are included in the traditional and nontraditional security domains: unresolved sovereignty and territorial disputes;
terrorism; and maintaining economic growth in light of the global financial crisis and
eurozone crisis on the one hand and the rising cost of energy, food, and other commodities
on the other hand.
SOVEREIGNTY ISSUES
India still has a number of sovereignty and territorial integrity issues with its neighbors
that it inherited from British colonial times. The disputes with Pakistan and China in
particular have been a major drain on Indias resources and are partly responsible for the
skirmishes in19471948, 1962, 1965, 1971, and 1999. Both the unresolved Kashmir issue
(with its attendant cross-border terrorism) and the India-China territorial dispute demand
huge allocations of resourcesfinancial, human, and military-relatedfrom India. Given
the all-weather friendship between China and Pakistan, under which China has supplied
conventional and strategic weapons, platforms, or technologies to Pakistan, there is always a
likelihood of a possible two-front war for India. Indeed, in late 2009, General Deepak Kapoor, who was then the Indian army chief of staff, instructed his forces to be prepared for a
two-front theater under the nuclear threshold. His successor, General V. K. Singh, reiterated
this position in early 2011. In the meantime, speaking to the Indian Parliaments Standing
Committee on Defense, Defense Minister A. K. Anthony in late 2009 suggested that India
will deploy strategic assets to the northeast of the country, where Arunachal Pradesh was
designated as a disputed territory by China. Indeed, official records of China from the early
2000s started depicting this region as southern Tibet. It was also around this time that
China started issuing stapled visas to residents of Kashmirindicating that Indian-held areas are disputed while the Pakistan-held Kashmir areas are not. China is investing heavily in
Pakistan-held northern areas as well, with unconfirmed reports of troop presences. Also, the
defense establishment in India, given the successive upgrade of the dual-use infrastructure
projects and military deployments in Tibet, had elevated Indian threat perceptions from low
to medium levels vis--vis China, although there is not yet a clear and present danger.
Along the political spectrum as well, the Indian establishment, despite calling China a
strategic partner since April 2005, has been viewing Chinas rise with concern. Speaking
to the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh
stated in late 2009 that an assertive China is of concern to India. Later, he reportedly told
Indian newspaper editors that China is striving for low-level equilibrium in South Asia to
the detriment of Indian interests.
116
At the diplomatic level, too, there has been a lively debate on the impact of Chinas rise
on India. For instance, the then external affairs minister, speaking to the National Defense
College in New Delhi, stated on November 5, 2008, that Chinas rise is a concern for India
in three main areas: Chinas aggressiveness, its anti-satellite capabilities, and its competition
for resources. This position had been reiterated by the foreign secretary and national security adviser in different foraindicating the across-the-spectrum consensus in India on the
impact of Chinas rise. The commercial sector in India as well has expressed concerns about
increasing trade deficits, discrimination against Indian companies in China, and Chinese
discrimination against Indian pharmaceuticals, software, and other products, and their worries are reflected both in the slow progress in agreeing to Chinas proposal for a free trade
area and in the increasing anti-dumping duties by India on Chinese goods. Chinas diplomatic and military pressure in the withdrawal of the Oil and Natural Gas Corporation from
the South China Sea is contributing to the bilateral woes as well.
Overall, then, these developments indicate an emerging geopolitical and strategic rivalry
between New Delhi and Beijing, although both have admittedly been engaged in multilateral cooperation on issues such as protecting the United Nations Charter, climate change
proposals, and similar positions against trade protectionism. Nevertheless, these multilateral
efforts so far have not led to a resolution of the bilateral problems, and indicate the limitations in bilateral understanding.
TERRORISM
A second issue of concern for India has been incidents of cross border terrorism. Since
2001, India has been explicit in mentioning this issue as the number one security challenge
to the country. Until the 1990s, most of the terrorism-related incidents could be traced to
Kashmir, where an estimated 60,000 people have been killed. In the recent period, however,
several Indian cities, including New Delhi, Jaipur, Kolkata, Varanasi, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad, Bangalore, and Mumbai, have been targeted. The Indian establishment has accused
Pakistans Inter-Services Intelligence Agency of aiding, training, and supporting terrorist
groups. There are also instances of small arms seizures from Bangladesh and Myanmar. In
light of the intended withdrawal of the International Security Assistance Force from Afghanistan, the issue of defeating international terrorism and stabilizing the peripheries has
become a major concern for several countries in the region, including India. As a countermeasure, India has been making joint efforts, for example, sharing intelligence, flagging the
bank accounts of suspected terrorists, and constructing transportation corridors in Afghanistan with many countries, among them the United States, Russia, members of the European
Union, China, and Japan. India also supported UN Security Council Resolutions 1267,
1373, and 1540 on this issue. However, it is not lost on India that China has shielded the
Jamaat group (as with the Taliban prior to September 11) in the UN voting process.
117
KONDAPALLI
CRUX OF ASIA
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
A third issue of concern for India is how to maintain the economic growth rates that are
essential for lifting millions of Indians out of poverty. India recently announced that the
share of the manufacturing sector as a percentage of GDP will be raised from the current
14 percent to about 29 percent (thereby raising employment) and that it will seek nearly
$1 trillion from various sources to finance infrastructure projects in the next five years. As
Indias dependence on other suppliers for energy is expected to reach more than 80 percent,
New Delhi also called for diversifying the energy basket (also due to the requirements of
the Copenhagen and Durban climate change proposals) and exploring and securing energy
pipelines. Nevertheless, given the intensification of the global financial crisis and eurozone
crisis and the attendant capital squeeze, volatility in the stock markets, and rising energy and
food prices, India is exploring the possibilities of establishing development funds, campaigning against trade protectionism, and the like.
118
and prosperity, democratization, and even destabilization. Because India has neither irredentist nor territorial claims beyond its borders, New Delhis approach is gaining wider support in Asia. Prior to the 1990s, several countries in Asia had expressed concern over Indias
growing military modernization, but its current naval modernization and ballistic missile
and interceptor tests in 2007, 2011, and 2012 elicited hardly any negative responses in the
region. Indeed, in a reversal, India could emerge in the future as a net security provider for
some countries in the region.
Indias position was clarified by Prime Minister Singh during his address to the Kuala
Lumpur meeting of the East Asian Summit in 2005 when he mentioned that Asia is Indias
destiny (while in August 1949 Mao Zedong wanted China to be the center of gravity in
Asia). In 1991, India initiated its Look East policy of attracting investments, technology,
and exploring markets, initially in the Southeast Asian region and then in the East Asian region. Initiated primarily to overcome Indias adverse balance of payments position, this policy
is bearing fruit as demonstrated when India joined the ASEAN Regional Forum in the mid1990s and then the East Asian Summit in 2005. In February 2001, the Group of Ministers
in India declared that Indian security interests extended from the Persian Gulf to the Strait of
Malacca, while the 2007 Indian maritime doctrine identified the Indian Ocean as the primary
area of interest for the Indian navy, and the South China Sea and Gulf of Aden as secondary
areas of interest. After the successful evacuation of more than 20,000 victims of the tsunami
in Southeast Asia in 2005, India offered to help protect the Strait of Malacca from piracy incidents. Also, India initiated free trade area measures with ASEAN, while comprehensive economic partnership agreements were signed with South Korea and Japan. India is also toying
with the idea of a free trade area with Taiwan, the European Union (EU), and other countries.
Security dialogues with ASEAN, South Korea, and Japan have been intensified by India, especially in the maritime domain. In the Central Asian region, Indias extended neighborhood
includes bilateral and multilateral interactions, counterterrorism, and efforts to link the region
with other parts of Asia through energy grids. India has supported the popular voices in the
Arab Spring and the aftermath, although New Delhi was concerned about possible energy disruptions or price increases, as well as the safety of the six million Indians living in the region.
At the global level, India has been emphasizing the central role of the United Nations.
India has also evolved strategic partnerships with the United States, Russia, the EU, Japan,
China, and other countries, in that order of importance. Although Indian debates on the
primacy of hard power in international relations have not yet crystallized, the acquisition
and exercise of such power is noted. Specifically, it is noted in several quarters in India that
the presence of U.S. forces in West Asia (Middle East) and other areas of the globe for counterterrorism efforts and the like has been conducive to maintaining uninterrupted energy
supplies (as India is importing more than 80 percent of its energy needs) and the smooth
transit of goods and services on the high seas.
Besides, India is a member of several multilateral institutions, such as IBSA (India-BrazilSouth Africa) and BRICS (Brazil-Russia-India-China-South Africa). As the global commons
119
KONDAPALLI
CRUX OF ASIA
has been threatened in the recent period, whether in outer space, cyberspace, or in a maritime setting, India has also been participating in trilateral meetings with the United States
and Japan, although a previous four-nation core group with the United States, Japan, and
Australia failed to take off. To counter piracy in the Indian Ocean, in addition to maritime
exercises with a number of countries, India has joined the sixteen-member ReCAAP (Regional Cooperation Agreement on Combating Piracy and Armed Robbery against Ships in
Asia). India has also hosted the first Indian Ocean Naval Symposium, a conclave of naval
chiefs from more than 30 Indian Ocean states.
120
KONDAPALLI
121
and have been able to stabilize the border areas with no-fly zones, no major military exercises using borders as strategic orientation, withdrawal of troops, local-level hotlines, flag
meetings, and other strategies. The two armies have also conducted hand-in-hand operations, while the navies have executed joint search-and-rescue operations. These operations
have helped prevent conflict between India and China, and the border areas by and large
remain peaceful. Nevertheless, apart from conflict prevention, a second instrument of
confidence-building measurestrust buildingremains elusive. Meanwhile, India and
Pakistan have initiated confidence-building measures in the nuclear field by agreeing to
exchange data about each others nuclear establishments and not to attack each others
facilities. In the past few years, confidence-building measures have been further expanded
to include removing restrictions in cross-border trade and granting most-favored-nation
treatment.
CRUX OF ASIA
order. Besides, the United States has allies in AsiaJapan and South Koreaand close links
with the Philippines and Singapore.
Indian perceptions of the U.S. role in Asia are influenced by past experience, present
cooperation, and future possibilities. Although the United States and India were in different
camps during the Cold Warand sometimes in mutual acrimony, such as during the Bangladesh Liberation Warbilateral relations began substantially improving during the Clinton
administration and improved more concretely during the Bush and Obama administrations.
In early 2005, speaking at Sophia University in Tokyo, then U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice suggested that the United States was poised to help India become a major power
in the twenty-first century. For India, such strategic signaling is as important as the KissingerNixon visits to China in 19711972. Indeed, after this speech, U.S.-Indian relations exhibited unprecedented upward momentummuch like Deng Xiaopings visit to the United
States three months after the reform and opening policies were announced in 1978.
In 2005, the United States and India signed a ten-year defense cooperation agreement,
and deals worth more than $12 billion are being discussed or implemented. In 2006, President Bushs visit coincided with the signing of the framework for maritime security cooperation and civil nuclear technology cooperation. Both states have conducted joint exercises for
enhancing interoperability between their respective armed
forces. Seventeen Malabar naval exercises have been conMany Indians believe that ducted so far, while air-to-air exercises and army-to-army
exercises have enhanced interoperability. India also has an
while the United States
ongoing dialogue with the United States (as well as with the
is a game changer in the United Kingdom) on peacekeeping missions. Eight joint
international system, it working group meetings were conducted from 2000 to 2012
could potentially act as a between the United States and India in this regard. Contributing further momentum, three strategic dialogues and 21
wild card. dialogue mechanisms have been conducted by the United
States and India to date, with coordination and cooperation on a number of issues related to the international and
regional order being discussed. The depth of these interactions is unprecedented.
Several initiatives at the regional, bilateral, and international levels have brought the
United States and India together. However, a number of differences persist. Many Indians
believe that while the United States is a game changer in the international system, it could
potentially act as a wild card. For instance, when the G2 proposal was made (and partly
realized in the joint declaration of President Obama and Chinese President Hu Jintao in
November 2009), or during the global power transition debate, New Delhi seems to have
been marginalized, much as Tokyo, Seoul, Paris, or Berlin must have felt. Hence, as a cushion, New Delhi emphasizes strategic autonomy.
Asia is currently at the crossroads of several major, but uncharted, transitions. The region
is exhibiting, simultaneously, many opportunities as well as challengeswith high eco-
122
nomic and technological progress, growing markets, a burgeoning middle class, and rising
consumption levels coexisting with traditional and nontraditional security challenges and
the specter of a potential power transition. The global commons are also subjected to strain
as a result of this transition. In this context, the rise of China in the past two decades has led
not only to economic opportunities but also to security dilemmas for many Asian countries.
Chinas relentless assertiveness over the Yellow Sea, East China Sea, South China Sea, Indian
Ocean region, and Kashmir, as well as its rising defense budget (the second largest in the
world), military modernization toward the ability, at least to start with, to execute antiaccess and area-denial missions in its peripheries, anti-satellite capabilities, and cyberattacks,
have all driven some Asian countries to seek U.S. rebalancing in the region for long-term
stability.
While the United States provided for hegemonic stability in the region for the past six
decades, that stability is being challenged gradually by the rise of China. It is in this regard
that India is making efforts to usher in an inclusive security architecture in the region for
long-term stability. Indias comprehensive strategic partnership with the United States, and
the trilateral relationship with Japan as well, is also bearing fruit. In the judgment of the
Indian mainstream, the United States and its allies in Asia contribute to the strategic rise of
India, while the rise of China is posing concerns to India in South Asia, the Indian Ocean,
and beyond.
There is also strategic uncertaintyspecifically because China has not clarified how it
would protect the global commons in a rule-based manner and according to universally acceptable principles. Some in India are concerned about the policy vagaries of successive U.S.
administrations. Yet, given the irredentist encroachment of China on the global commons,
Indias policy choices are clearly veering toward the United States.
123
KONDAPALLI
What are your countrys strategic objectives in the geopolitical, economic, and military
arenas in South Asia? How does your country intend to achieve these objectives? How
does your country balance them with its ideological values?
What are the key strategic threats to your countrys interests in South Asia? What
are the policies pursued by your country to mitigate these threats?
What are your countrys key objectives vis--vis the other two major South Asian states
(Pakistan and China/India)?
How do your countrys relations with Pakistan affect your relationship with the other regional great
power?
What are your countrys goals with regard to the smaller states of South Asia? How does your country
manage relations with these states without alienating the other regional great power?
What are your countrys goals regarding Afghanistan and Myanmar, the key peripheral states of South
Asia? How does your country manage relations with these two states without alienating the other
regional great power?
What are the key nontraditional security threats in South Asia that implicate the
regions major states and your countrys interests? How does your country intend to
manage these threats? In particular, is your country concerned by nontraditional
security threats such as serious communicable diseases, natural disasters, water
disputes, drug trafficking, and transnational refugee flows and illegal immigration?
What role, if any, does your country perceive for South Asian states in managing these
threats?
How does your country perceive the extant U.S. role in the region? What challenges,
if any, does the U.S. role in the region pose to your countryand how is your country
responding?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
STABILITY IN
SOUTHERN ASIA
LI LI
125
CRUX OF ASIA
South Asian countries, especially with India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Nepal, that, taken
together, suggest the contour of Chinas present policy in Southern Asia.4
126
They also conform to the mulin, fulin, anlin principle of Chinas neighborhood diplomacy:
establishing an amicable, secure and prosperous neighborhood.
Since the end of the Cold War and the normalization of Sino-Indian relations, China
has not perceived any serious strategic threats from Southern Asia. Indirect threats, however, abound. One that China is monitoring is the Indo-Pakistani rivalry. Because China
shares borders with both India and Pakistan, any conflict between the two nuclear powers
would force China to take sides and also have direct implications for the security of Chinas
western frontier region. China is also keeping tabs on drug trafficking that originates in
Afghanistan and Myanmar. Because of instability and poor governance in those countries,
drug trafficking and organized crime have increasingly threatened to spill over into Xinjiang
and Yunnan.
In addition to Afghanistan and Myanmar, uncertainty and instability in Pakistan and
Nepal give rise to some troubling new trends. More and more, China feels the limits of
these countries capacity in keeping their commitments to Chinas specific interests, from
ensuring the safety of Chinese citizens and investments in the region to countering Tibetand Xinjiang-related secessionist activities. With Chinas increased distrust of the United
States due to the American pivot to Asia, China is watchful of the U.S. military presence
in Afghanistan beyond 2014 and the increasing strategic and defense cooperation between
the United States and India.
127
LI
CRUX OF ASIA
China regards confidence-building measures, security dialogue, and nontraditional security cooperation as a fundamental approach to increasing mutual trust with countries in the
region. China insists on peaceful settlement of its border disputes with India and Bhutan,
and while progress is sluggish, talks at least are under way.5 Apart from the 1993 and 1996
agreements on confidence-building measures in their border areas, China and India set up a
new mechanism in January 2012 to deal with border incidents such as transgressions or infiltrations due to the divergent understanding of where the line of actual control lies.6 China
has an annual defense dialogue with India, and the two countries intend to start a maritime
dialogue as well.
China also proposes and supports the notion of countries in the region solving disputes
among themselves through dialogue and negotiation. In this regard, China has manifestly
shifted its stance on the Kashmir issue, from endorsing Pakistans position on self-determination for Kashmiris to supporting a peaceful solution
through Indo-Pakistani negotiation, which conforms to
Nontraditional security Indias bilateralism on this issue. To counter drug trafficking
and organized crime in the region, China has strengthened
issues have become a its cooperation with neighbors on intelligence sharing, joint
new domain for China to operations, joint patrols, personnel training, and alternative
strengthen its relations cultivation. In the past decade, China has succeeded in prowith Southern Asia. moting alternatives to opium in Myanmar and Laos and has
committed to duplicating this model in Afghanistan. After
thirteen Chinese sailors were killed on the Mekong River by
drug traffickers in the Golden Triangle region, China started
joint patrols on the river with Myanmar, Laos, and Thailand at the end of 2011.
In fact, nontraditional security issues have become a new domain for China to strengthen its relations with Southern Asia. For instance, China and India have worked closely in
the international negotiations on climate change. And China has always been quick and
proactive in providing humanitarian relief for the region after natural disasters.
Noninterference into other countries internal affairs is a guiding principle of Chinas foreign policy. China is convinced that noninterference enables it to maintain good and stable
relations in case other countries undergo regime changes. It also helps dispel smaller countries apprehensions of Chinas mounting strength. Along with China, India and Myanmar
were among the initiators of the Five Principles of Peaceful Coexistence, of which noninterference is one. It is partly because of the principle of noninterference that China has rejected
the Wests invitation to send troops to Afghanistan.
Thanks to the growing external demands for Chinas shouldering more international
responsibilities and the rapid increase of the overseas presence of Chinese citizens and
investments, the principle of noninterference is under great debate, both inside and outside
China. As long as China is part of the developing world and feels the sustaining threat of
the Wests interference in its domestic affairs, from Taiwan to Tibet to human rights, the
128
LI
129
principle will surely remain in place. That should not be taken to mean that China is reluctant to provide public goods or that it is incapable of protecting its overseas interests, but
merely that China will depend more on UN authorization and diplomacy.
Chinas cooperation with Southern Asia has gone beyond bilateralism. As early as 1999,
the Yunnan Province of China put forward the Kunming Initiative, calling for subregional
cooperation among southwestern China, northeastern India, Myanmar, and Bangladesh.
China also supports regional integration; it became an observer of the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation in 2006 and has since donated $600,000 to the organizations development fund. China is keen to integrate its western and southwestern region
with Southern Asia through physical connectivity. For example, it plans a high-speed rail
link to Myanmar and direct rail connections to Nepal, Pakistan, and even India. Local development blueprints in Yunnan and Xinjiang will significantly benefit from this integration
as well.
CRUX OF ASIA
Indo-U.S. strategic partnership has upgraded the significance to China of the China-Pakistan all-weather friendship.
Therefore, before the final settlement of the protracted, unresolved China-India border
dispute, Chinas friendship with Pakistan will remain an irritant to Indias dealing with China. However, since China and India have agreed to look at their relationship in a broader
context and perceive a stable and cooperative partnership as a guarantee to their simultaneous rise, neither of them wants to see the Pakistan issue derailing their relations. Indeed,
China has encouraged Pakistan to improve its own relations with India.
130
issue and their confrontation in Afghanistan. Many Chinese scholars believe that unless this
rivalry is eased, Pakistan will continue to see Afghanistan as a vital strategic bulwark against
India, while India views Afghanistan as another strategic front against Pakistan. If India tries
to create an anti-Pakistan Afghanistan and Pakistan tries to create an anti-India Afghanistan,
reconciliation in Afghanistan would be far harder to achieve. Furthermore, China would
be put into a very difficult situation in dealing with all three neighbors. To cope with such
a challenge, China would probably develop a strong and independent bilateral relationship
with Afghanistan, while encouraging a sustainable Indo-Pakistani rapprochement.
Myanmar, which shares a border of nearly 2,200 kilometers with China, has a great deal
of strategic significance for China. Beyond the stability of the border areas that are affected
by drug trafficking and ethnic insurgency in Myanmar, China is concerned about the security of its enormous investments in Myanmars infrastructure and power plants. The countrys geographical location also provides China shorter and more convenient access to the
Indian Ocean, which well serves both the development of the poor economies in southwestern China and Chinas energy security by providing an alternate route for energy supplies to
travel. It is against this backdrop that China is building an oil and gas pipeline across Myanmar into southwestern China. Therefore, a friendly regime in Naypyidaw is vital for China
to fulfill its objectives. However, a friendly regime is not necessarily a military regime or an
isolated Myanmar. On the contrary, China would be more comfortable dealing with a normal Myanmar with political reconciliation. In fact, the Peoples Republic of China used to
have friendly ties with the democratic regime in Myanmar. During Myanmars military rule,
China even supported the idea of UN mediation to bring about political dialogues with the
democratic forces led by Aung San Suu Kyi.
With respect to the current political reform, China will observe the noninterference principle and engage with all of the political factions in Myanmar. On the growing influence of
India in Myanmar, China would like to see more cooperation than competition with India,
because it would not only be beneficial to a constructive Sino-Indian relationship but would
also help allay Myanmars fears of overdependence on China. In the past two decades, as
both China and India developed close relations with the military regime in Myanmar, they
were actually on the same page on fending off the Wests criticism of their respective Myanmar policies. In the ongoing China-Myanmar pipeline project, two Indian oil giants, the
ONGC and GAIL, are involved.
131
LI
CRUX OF ASIA
China also identifies the United States as a crucial partner in preventing another military
conflict between India and Pakistan. On the other hand, China is very suspicious of U.S.
intentions in terms of its bonhomie with India, its military presence in Afghanistan, and its
growing influence in Myanmar. Many Chinese are convinced that a major objective of the
U.S. China policy is to contain China. The latest U.S. pivot
to the Asia-Pacific has reinforced Chinas apprehension,
China sees a great particularly since American officials, such as Secretary of
State Hillary Rodham Clinton, have repeatedly defined the
potential of cooperation subcontinent as part of the Asia-Pacific region.
with the United States in
Chinas apprehensions originate from a deep distrust of
the
United States, which is mainly predicated on what BeiSouth Asia and regards
jing considers U.S. disrespect for Chinas core interests (such
cooperation as an effective
as Taiwan and Tibet), the Sino-U.S. ideological divergence,
way to build mutual trust. and other issues. However, a stable Sino-U.S. relationship is
vital for Chinas rise, and, as such, China is open to coordination and cooperation with the United States in Southern
Asia. With the cozy memory of their past cooperation in the 1970s and 1980s and their
present common interests in maintaining peace and stability in the region, China sees a
great potential of cooperation with the United States in South Asia and regards cooperation
as an effective way to build mutual trust. During President Barack Obamas visit to Beijing
in 2009, the two sides agreed to work together to promote peace, stability and development in that region [South Asia].
Therefore, Chinas perspectives on the U.S. role in the region are dynamic due to the ups
and downs of the general Sino-U.S. relations. In dealing with the potential threat of the
United States from Southern Asia, China seems to be pursuing a complex but more or less
conflicted strategy of improving and stabilizing Sino-U.S. relations and strengthening its cooperation with countries (particularly India) in the region, while at the same time preparing
for the worst through military modernization. Chinas military modernization arose mainly
from the threat of Taiwans independence and the challenge of the worldwide revolution in
military affairs. As Chinas economy goes global, the military is also expected to have the
capability (which is mainly noncombatant) to protect Chinas overseas citizens and interests.
If China is convinced that the United States is encircling it by strengthening military
alliances and security partnerships all around Chinas periphery, China will feel compelled to
upgrade its military preparedness. That is a situation China does not want to see, because it
not only puts China and the United States into a security dilemma but also could put China
and India into a security dilemma. Manifestly, it is urgent for China and the United States
to improve their mutual trust by constructing a new type of relationship between major
powers that rejects confrontation.
132
LI
1.
China shares borders with Afghanistan, Bhutan, India, Myanmar, Nepal, and Pakistan. China has always
perceived Myanmar as a Southeast Asian country, but for purposes of this project, it is included here as
a South Asia country. Three other South Asia countries, Bangladesh, Maldives, and Sri Lanka, are not
adjacent to China.
2.
In the 1950s, China regarded the United States as its primary enemy. In the 1960s, China was faced with
dual threats from the United States and the Soviet Union. In the 1970s, the Soviet Union was Chinas major
adversary.
3.
China has officially outlined four pillars in its foreign policy platform: major powers are the key, surrounding areas are the first priority, developing countries are the foundation, and multilateral forums are the
important stage.
4.
This analysis represents the authors personal understanding of Chinas mainstream opinions on the region. Due to the limitations of the authors wisdom, misperceptions or misinterpretations may be more or
less inevitable.
5.
China and Bhutan have not yet established diplomatic relations. It was reported that Chinas border talk
with Bhutan has gone smoothly. Because of the special relations between India and Bhutan, a China-Bhutan border treaty seems unlikely to be clinched ahead of a China-India border treaty.
6.
This is called the Working Mechanism for Consultation and Coordination on China-India Border Affairs.
133
NOTES
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
STABILITY IN
SOUTHERN ASIA
SRINATH RAGHAVAN
135
CRUX OF ASIA
Minister Manmohan Singh recently observed, India will not be able to realize its own destiny without the partnership of its South Asian neighbours.
Further, Indias economic ties with its subcontinental neighbors remain weak. South
Asia is among the least integrated regions of the world. Official intra-regional trade, to take
one indicator, hovers around 5 percent of total trade of the countries of the region. This is
abysmally low not just in comparison to other regions of Asia (the corresponding figure for
East Asia exceeds 50 percent), but also when contrasted with its own potential for growth
through trade. South Asia has three attributes that make it extremely well-suited for integration by trade: the highest population density in the world; linguistic and ethnic overlap
across borders; and the presence of a large number of cities close to the borders.
This potential has not been adequately tapped for at least two reasons. One of the legacies of colonialism has been ambivalence about free trade in most South Asian countries
(with the early exception of Sri Lanka). This problem was compounded by the economic
and political consequences of partition, which not only set the stage for many protracted
disputes but also overturned the political economy of the region. Before 1947, the region
had an almost unimpeded flow of goods, money, people, and ideas. Restoring these links
is a central economic objective for India. An integrated Southern Asian market would
make eminent economic sense as well as help take the sting out of uneasy political relationships.
Finally, South Asia confronts a series of nontraditional security challenges, ranging
from public health to migration to water. Environmental issues, in particular, pose serious
problems for the region as a whole. The mountain and deltaic ecosystems of Southern Asia
are closely integrated and cut across state boundaries. The region is unique in the sheer size
of population, scarcity of rainfall, reliance on agriculture,
scope for mega-dam projects, and vulnerability to climate
An integrated Southern change. Environmental and natural resource management
will perhaps be the biggest and most potent challenge for the
Asian market would make
countries of Southern Asia. Climate change and changes in
eminent economic sense as patterns of resource use are already imposing strains on existwell as help take the sting ing bilateral arrangements between India and its neighbors.
Further, new challenges are likely to arise from Chinas
out of uneasy political
approach to dealing with environmental issues, especially
relationships. water, in the Tibetan plateau. Until now, India has dealt
with its neighbors over water issues as the upper riparian.
But today, with China emerging as the key actor in this
domain, India will have to work from a rather different vantage point. The challenge for
India (and other South Asian states) is to move toward creating cooperative mechanisms for
dealing with these common challenges.
These strategic objectives fit well with the political values espoused by India. Indeed,
the present lack of stability in Southern Asia stems partly from the absence of a normative
136
RAGHAVAN
consensus among countries of the region. Despite considerable cultural overlap and commencing their political lives from similar starting points, their political trajectories have
been rather different. A genuinely shared commitment to democracy and human rights and
against violence and militarism has proved elusive.
Working toward these objectives has proved trickier than outlining them. For one thing,
many of the major political disputesKashmir or river waters, for instanceare truly
nettlesome and not easily resolved. Indias approach has been to keep a dialogue going on
such problems while simultaneously focusing on other, more tractable, issues. Sustaining
such a process over long periods becomes difficult owing to domestic preoccupations and to
other developments that affect the overall quality of the relationship. For another, given the
geography and ethnic and linguistic overlap in the subcontinent, domestic politics both in
India and its neighbors impinges upon efforts to stabilize their relationships. India tends to
become a factor in the domestic politics of some countries, such as Sri Lanka, Bangladesh,
and Nepal. Fear of, or antagonism toward, India could be used by politicians to bolster their
standing at home. The obverse of this is that India has had to pick its friends within these
countriesa situation that complicates its dealings with these countries over time. Federal
politics in India, too, imposes constraints on New Delhis ability to pursue long-term objectives in the region.
In the economic domain, India has emphasized its willingness to bear asymmetric
burdens to foster regional integration. Indias economic growth in the last two decades has
positioned it to credibly play the role of a regional dynamo. Its neighbors are gradually
realizing the unprecedented opportunity that India presents for their growth prospects.
Indias free trade agreements with Sri Lanka and Bhutan, and the trade and transit agreement with Nepal, have showcased the potential benefits of regional economic integration.
It is no coincidence that Bangladesh wants to greatly enhance trade and connectivity with
India or that Pakistan has at last agreed to confer most-favored-nation status on India.
Once the largest recipient of foreign aid, India has now begun giving aid to its neighbors.
Afghanistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka are recent beneficiaries of this turn in Indian
foreign policy.
Then again, Indias ability to stay the course remains open to question. For a start, the
notion that India should accept such burdens is opposed by groups within the country:
political parties that do not see why India should go the distance to help out obdurate
neighbors; and trade lobbies that stand to lose from economic integration. Further, Indias
record of delivery on economic initiatives and projects has at best been uneven.
137
CRUX OF ASIA
138
RAGHAVAN
tional war in a nuclear context. The problem, however, is that much of this debate remains
in thrall to the governing assumptions of Indian military strategy: the need to capture and
hold ground, even if only on a limited scale. New Delhi needs to focus on developing coercive strategies based on standoff capabilities.
An important factor in the Indian-Pakistani relationship is China. Pakistans muchvaunted all-weather friendship with China has provided it the capabilities to pursue a
confrontational course with India while sheltering it from potentially adverse consequences.
Indeed, over the past five decades China has regarded Pakistan as a useful counterweight to
India in South Asia. The relationship with Pakistan has enabled Beijing to pursue an India
strategy on the cheap, while maintaining its own focus on other areas of more immediate
interest. There is little reason to believe that China will abandon this approach anytime
soon, and there is some reason to believe that the strategic relationship with Pakistan might
actually be tightening. China is, of course, concerned about instability and extremism in
Pakistan. Terrorism is on the agenda of the strategic dialogue between China and India.
New Delhi believes that there may be marginal payoffs to engaging China on terrorism
originating in Pakistan. But there is no illusion that China can help nudge Pakistan toward
a less antagonistic stance vis--vis India.
On the economic front, though, China could potentially play a positive role. There is some
evidence to suggest that the recent moves by Pakistan toward granting most-favored-nation
status to India may have been quietly encouraged by China. Two factors seem to be at work
here. The strains in Pakistans relations with the United States and the impending U.S. troop
drawdown in Afghanistan are likely to result in a gradual erosion of American aid to Pakistan.
China, however, seems unwilling to fill the breach all by itself and would like to see Pakistans
economy standing on its own feet. Further, Chinas advice to Pakistan is consonant with the
manner in which its own relationship with India has evolved over the past two decades.
Indias relations with China are a complex amalgam of elements of competition and
cooperation. Economic ties between India and China have burgeoned in recent years. Yet
this relationship remains asymmetric, with a mounting trade surplus in Chinas favor. Politically, the two countries have found it easier to work together on global issues such as climate
change, and in arenas such as the BRICS (the developing economies of Brazil, Russia, and
South Africa in addition to India and China). Yet, the core bilateral dispute on the boundaries remains unresolved. On the security front, the peace and tranquility agreements have
helped avoid military standoffs along the disputed borders. Yet, the gap between the overall
military capabilities has widened in Chinas favor, as to a lesser extent have the local military
balances along the borders.
139
CRUX OF ASIA
140
But this much is clear: New Delhis ability to counter Chinese influence in South Asia is
not just a function of what China wants to do, but also of what India can do. India needs,
above all, to build its credibility in delivering on its promises and intentions. This is important not just to secure Indias interests in the region but also to ensure that it does not see
itself as being locked in a zero-sum game with China in these countries. After all, Indias
interests in Southern Asia do not stem from the fact of a growing Chinese presence.
In its engagement with Southern Asia, India has quite properly paid attention to the two
key peripheral states of Afghanistan and Myanmar. Both of these countries are important
to Indias security and geopolitical objectives. Both have in the recent past provided havens
for insurgent groups that have operated against India. Ensuring that this situation does not
prevail in the future remains a central objective of Indian policy. However, the importance
of Afghanistan and Myanmar transcends these narrowly defined security concerns. For one
thing, they are the gateways of South Asia to Central and West Asia, and to Southeast Asia.
Indias ability to project its influence in these wider areas is contingent on its relationship
with these two countries. For another, they are crucial to South Asias economic links with
other parts of Asia. Afghanistan and Myanmar are the hinges on which the open economic
doors of Southern Asia will revolve.
Indias relations with Afghanistan and Myanmar are not antithetical to Chinas interests in these countries. Indeed, in Afghanistan, India has expressed its willingness to work
with China in joint projects for economic development. Further, India has stated that the
Shanghai Cooperation Organization could be a useful forum for considering the problems
of Afghanistan after the drawdown of U.S. troops in 2014. As far as Myanmar is concerned,
India is a very distant competitor to China in securing markets and influence. Chinas
presence and clout in Myanmar far outstrip those of any other country, including India.
Nevertheless, both China and India support and stand to gain from the ongoing reforms in
Myanmar. There is little reason to believe that China will lose sleep over Indias engagement
with Myanmar. That said, Indias relationship with Myanmar could help Myanmar reduce
its reliance on China. Recent developments, such as placing Chinese-sponsored hydroelectric projects on hold, underline the fact that Myanmars relationship with China may not
always work in its interests. Indeed, as its reforms gather pace, Myanmar will want to move
away from excessive dependence on China and diversify the range of its external engagements. India could potentially play an important role here.
141
RAGHAVAN
CRUX OF ASIA
views on key threats to its interests: the fragility of democratic systems in the region, terrorism, and the presence of nuclear weapons and fissile materials in Pakistan. When it comes
to tackling these problems, though, there are differences of emphases and priorities between
New Delhi and Washington.
Take the case of Afghanistan. Most Indian observers have called for a stronger military
commitment by the United States to contain the insurgency and prevent a reversion to the
pre-2001 situation. Yet New Delhi has come around to appreciating the limits imposed by
American domestic politics on its policy toward Afghanistan. Similarly, the Obama administrations propensity to view Indias role in Afghanistan through the prism of Pakistani sensitivities was a sticking point. But it now seems that Washington would like India to play a
more prominent role in Afghanistan. Such differences notwithstanding, India sees the need
and opportunity to work with the United States in stabilizing Afghanistan post-2014.
On Pakistan, too, India appreciates the importance of working with the United States
while being clear-eyed about to what extent and in which directions this cooperation can
progress. American pressure on Pakistan to desist from supporting terrorist and insurgent
groups against India is certainly useful, but it can go only so far. Pakistan remains critical
to American security objectives. Whatever the crests and troughs in that relationship, it is
unlikely that the United States will pressure Pakistan in the manner desired by India. That
said, cooperation with the United States on counterterrorism has had important payoffs
for India. New Delhi aims to continue working on areas of strategic convergence with the
United States while mitigating the fallout from operational differences. After all, the IndoU.S. relationship is about more than just South Asia.
142
PART III
SECURITY IN THE
GLOBAL COMMONS
How does your country perceive the current global maritime order? Does the current
global distribution of naval and maritime capabilities as well as the long-standing body
of customary international law relating to freedom of the seas favor your countrys
current and emerging maritime interests?
What is your countrys position on the United Nations Convention on the Law of
the Sea (UNCLOS)?
Does your country believe that UNCLOS supersedes existing customary international law relating to
the freedom of the seas?
In the perception of your country, what are the new rights bestowed by UNCLOS in contrast to
previous customary international law relating to maritime affairs?
Does your country believe that it is permissible to enforce these new rights through the use of military
force?
In which maritime areas are the UNCLOS-derived rights most pertinent to your country?
What maritime conflicts is your country currently embroiled in? How does your
interpretation of UNCLOS support your countrys position in these conflicts?
Does your country believe that these maritime disputes are best dealt with through
independent national solutions, negotiated transparency and confidence-building
measures, negotiated treaties with robust verification measures, or oversight by
international organizations?
How does your country perceive the extant U.S. naval superiority in the maritime
commons? What challenges, if any, does U.S. superiority in the maritime commons
pose to your country, and how is your country responding?
What does your country believe is the ideal regime for managing the maritime
commons? What would be the key characteristics and principles underlying such a
regime?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
SECURITY IN THE
MARITIME COMMONS
ZHANG HAIWEN
145
CRUX OF ASIA
regimes. It has carried forward traditional rules of customary law and renewed freedom of
the high seas, and it has developed multiple regimes for navigation in territorial seas, straits
used for international navigation, archipelagic waters, and other bodies of water. As for
navigation in exclusive economic zones, UNCLOS Article 58 has made specific provisions
with due consideration of the interests of both the international community and coastal
states. First, paragraph 1 endows all states, whether coastal or land-locked, with freedom
of navigation in the exclusive economic zones, Second, paragraph 3 also provides for their
duties when states exercise their rights of freedom of navigation, and in this way safeguards
the interests of the coastal state.
Overall, UNCLOS provides diversity in the regime of navigation and thus transforms
the traditional singular regime. From this perspective, UNCLOS to a great extent has actually revised and updated the rules of customary law related to freedom of the seas. Freedom
of the seas has been replaced by freedom of the high seas, which has been classified in six
kinds in the Article 87 of UNCLOS. Relating to navigation
at sea, the basic principle now is freedom of navigation but
Any suggestion that not freedom of the seas, according to UNCLOS.
The United States has the worlds most powerful navy,
China opposes freedom of
and this naval superiority represents a powerful tool for the
navigation is completely United States to pursue American global hegemony and
baseless. intervene in regional affairs.
As is well known, China and the United States have
different views regarding military surveys, military investigations, and reconnaissance conducted in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ). The United
States regards such activities as exercising freedom of the seas and labels Chinas opposition
to these activities as a threat to freedom of the seas. Chinas position is that U.S. military
vessels or other survey or research vessels in service of the U.S. Navy are abusing the rights
endowed by the UNCLOS on other states when conducting such activities and collecting
maritime data in Chinas EEZ. Moreover, the United States also sends warships to convoy
those vessels for such activities and to arrogantly showcase U.S. naval superiority in Chinas
EEZ. China strongly opposes the forced entry of the U.S. vessels into Chinas EEZ for military survey and reconnaissance activities, and apart from making diplomatic representations,
China sends law enforcement vessels to stop the illegal entry of the U.S. vessels in its EEZ.
From the perspective of international law, the dispute between China and the United
States arises from different interpretations and applications of the concept, which is freedom
of the seas in name but freedom of navigation in practice. Although freedom of the seas is
recognized by all states as an important, time-honored rule of international maritime law,
what exactly is freedom of the seas? No precise definition can be found in any treaty or any
official document of an international agency, including UNCLOS. Nor is there any specifically identified conduct or activity under freedom of the seas or a definition of marine
scientific research or any classification of related conduct.
146
ZHANG
In the exclusive economic zone, all States, whether coastal or land-locked, enjoy, subject to
the relevant provisions of this Convention, the freedoms referred to in article 87 of navigation and overflight and of the laying of submarine cables and pipelines, and other internationally lawful uses of the sea related to these freedoms, such as those associated with the
operation of ships, aircraft and submarine cables and pipelines, and compatible with the
other provisions of this Convention.
However, these three freedoms are not unconditionally applicable to EEZs, for paragraph
3 of the same article also regulates that
In exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Convention in the exclusive
economic zone, States shall have due regard to the rights and duties of the coastal State and
shall comply with the laws and regulations adopted by the coastal State in accordance with
the provisions of this Convention and other rules of international law in so far as they are not
incompatible with this Part.
Obviously, in the modern international maritime legal system, the ambiguity about
freedom of the seas to which the United States has stuck has gone out of existence. The
so-called freedom of the seas exercised by the United States in Chinas EEZ is actually
freedom of navigation as defined in the UNCLOS. Therefore, according to the clear provisions of Articles 87 and 58, this freedom cannot be interpreted as the absolute freedom
to carry out any activity. However, in the process of nominally exercising freedom of the
seas but practically exercising freedom of navigation, the U.S. vessels, taking intensive
Z-shaped routes continually, were collecting maritime data through marine surveys and
investigations. These actions and activities were far away from the purpose of navigation or
in relation to vessel operation. They were not in conformity with the purposes provided for
by UNCLOS, nor were they directly relevant to the voyages of the vessels. Naturally, these
activities should abide by other relevant rules. The U.S. conduct in collecting Chinas maritime data in the name of freedom of the seas was an abusive, ambiguously applied use of
freedom of navigation, or freedom of the high seas. In recent years, no other state has sent
147
Looking at U.S. practices, one can obviously deduce that freedom of the seas is understood by the United States as doing anything it wishes. The United States totally ignored the
fact that under UNCLOS there is only freedom of the high seas, but not freedom of the
EEZ.
China holds that UNCLOS provides freedom only for the high seas, not for freedom
of the seas in general. UNCLOS, which carries forward the high sea regime of traditional
international maritime law, clearly provides for freedom of the high seas in Article 87: (a)
freedom of navigation; (b) freedom of overflight; (c) freedom to lay submarine cables and
pipelines; (d) freedom to construct artificial islands and other installations permitted under
international law; (e) freedom of fishing; and (f ) freedom of scientific research. There are
three freedoms applicable to EEZ as provided in paragraph 1 of Article 58, which reads,
CRUX OF ASIA
vessels to break into another states EEZ for a military survey and investigation without the
states prior consent.
148
ZHANG
by UNCLOS have been acknowledged and observed by most states in the world, and even
states that have not approved UNCLOS are modifying their legislation and practices to
move closer to its provisions. UNCLOS has a decisive influence over maritime affairs now
and in the future.
The fact that UNCLOS has been accepted and approved by most coastal states and many
non-coastal states since it came into force in 1994 has proved its success. Of course, its greatest achievement is that it has successfully built an equitable and stable global maritime order.
149
CRUX OF ASIA
As a state party of UNCLOS, China enjoys the same rights and carries out the same
duties as other state parties. China never agrees that any state party could have more rights
in any part of the world oceans than other state parties. China agrees even less that any
state that has not yet ratified UNCLOS could, presuming on its non-state-party identity, be
scornful of or violate the rights endowed by UNCLOS on a state party.
150
resolved? Here, it is necessary to point out that UNCLOS is not the only international law
that can be used for settlement of maritime disputes.
First, while UNCLOS is an important part of the international laws, it may not negate or replace other rules or principles of general international law. Maritime disputes are
between sovereign states, so any means or approach used to settle the dispute must conform
with not only the provisions in Part XV of UNCLOS, but also the principles of the UN
Charter and principles of general international law. UNCLOS clearly defines its relationships with other international laws in [a]ffirming that matters not regulated by this Convention continue to be governed by the rules and principles of general international law.
Generally speaking, UNCLOS has established an order for the world oceans, but it is not a
skeleton key, not the sole international law to apply in settling maritime disputes. UNCLOS and the rules and principles of general international laws are mutually compatible
and mutually supplementary.
Second, from the common sense of international law, claims made over the territorial
sovereignty of any island, as well as settlement of any island territorial dispute, must be done
pursuant to the rules and principles of general international law, rather than through UNCLOS. UNCLOS deals only with maritime boundary disputes, not the settlement of island
sovereignty disputes. UNCLOS has defined its own task and objective, which is [r]ecognizing the desirability of establishing through this Convention, with due regard to the sovereignty of all States, a legal order for the seas and oceans. Essentially, UNCLOS establishes the
worlds maritime legal order on the premise of respecting the existing territorial sovereignty.
Therefore, this provision of UNCLOS is completely in accordance with the principle of land
controls the sea, which means that UNCLOS is based on respect for the existing sovereignty
of all states and that none of its provisions shall be used as legal grounds to make new claims
over territorial sovereignty nor to negate or modify the existing territorial sovereignty.
According to the UN Charter and UNCLOS, the first choice for settlement of a dispute between sovereign states is peaceful negotiation. Though embroiled in some complex
disputes with some neighbor states, China believes that maritime disputes are best dealt
with through independent national solutions. China firmly believes that the fundamental
way to properly deal with and settle disputes lies in peaceful coexistence, dialogue, and
collaboration. In this respect, China has experimented with many practices. Regarding the
land boundary, except for some territorial border disputes with India and Bhutan, China
has signed agreements on land boundary delimitation with 12 of its 14 neighbors through
bilateral negotiations since the Peoples Republic was founded in 1949. Those agreements
have delineated 90 percent of Chinas total boundary on land. Regarding the sea boundary,
through diplomatic negotiation, China and Vietnam signed an agreement on the Beibu
Gulf in December 2000 that delineated Chinas first maritime boundary. China also signed
an agreement with Vietnam in 2011 on settlement of the South China Sea dispute. Both
countries reaffirmed that their dispute shall be settled through diplomatic negotiation.
Chinas experience shows that bilateral negotiations are an effective way to resolve boundary
151
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
delimitations. Therefore, China always holds that maritime disputes shall also be equitably
settled pursuant to international law through peaceful bilateral negotiation.
Of course, China also joins other countries to make collaborative efforts to address
problems and challenges concerning non-traditional maritime security. For example, at the
ASEAN summit, Chinese Premiere Wen Jiabao pledged that China would donate RMB 3
billion to set up a South China Sea Foundation jointly with ASEAN.
CONCLUSION
Neither traditional maritime law nor UNCLOS has ever clearly defined freedom of the
seas. What is its relationship with freedom of the high seas and with freedom of navigation in exclusive economic zones? What kind of activity can be conducted in the name of
freedom of navigation in EEZ? Does it mean whatever kind of activity the United States
chooses to practice? What should be the definition for these concepts? Obviously, on this
matter, China and the United States hold different positions.
UNCLOS has established a relatively equitable and reasonable system for the order of
the seas. Although many maritime disputes over the world oceans exist, they are not all
caused by poor design of the UNCLOS regimes. The causes are many. Island disputes often
have historical roots; sea boundary disputes as well as other conflicts are probably caused by
different interpretations and applications of relevant rules and principles of general international law and relevant provisions of UNCLOS. If all states would strictly comply with
international laws that are universally accepted by the international community, including UNCLOS and especially its Article 300,4 peace and order would prevail in the global
oceans.
UNCLOS does not provide the only grounds for settlement of all kinds of maritime
disputes. UNCLOS shall not be the international legal grounds for settlement of island territorial sovereignty disputes, for example. Therefore, such a statement as Chinas claim over
its rights in the South China Sea does not comply with UNCLOS is based on a total lack
of common sense of international law studies. Maritime issues are not merely legal issues.
Maritime disputes often involve sensitive political, economic, military, historical, and legal
factors, as well as long and complex history, current national power, and long-term strategic
interests among many other considerations. These considerations are beyond the provisions
of UNCLOS. Therefore, settlement of maritime disputes shall be pursuant to international
laws inclusive of UNCLOS, rather than to UNCLOS exclusively.
All states concerned are responsible for maintaining regional peace and stability and resolving disputes peacefully. It is an undeniable fact that there are disputes in the seas around
China. However, these disputes have been around for decades. Why only recently have they
become hot topics? Obviously, apart from many other causes, sensitive and complex geopo-
152
ZHANG
litical considerations play an important role. Whether or not these maritime disputes will be
settled peacefully depends on the corporate responsibility of all states concerned. It is essential for all states to face up to the fact and acknowledge that fairness is urgently needed for
maintaining a peaceful and stable East Asia and for resolving maritime disputes peacefully.
Unfair support or continual criticism of any side is not at all helpful to settling the disputes.
1.
Division for Ocean Affairs and the Law of the Sea, Chronological Lists of Ratifications of, Accessions
and Successions to the Convention and the Related Agreements as at 4 October 2012, Office of Legal
Affairs, United Nations, October 4, 2012, www.un.org/Depts/los/reference_files/chronological_lists_of_
ratifications.htm#The%20United%20Nations%20Convention%20on%20the%20Law%20of%20the%20
Sea.
2.
United Nations, United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), www.un.org/Depts/los/
convention_agreements/texts/unclos/closindx.htm, Article 74 2; Article 83 3.
3.
As quoted in Victor Prescott and Clive Schofield, The Maritime Political Boundaries of the World, 2nd ed.
(Boston: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2005), 1.
4.
UNCLOS, Article 300. This clause, on the [g]ood faith and abuse of rights, says that States Parties
shall fulfill in good faith the obligations assumed under this Convention and shall exercise the rights,
jurisdiction and freedoms recognized in this Convention in a manner which would not constitute an abuse
of right.
153
NOTES
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
SECURITY IN THE
MARITIME COMMONS
VIJAY SAKHUJA
155
CRUX OF ASIA
It is generally agreed that the UNCLOS regime has brought order at sea, but several
concerns persist that can cause suspicions among states. These arise from such issues as
conflicting claims over territories, disputes over ownership and exploitation of sea-based
resources, and varying understandings of the duties and responsibilities of state parties. The
contentious issues can potentially generate tension among states, particularly when states
exhibit assertiveness by declaring jurisdiction over disputed sea spaces, object to exploitation
of marine resources by other parties, or challenge freedom of navigation.
At another level, states have expressed concerns and reacted sharply to varying interpretations of UNCLOS by other state parties, particularly involving the passage of foreign vessels
(military and those engaged in exploration and scientific research) through their maritime
zones by lodging protests, damaging equipment, and apprehending vessels. States have also invoked the jurisdiction
Order at sea has of the International Court of Justice and the International
Tribunal for the Law of the Sea (ITLOS) under Part XV of
emerged as an important
UNCLOS for judicial settlement of the disputes. In some
concept in international cases, states have deployed naval forces that are viewed
and security studies and as viable instruments to secure national interests, protect
has profound implications maritime territory, and exercise jurisdiction in the exclusive
economic zones (EEZ).
for maritime policy and
The seas are now witness to governance under which
operations. states have obligations to enforce UNCLOS provisions,
including policing and maintenance of maritime zones. At
another level, states are zealously guarding the living and
non-living marine resources in their respective EEZs and continental shelves and are unwilling to allow any maritime activity in maritime zones under their jurisdiction that could
adversely affect their national interests. While enforcing international maritime conventions
and treaties in their maritime zones, some states do not shy away from taking measures to
penalize defaulters, thereby upholding maritime order.
The UNCLOS nautical regime has affected international relations among states, especially those with overlapping or disputed maritime boundaries. The contesting states are
becoming more assertive, and the legal and psycho-legal boundaries offer states the legal
basis for sending clear diplomatic signals. The situation is exacerbated when states respond
through nationalist expression by enacting national laws, hoisting the flag, constructing
scientific observation posts and military garrisons, and undertaking coercive or demonstrative military maneuvers. In some cases, their assertiveness is reflected in domestic political discourse as well as multilateral forums. This nascent order has helped states to settle
contentious issues by encouraging them to take recourse in the legal process and engage in
diplomacy. In essence, states appear to have redefined their policies and maritime strategy to
ensure order at sea.
156
SAKHUJA
Indias role in the process of codification and development of the law of the sea has been
significant. It actively participated in the Geneva Conference of 1958 and 1960 and the
1982 Law of the Sea Conference. It also facilitated diverse groups, including developing
countries, to reach a common understanding of various issues related to the law of the sea.
India voiced its concern on the inadequacy of the three-mile rule of territorial waters during
the Geneva Conference of 1958 and had argued for a twelve-mile territorial limit. It also argued for the right of a coastal state to call for advance notice from foreign warships of their
intention to transit through its territorial sea. The Indian arguments were based on the belief
that a wider zone of the sea meant more security.
Indias rights and jurisdiction in its EEZ are enshrined in Section 7(4) of the Maritime
Zones Act, which is based on the maritime zones regimes as envisaged in UNCLOS. It also
makes necessary provisions for the safety and security of marine resources, environmental
issues, artificial structure, customs and fiscal matters in the EEZ. India signed UNCLOS
in December 1982 and ratified it in June 1995. Indias coastline is 7,500 km (4,660 miles)
long, and its maritime zone jurisdiction stretches 2.172 million square kilometers (840,000
square miles).
India is an active participant in a number of UN bodies dealing with maritime issuesin
addition to the International Maritime Organization, International Court of Justice, and International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea, it is active in the International Seabed Authority
and the UN Food and Agriculture Organizationwhich have been entrusted to implement
and enforce UNCLOS provisions.
India has consistently endeavored to uphold order at sea as provided for by UNCLOS
and has enforced various UNCLOS provisions through legitimate actions with a view to
protecting Indias maritime interests. It also believes that UNCLOS codifies customary international law and reflects the contemporary understanding and practice of states pertaining to resources and usages of the sea. In addition, UNCLOS bestows sovereign rights on
EEZs and the continental shelf in relation to ocean resources, transit passage regimes, and
balancing the interests of the coastal states and maritime states. Perhaps the most innovative
aspect of this regime is the creation of institutions to implement the new rights accrued by
states, which encourages the resolution of any dispute through peaceful means.
In 1978, India established the Indian Coast Guard as its maritime enforcement agency.
The coast guard has actively participated in counter-piracy and counterterrorism operations at sea, responded to oil spills, undertaken search-and-rescue operations, administered
Indias EEZ through policing and surveillance, and upheld UNCLOS provisions. Further,
P. Chandrasekhara Rao, a prominent Indian jurist, is one of the judges of the International
Tribunal for the Law of the Sea (ITLOS), and recently, Justice Dalveer Bhandari was elected
as a judge in the International Court of Justice.
157
CRUX OF ASIA
158
159
SAKHUJA
CRUX OF ASIA
India has responded in mixed ways to U.S.-led multilateral naval and maritime initiativessuch as the Proliferation Security Initiative (PSI), 1,000-Ship Navy (TSN), Regional
Maritime Security Initiative (RMSI), and Container Security Initiative (CSI)which have
been conceptualized for the monitoring, surveillance, regulatory, and safety mechanisms
at sea and combating proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) and terrorism by using maritime domain as a conduit. During Colin Powells visit to India in March
2004, the United States had urged India to join the PSI. India has debated the issue of
joining the PSI, but stayed away from any active participation. New Delhi has questioned
the legality of the initiative and the legitimacy of the interdiction principle in that it has
potential to undermine freedom of the high seas as envisaged under Article 87 of UNCLOS. It is pertinent to mention that India enacted the Weapons of Mass Destruction and
Their Delivery Systems (Prohibition of Unlawful Activities) Act of 2005, in accordance
with UN Security Council Resolution 1540, which prohibits unlawful activities in relation
to weapons of mass destruction and their delivery systems and for matters connected with
WMDs. This shows Indias commitment and proactive approach to curbing the proliferation of WMDs.
In the past, Indian waters have been probed by survey and research ships from the
United States. The USS Bowditch, which is part of the U.S. Special Missions Program of
the Military Sealift Command, was sighted 30 nautical miles from Nicobar Island in the
Bay of Bengal carrying out a survey in 20022003. Significantly, the Bowditch specializes
in gathering acoustical, biological, physical, and geophysical data that are extremely useful
for submarine operations. Likewise, in 2001, the HMS Scott, a British Royal Navy survey
vessel, was sighted in the northern Arabian Sea about 90
nautical miles from Porbandar in the Arabian Sea. The ship
was engaged in military survey and when interrogated, the
India prefers a diplomatic
captain declined to disclose more information.
approach toward boundary
Innocent passage through territorial waters is a highly
disputes and believes that contested issue. The extra-regional powers have always
diplomacy is a good tool for assumed the right of innocent passage, which also applies
to warships. Littoral states have been reluctant to permit
settling contentious issues. passage to warships through their territorial waters unless
there is prior authorization or notification, given the colonial
histories of the region. The issue also assumes importance
because some warships of the extra-regional powers are nuclear-propelled and some carry
nuclear weapons. These states have often adopted a policy to neither confirm nor deny the
presence of nuclear weapons onboard. Naturally, there are concerns because such transits are
politically and environmentally sensitive, and the coastal states do not possess the capacity
to respond to a nuclear accident.
Likewise, the Nuclear Weapons Free Zone at sea is a sensitive issue. The issue of shipping
nuclear wastes through certain ocean areas and EEZs, territorial seas, and straits also merits
160
attention. The issue has been controversial, since the littoral states have been restricting the
passage of vessels carrying nuclear or other hazardous cargo, which can be potential targets
of maritime terrorism and can pose risks of marine pollution.
A similar issue involves naval activities in exclusive economic zones. The EEZ regime in
UNCLOS balances the competing interests of coastal states for greater control over offshore
resources and those of other states for maintaining traditional freedom of actions in waters
beyond territorial seas. Sovereign rights of a coastal state in the EEZ pose a threat to the
mobility of navies, while the ongoing controversy over the EEZ regime includes the freedom
of action of foreign navies within an EEZ. The issue of extra-regional navies conducting
military maneuvers within the EEZ without requiring prior notification or authorization
from the coastal state is highly contentious.
New Delhi is watching with interest the ongoing internal debate in the United States
to ratify UNCLOS. The U.S. Senate, particularly its Republican members, is reluctant to
ratify the treaty, and has argued that the convention undermines U.S. sovereignty and that
customary international law already protects U.S. interests. However, the chief oceanographer of the U.S. Navy has argued that Accession to the U.S. Convention on the Law of the
Sea is something the Navy believes in very strongly. Other countries are, frankly, looking
for the U.S. to be able to show leadership, and it is hard to show leadership in this treaty
when we are not a party to it. The commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard, too, has noted
that This treaty seems to me to give us great understanding and predictability in how we
deal with the freedom of the seas and how we operate on the seas. And as a law enforcement agency thats responsible for operating within the laws, this is just vital for us to carry
out our responsibilities. Given the above views, India hopes that the United States ratifies
UNCLOS and adheres to its various provisions.
We are living in a multipolar world that is witnessing the emergence of several power
centers, and especially the rise of China and India. In the prevailing maritime scenario, the
United States alone cannot act as a guarantor of freedoms of high seas. For India, maritime
multilateralism is a useful tool with which to address contemporary transnational challenges such as piracy and terrorism.
At another level, the core of the Indian Navys strategy is deterrence, and if deterrence
fails, conflict termination on favorable terms is the accepted approach. The Indian Navys
inventory includes an aircraft carrier (two are under construction), a nuclear submarine
(one under construction), conventional submarines, destroyers, frigates, landing ships, and
a number of other patrol craft. The primary challenge for the Indian Navy comes from the
Pakistan Navy, with whom it has fought three wars, and from China, which has been making forays in the Indian Ocean and has access to naval facilities at Gwadar in Pakistan and
Hambantota in Sri Lanka. The Indian Navys roles and missions also include countering
nontraditional threats and challenges such as piracy, terrorism, drug smuggling, and gun
running.
161
SAKHUJA
CRUX OF ASIA
CONCLUSION
UNCLOS has established appropriate structures and processes for effective ocean governance, which have evolved through cooperative and congruent processes of consultations,
consensus, and agreements. Numerous international agreements directly concern the ocean
and the seas, supplemented by national laws for enforcing various provisions within maritime zones of state parties.
Order at sea is an issue of transnational interdependence and requires that all state parties of the 1982 UNCLOS cooperate through national and international legal instruments
and institutions. It is also an area that requires a high degree of sensitivity of state parties
understanding and interpretation of UNCLOS, which can facilitate carving the niches of
162
SAKHUJA
mutual trust and confidence. Finally, discourse in international relations will be underpinned by the issue of order at sea in the future, which would necessitate the convergence
and cooperative forms of processes between states, legal regimes, and agencies.
163
SPACE SECURITY
What are your countrys strategic objectives in space? How does your country intend to
pursue those objectives?
In the perception of your country, what are the most pressing current and
prospective threats to space security?
In the perception of your country, what is the appropriate balance between military
and nonmilitary instruments for advancing space security? What specific instruments
does your country emphasize as the best means of promoting space security?
Does your country believe that the critical challenges of space security are best dealt
with through independent national solutions, negotiated transparency and confidencebuilding measures, negotiated space arms control treaties with robust verification
measures, or oversight by international organizations?
How does your country perceive the extant U.S. civilian and military superiority in
space? What challenges, if any, does U.S. space superiority pose to your countryand
how is your country responding?
Does your country believe that space should be a weapons-free zone, or will strategic
competition push your country to deploy weapons in space?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
SPACE SECURITY
SHEN DINGLI
INTRODUCTION
China is accelerating the pace of its space program. The recent launch of Chinese taikonauts into space to join Chinas pilot space station is the latest sign of the countrys growing role as a space stakeholder. At a time of regional and global shift of power in the Asia
Pacific, such a move bears considerable consequences in the decades ahead.
Beijing is simultaneously making rapid progress in civil space programs with certain
commercial use and inching its way toward tapping space for security purposes. This article
examines Chinas notion of space security in the context of its space strategy. It further
elaborates on the need to build space security cooperation among all space-faring countries.
165
CRUX OF ASIA
China began investing strategically in space science and technology, initially with Soviet
assistance, since 1956, a year after China launched its nuclear-weapons program. China has
attached particular importance to space exploration despite the countrys internal ups and
downs. Even during the turbulent time of the Cultural Revolution, when Beijing could not
afford a tangible spacecraft, it still trained its astronauts.
Over the past four decades, China has embarked on a number of landmark space programs. It succeeded in launching satellites in the 1970s and in retrieving technology in the
1980s; it also conducted manned space exploration in the 1990s. In the 2000s, the Peoples
Republic succeeded in orbiting the moon. It has launched a pilot space station, which recently hosted its first team of Chinese taikonauts. China is testing its heavy-class launch capability, which will eventually lift its space stationprojected to happen around 2020. Presently, it
seems to be preparing for a mission of retrievable manned landing on the moon in the next
decade. This comes at an interesting time, when India is carrying out a similar program and
the United States is facing some budgetary restraints on its own space programs.
Given its fast economic rise, China is increasingly being recognized as not only a regional
power, but a global major power. China seems to enjoy such a position and is speeding up
the development of its space program in order to match its power status. To Chinese leadership and mainstream strategists, space prowess will help assure the nations power position in
the world. In the past two decades, China has accelerated its space quest and has become a
leading space power among developing nations.
166
SHEN
167
Over the decades, the Chinese government has set up various agencies to administer
the different aspects of its space endeavorcivil, military, and commercial. Nationwide,
the country has built a wide and competent infrastructure in terms of research and design,
manufacturing, launch, and service. Lately, the government has also made its space budget
public, though a breakdown is still unavailable. With Chinas fast growth of space activities,
it is becoming more evident that its space legislation lags quite a distance behind. So far the
country has not had a single space law brought to the National Peoples Congress.
In the Chinese public domain, there exist a number of government, civil, and defense
documents on space issues.1 This chapter pieces together these government-promulgated
rules and regulations to decipher Chinas space strategy and incorporates the perspectives
of other pertinent authoritative documents prepared by government-sponsored think
tanks.2
CRUX OF ASIA
the nation, going space has been strategically viewed as necessary to develop Chinas capacity in the economic, science and technology, defense, and social cohesiveness arenas. To
this end, the government is committed to the long-term and stable growth of Chinas space
development.
168
SHEN
new rocket carriers. In particular, it has achieved spacecraft docking, either unmanned or
manned, preparing for launching its R&D space science research program on a space laboratory with periodic manned operations. For uploading payloads, Beijing plans to lift up to
25 tons of payload to near-Earth orbit and 14 tons of payload to Earth synchronous transfer orbit. It is also conducting research on space telescopes, space astronomy, astrophysics,
and space life science, among other projects; strengthening surveillance of space debris; and
creating an early warning system for space monitoring.
As mentioned, China has not neglected developing space for national security interests.
In this regard, its space strategy and nuclear strategy will both serve its national security
strategy. While nuclear strategy, to some extent, manages the balance of power on Earth,
Chinas space strategy would extend such a balance to outer space, serving the purpose of
stabilizing international relations among nations.
Because China does not pursue global dominance through nuclear supremacy, it has
maintained a minimum nuclear deterrent for national security and independence. In the
same vein, China does not seek space hegemony through militarizing outer space, though it
could not live with space dominance by America or any other state. Chinas concern about
space weaponization dates back to the Reagan era in the 1980s, when the U.S. Strategic
Defense Initiative took off. Such concerns have kept reverberating through subsequent U.S.
administrations, as each president has continued various versions of missile defense and
space military programs.
For its part, China has so far signed all the UN-sponsored international agreements on
the peaceful use of space. In light of U.S. missile defense plans and the various military uses
of the space, China has proposed at the Conference on Disarmament an ad hoc committee to negotiate a treaty on the Prevention of an Arms Race in Outer Space and has linked
thisfor over a decade without successto a U.S. proposal to negotiate a Fissile Material
Cut-off Treaty.
When China finds the ground-based asymmetrical balance of power is upset by the
United States extending its military power into space, it develops the fear that the earthly
balance could get out of sync. Beijing could thus feel under pressure to restore the balance.
If international diplomacy fails to forestall unilateral space militarization, China could
consider exploring its own R&D for a space defense program as part of its space strategy in
order to preserve strategic deterrence through the space dimension.
It has been recorded that China conducted a successful anti-satellite (ASAT) weapons test
on January 11, 2007, with a ballistic missile, which was termed by the Chinese government
as a satellite experiment that created debris.5 There has also been suspicion that China
169
CRUX OF ASIA
might have shot a ground-based laser beam on a U.S. space asset, although this allegation has been denied by the Chinese government. These ground-based capacities of kinetic
energy and beam energy have received international attention over the past few years. There
have also been reports of China deploying several reconnaissance and communication satellites in space for security purposes.
Exactly three years after its ASAT test, China carried out a successful mid-course interception test of a ballistic missile on January 11, 2010. This prompted further speculation
about Chinas military space strategy, in that such missiles could eventually use not only
the atmosphere but also space. Speaking on the occasion of the sixtieth anniversary of the
Chinese Air Force in 2009, General Xu Qiliang, the air force commander at the time who
is now vice chairman of the Central Military Commission, pointed out frankly that as the
major powers are shifting toward air-space integration under the circumstances of informatization, China has also established its own air force strategy as air-space, and offensedefense integration.6 There has also been some suspicion in the West that Chinas spacecraft
program might carry out defense-related missions, for instance, carrying payloads of minisatellites for defense purposes. This has also been rebuffed by the Chinese government as
well as by some Western analysts.
170
time, the United States is facing a more stringent fiscal situation for its space program. In
President Barack Obamas FY 2011 budget request to the U.S. Congress, his administration proposed to freeze for three years parts of programs that are not related to defense or
security.
The Chinese and U.S. space strategies could have some co-relationship, with China aiming at U.S. levels of space attainment while choosing its objectives in line with its limited
resources. Following, thirty years of economic growth, Chinese resource scarcity is posing
less of a challenge in particular areas. Partly pressed by this trend, the United States has to
reassess its own space strategy in order to assert its leading position in the world. Such a
limited race in the civil sector is not all negative and could result in healthy competition
and even cooperation between the two countries.
The military part of their respective programs and strategies needs to be handled with
caution. The United States deems the free use of space crucial for a Pax Americana,7 but the
unrestrained use of space is not authorized by the international community and probably
never will be (though the United States does not necessarily need its blessing to act). American dominance of space is unacceptable to most of the independent powers on the planet
for fear of tilting the balance of power to their disadvantage. So they would take counteraction to rebalance the power whenever possible, as they may believe that by doing so, they
are also acting for peace. Though America is a hyperpower at present, Chinas economy
could catch up in the next decades, enabling it to contribute more human and financial
resources to its own space pursuit. The United States and China, and all other states, should
work collaboratively to prevent a counterproductive competition from ensuing in the next
few decades.
Space cooperation presents a constructive alternative to U.S.-Chinese mutual suspicion.
Much could be possible in the civil sector: from joint research on meteorological conditions in space to space law, and from joint space flights to joint monitoring of space debris,
to name a few examples. Such collaboration could potentially reveal some aspects of the
countries respective space programs that would otherwise be kept protected, but a properly
handled reciprocal exchange that adds to transparency and confidence-buidling could generate more trust and stability in the bilateral relationship and the global system.
This is especially the case at a time of Chinas rapid ascendance. With Chinas fast
growth, the United States is developing more concerns in regard to Chinas future intentions. President Obamas rebalancing strategy for the past two years has been to check and
balance Chinas outreach in the Asia Pacific, which has in turn upset China. An unhealthy
competition could potentially ensue, to no ones benefit. With Obamas reelection, China
and the United States need to reset their relations on a healthy track, based on dialogue and
followed by a cooperative program. Space security offers such a venue for the two states in
order to dispel distrust for their own benefit and the global good.
171
SHEN
CRUX OF ASIA
NOTES
1.
These include Chinas Aerospace (Beijing: State Office of Information, 2000); Chinas Aerospace in 2006
(Beijing: State Office of Information, 2006); Chinas Aerospace in 2011 (Beijing: State Office of Information, 2011); State Outline of Medium/Long-Range Development and Planning in Science and Technolog y (20062020)
(Beijing: State Council, 2006); Administrative Rule of Space Object Registration (Beijing: Commission on Science
and Technology in National Defense, 2001); and Temporary Administrative Rule of Permit on Civil Space Launch
Project and associated Procedures of Application and Processing (Beijing: Commission on Science and Technology
in National Defense, 2002).
2.
See, for instance, 2050: Roadmap of Chinas Development in Space Science and Technolog y (Beijing: Chinese Academy of Science, 2009); and Space Weather Strateg y Plan (Beijing: National Science Foundation, 1999).
3.
4.
Chinas Present Cost of Total Manned Space Program at RMB $39b, www.china.com.cn/news/201206/24/content_25723767.htm, June 24, 2012.
5.
See Ashley J. Tellis, Chinas Military Space Strategy, Survival 49, no. 3 (Autumn 2007): 4172; and Shen
Dingli, Chinas Defensive Military Strategy: the Space Question, Survival 50, no. 1 (February/March
2008): 17076.
6.
Chinas Air Commander: Chinese Air Force Shall Strengthen Air-Space War-Fighting Capability, November 6, 2009, http://military.people.com.cn/GB/1076/52966/10327787.html.
7.
The U.S. Space Command stated that control of space is the ability to assure access to space, freedom
of operations within the space medium, and an ability to deny others the use of space, if required. See,
United States Space Command, Vision for 2020, February 1997, www.gsinstitute.org/gsi/docs/vision_2020.
pdf, under the section of Control of Space (accessed November 14, 2012).
172
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
SPACE SECURITY
BHARATH GOPALASWAMY
INTRODUCTION
Space security, a subject that at the beginning of the last decade received relatively
scant attention in New Delhi, has moved up the priority list of Indias national security
managers. The event that galvanized their attention and the broader debate on space
security in India was Chinas successful anti-satellite (ASAT) weapons test in 2007. That
event highlighted the long-term global threats to Indias considerable space assets. It
also brought home to Indian policy planners the necessity of deductive long-term planning for a comprehensive space policy. The principal debates on space security in India
now concern the utility of developing kinetic kill ASAT technologies and the proposed
International Code of Conduct for Outer Space Activities. These two subjects combine
the military-realist and the normative-legal aspects of policy. Gradually, however, Indias
space and national security managers have begun to grasp the significance of developing
independent space situational awareness capabilities, as well as the more mundane but immediate threat posed by expanding space debris.
There is thus far no literature on Indian space security that comprehensively catalogues
how leading Indian national security managers view the subject. Nor is there literature
that provides an overview of the technologies and infrastructure that India would need
in order to achieve its strategic objectives. This essay attempts to fill that gap. It has two
parts. The first catalogues Indias expanding military space footprint over the past decade
173
CRUX OF ASIA
and the short- and medium-term planning concerning technologies and capabilities within the Integrated Defense Staff, Indias tri-service military planning agency. The second
part addresses four issues that now constitute Indias space security agenda: kinetic energy
(KE) ASAT technologies, space debris, space situational awareness, and the proposed
International Code of Conduct.
Some of this essays conclusions are based on data available in open-source literature.
However, most are based on the authors interviews with senior Indian national security officials responsible for space policy.
GOPALASWAMY
cial IKONOS satellite for information.7 Similarly, during the 2008 Mumbai terror attacks,
Indian security agencies found themselves unable to listen in on conversations between
the Mumbai attackers and their Pakistani handlers due to the lack of independent signals
intelligence capabilities.8 Both events highlighted the significance of developing dedicated
military-specific space assets. The Indian government confronted it by the expanding strategic- and tactical-level operational demands of the armed services by instituting the Integrated Space Cell (ISC) within the Integrated Defense Services in February 2008.9
At its inception, the Integrated Space Cell envisaged three conceptual scenarios as the
basis for planning and strategy development:10
In scenario II, the Integrated Space Cell imagined conditions of demonstrated strides
by China in the integration of its C4ISR capabilities (command, control, communication, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance) and increased
cooperation between Beijing and Islamabad. The envisioned Indian response under
this scenario was the integration of space- and network-centric capabilities to prevent
regional power asymmetries from halting any further deterioration in the balance of
power.
Scenario III imagines demands for space assets under conditions where India assumes a broader role in the Indian Ocean region. It envisions India using space assets
in conjunction with its maritime defense capabilities to project force in the entire
region.
TECHNICAL CAPABILITIES
The Integrated Space Cell also identified three space-based systems necessary for Indias
current and future defense:11
1. Imagery and surveillance capabilities
2. Positional and navigational capabilities
3. Reliable communication capabilities
175
CRUX OF ASIA
Such satellites almost always perform dual-use functions. In the past, data from the
Indian remote sensing series of satellites have had several clients, both domestic and foreign.
For example, the Indian Army has used the Indian Remote Sensing series of satellites data
for mapping purposes. The U.S. Army and the U.S. Department of Agriculture have also
had access to some of these data.12
Indias Eleventh and Twelfth Five Year Plans envisage deployment of assets for applications targeted at agriculture, disaster management, biological aspects of the oceans, infrastructure, mapping analysis, and forestry.13 An important technological component of
imagery and surveillance satellites is the synthetic aperture radar satellites, which guarantee
coverage under cloud cover. India possesses niche technical expertise but its space-based
early warning capabilities are limited. Further, Indian agencies are limited in their ability
to aggregate data from information gathered by separate terrestrial, air, land, and seaborne
sensors.
POSITIONAL AND NAVIGATIONAL CAPABILITIES
Indias delivery systems use the Global Positioning System and the Russian GLONASS
system. However, both these systems produce large errors due to the large height difference
between the Himalayas (height of 8,000 meters) and the Indian Ocean (depth of 4,000 meters). Hence, the GPS-aided geo-augmented navigation system (Gagan) is used to provide
an automatic correction to GPS signals.14 A further problem in relying solely on the GPS
system is that there is no formal contract between India and the service provider for GPS
coverage.15 As an alternative, the GLONASS system is used.16
RELIABLE COMMUNICATION CAPABILITIES
The Indian armed forces have been using the Indian National Satellite System (INSAT)
series for communication at least since the 1990s. According to a former senior official at
the Integrated Defense Staff, there is enough capacity in the INSAT and GSAT programs
to meet the communication requirement of the armed forces.17
The communication requirement, as per the number of transponders according to the
Eleventh Five Year Plan, is 260 over and above the existing 200 toward the end of the Tenth
Five Year Plan period. The Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO), the countrys space
agency, aims to increase this number to 500 by 2012.18 However, a growing population with
significantly expanding needs in commercial communication capabilities would require an
increase in bandwidth. Furthermore, the operationalization of certain armed forces networks to enable communication with assets such as unmanned aerial vehicles and multi-role
aircrafts will impose additional communication requirements. Lastly, with the induction of
176
GOPALASWAMY
assets such as Indias submarine-launched ballistic missiles, Indias communications requirements are slated to be on the increase. These requirements will have to be met at least incrementally if not dramatically.
So far, the Indian Space Research Organization is the only agency that possesses expertise
in building satellites inside India apart from universities that have demonstrated some experience in building small satellites. However, the agency would be required to increase the
frequency of its launches or build satellites that can cater to the increasing demands.19
The Indian militarys growing dependence on space assets for operations has made these
assets attractive targets for Indias adversaries. The Indian armed forces realize that they
possess an array of satellites for intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance purposes and
are keen to protect them, especially after the Chinese demonstration of ASAT capabilities.
While China may or may not use hit-to-kill options, that possibility definitely factors into
Indias decisions about how to defend its space assets. In addition, threats from space debris
and jamming have compounded the challenges of securing currently deployed satellites.20 In
this regard, three issues now command the attention of Indian policymakers: anti-satellite
weapons, space situational awareness, and the International Code of Conduct.
ANTI-SATELLITE WEAPONS
In the aftermath of Chinas 2007 ASAT test, the former head of the Indian space agency,
K. Kasturirangan, typified Indias response when he noted: Obviously we start worrying.
India has spent a huge sum to develop capabilities and place assets in space there is a
need to look at means to securing these.21 V. K. Saraswat, the scientific adviser to the Indian defense minister, also warned that Chinas test could possibly lead India to develop satellite kill technologies.22 The debate was subsequently joined by the chief of Indias air force,
Air Chief Marshal P. V. Naik, who made a forceful case for building anti-satellite weapons
on the grounds that our satellites are vulnerable to anti-satellite weapon systems because
our neighborhood possesses one.23 Saraswat subsequently declared that India possessed all
the necessary technologies for an ASAT weapon. But he dampened his claim by stating that
India would not test such a weapon. These and other statements strongly suggest that Indian
government agencies have begun exploratory efforts aimed at addressing the threats posed to
their space assets. But they do not imply that India has instituted an ASAT program.
Saraswat emphasized, for example, that India does not believe in the weaponization of
space. We are only talking about having the capability. There are no plans for offensive space
capabilities.24 Buttressing his claims, a senior Indian security manager reiterated that Indias
177
AREAS OF CONCERN
CRUX OF ASIA
position on the weaponization of space was similar in spirit to its nuclear no first use doctrine.25 The same official also explained that Indias focus would remain on the development
of retaliatory capabilities. However, such capabilities would not be tested unless geopolitical
circumstances forced India into demonstrating them. Evidence suggests that the determination of these circumstances is still evolving among Indian policy elites. While some
section of the policymakers echo their experience with the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty,
others believe an event somewhere equal in magnitude to the Chinese ASAT test of 2007
could constitute such a red line. Ultimately, it must be underscored that any Indian ASAT
test in the future will be a response-based event. Echoing these claims, a senior Indian
policy planner summed up the thinking within Indias national security establishment:26
what we are trying to tell the world is that we have the capability too! But testing
and operationalizing is a totally different issue the development of such capabilities to a fair extent, provides the developer with a fair amount of estimate about
his adversarys capabilities you cannot estimate external threats and until you
do your homework and develop these capabilities until you do that you do not
know what your adversary really has.
These statements highlight Indian policymakers embrace of technology development
and demonstration over the proving of operational military systems. Technology demonstration is less provocative externally, allows long lead times for technologies to mature, and is
sensitive to the difficulties of building consensus within the Indian political system. In the
past, India has adopted such approaches in developing nuclear weapons, ballistic missiles,
and chemical weapons. Furthermore, the debate on space security reaffirms the status quo
bias within Indias national security decisionmaking circles. It shows that Indian institutions
respond to threats. However, they do not necessarily anticipate them. As one policy planner put it, Indias proposed ASAT program came as a knee-jerk reaction after the Chinese
ASAT test [the Chinese test] has become a bench-mark for addressing a problem.27
178
tion to launch missions. Ground stations at Bangalore, Lucknow, Sriharikota, Port Blair,
Mauritius, Bearslake, Brunei, and Biak contribute to these functions. An Indian Deep Space
Network station at Bangalore, established for the Chandrayaan-I mission and consisting of
two S-band dish antennae of 18 and 32 meters, also augments Indias capability. However,
its tracking volume and accuracy are unknown.29
Indian policymakers believe that an Indian space situational awareness would pose great
challenges in terms of the resources needed to provide extensive geographical coverage. In
the short run, therefore, external cooperation would be the best strategy. But in the long
term, they are of the opinion that India should develop its own assets to perform space
situational awareness functions. That said, many mid- and senior-level Indian officials,
both from civilian research agencies and the military, harbor deep suspicions concerning
cooperation with the United States due to the legacy of American technological sanctions against Indian entities. They maintain that any proposed Indo-U.S. cooperation in
the development of space situational awareness capabilities should be free of any strings
attached.30 Despite suspicions about cooperation with the United States, some Indian national security managers welcome the opportunity to be a recipient of technological cooperation. There is also a widespread acknowledgment among certain sections of policy elites
that the United States possesses the best space situational awareness capabilities. They
also add that any system that they may potentially construct would be complementary to
U.S. capabilities. They opine that the nature of cooperation will be dependent on the type
of proposal made by the United States. Such a proposal has to be made at sufficiently high
U.S. levels to have any serious impact in forging closer cooperation. For example, a former senior official pointed out a recent offer made by Russia to India for collaboration on
developing the GLONASS system. The offer was made by Russian Deputy Prime Minister
Dmitry Rogozin and offered collaboration on an equal basis.31 While the exact nature of
this proposal cannot be determined at the outlook, this proposal is made at a sufficiently
high level and offers India not only the technology but also an equal role in the development of the technology.
GOPALASWAMY
CRUX OF ASIA
concerns. Finally, they would prefer that any such code protect Indias space-related interests, capabilities, and autonomous capacity for action.
India has thus far been a very active participant in many of the international multilateral forums such as the Inter-Agency Space Debris Coordination Committee, the United
Nations Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space,
and the Conference on Disarmament in Geneva. That said,
The Indian militarys it must also be noted that Indian officials and policymakers
are extremely cautious about broad multilateral regimes that
growing dependence on
are not legally binding and verifiable. According to a senior
space assets for operations Indian national security official, the lack of progress in cerhas made these assets tain multilateral regimes has given rise to individual bilateral
34
attractive targets for regimes and regional confidence-building measures. They
are also quick to point out the fate of many of the multilatIndias adversaries. eral regimes and opine that bilateral and regional settings are
far more favored, easier, and less complex to manage. Indian
policymakers have thus far displayed a sense of pragmatism
in approaching the Code of Conduct issue. They realize that a Code of Conduct (CoC) may
not be the solution to the problem, but they perceive it as an opportunity to address their
concerns and convey their viewpoints to friends, allies, and the international community at
large. In this regard, a senior Indian policy planner put it rather bluntly: We know that the
CoC will go out the window when issues such as pride, power, prestige, and national security are concerned. However, we require a medium to talk and convey our thoughts, and the
CoC offers us that.35
CONCLUSION
The use of space for strategic advantage in war was incipient at the very start of the space
age. Space-based reconnaissance and communication assets were very much part of the
superpower rivalry during the Cold War years. The 1991 Persian Gulf War highlighted the
role of space power in force enhancement and force support operations. Subsequent U.S.
operations in Kosovo and the 2003 Iraq War once again reinforced the significance of space
power. Like other modern militaries, the Indian military, too, has absorbed the significance
of the role that space assets play in enhancing its force effectiveness, and in general, the
revolution in military affairs.
India is a late entrant into the space security game. Within the Indian government, the
debate on which agency or agencies would control activities suited for national security is
still very nascent. The Indian military feels the need for an Aerospace Command. However,
its formation is still very distant. The militarys increasing interest in space assets, reconnais-
180
sance, navigation, and communications satellites, has inevitably raised questions on how
to best defend these assets from satellite disabling technologies during future conflicts with
peer competitors in the region.
Thus far, Indias approach to utilizing space for strategic purposes and achieving security
has been measured and exploratory. Indias civilian space agency, ISRO, has very strict firewall
rules to cordon off civilian space assets. Indias national security agencies have only used some
of these assets within legally accepted limits of the Outer Space Treaty (OST). Similarly, there
is considerable caution in New Delhis approach to developing KE-ASAT weapons. Indian
policymakers seem to realize that testing a KE-ASAT is not necessary, at least in the near
future. They are also extremely wary about the consequences of the weaponization of space.
Finally, Indian policymakers attach considerable importance to the CoC, which they
believe will lay out the rules of the road for responsible behavior in space. Understandably, they approach such multilateral instruments with a sense of caution because of their
past negative experiences with the nuclear nonproliferation regime. But they appear to have
concluded that the CoC will not be a one stop solution to emerging security challenges in
space. However, it might serve as a useful vehicle to air Indian concerns to other states.
As one senior Indian defense official put it: We will satisfy our requirements within the
ambit of what is permitted in the Outer Space Treaty.36 In going forward, at least in the
short run, officials and policymakers believe that this will be the path that India will pursue.
No doubt, there are some within the defense and strategic circles that are openly advocating
a more aggressive military space policy. However, their advocacy is unlikely to succeed in the
short run because civilian agencies such as ISRO and the Defense Research and Development Organization (DRDO) have historically enjoyed far greater influence than the military in shaping strategic research and development choices.
NOTES
1.
K. Kasturirangan, Science and Technology of Imaging from Space, Current Science 87, no. 5 (September
2004): 584601.
2.
Kadayan V. Gopalakrishnan, Impact of Science and Technolog y on Warfare (New Delhi: National Book Trust,
2003), 7273.
3.
4.
Authors interview with Manish Tewari, Member of Parliament, Member Parliamentary Standing Committee on Defense and spokesperson of the ruling United Progressive Alliance, May 22, 2012.
5.
Air Commodore Jasjit Singh, Introduction, in Wing Commander Kaza Lalitendra, Militarisation of Space,
(New Delhi: KW Publishers, 2010).
6.
Ibid.
7.
8.
181
GOPALASWAMY
CRUX OF ASIA
9.
Ibid.
10. Authors conversation with Brigadier (ret.) Arun Sahgal, May 19, 2012.
11. Authors interview with a former defense official, May 19, 2012.
12. Authors interview with an Indian official, May 20, 2012.
13. Indian Space Research Organization, Department of Space, Report of the Working Group on Space on the
Eleventh Five-Year Plan Proposals 200712 for Indian Space Programme (New Delhi: Government of India, 2008),
http://planningcommission.nic.in/aboutus/committee/wrkgrp11/wg11_subspace.pdf.
14. Authors interview with a former senior official, May 19, 2012.
15. Authors interview with a senior official, May 19, 2012.
16. Sandeep Joshi, India to Get Access to GLONASS, Hindu, December 22, 2010, www.thehindu.com/
news/national/article969539.ece.
17. Authors interview with a former senior official, May 17, 2012.
18. Ibid.
19. Ibid.
20. Various officials in the Indian establishment acknowledge the threat posed by space debris and increasing
incidents in jamming.
21. Press Trust of India, Ex-ISRO Chief Calls Chinas A-SAT a Cause for Worry, Outlook India.com, September 14, 2009, http://news.outlookindia.com/items.aspx?artid=666156.
22. India Too Has Technology to Intercept, Destroy Rogue Satellites, Hindu Business Line, February 23, 2008,
www.thehindubusinessline.in/2008/02/23/stories/2008022351582100.htm.
23. Bhargavi Kerur, Air Chief Marshall PV Naik Wants Missile to Destroy Enemy Satellites, Daily News &
Analysis, January 23, 2010, www.dnaindia.com/bangalore/report_ir-chief-marshal-pv-naik-wants-missilesto-destroy-enemy-satellites_1338174.
24. Rajat Pandit, After Agni-V Launch, DRDOs New Target is Anti-Satellite Weapons, Times of India, April
21, 2012, http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2012-04-21/india/31378237_1_asat-anti-satelliteagni-v.
25. Authors interview with a senior Indian policymaker, May 15, 2012.
26. Authors interview with a senior Indian official, May 18, 2012.
27. Ibid.
28. Authors interview with various officials in Indias defense and security agencies.
29. G. N. Prashanth, After Launch, Action Shifts to Bangalore Centre, Times of India, October 22, 2008,
http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2008-10-22/bangalore/27937506_1_istrac-chandrayaan-tracking-and-command-network.
30. Authors interview with various Indian officials, May 19, 2012.
31. Russia Offers India Joint GLONASS Development, RIA Novosti, July 17, 2012, http://en.rian.ru/mlitary_news/20120717/174649733.html.
32. Karl Inderfurth and Raja Mohan, Put Space at the Heart of US-India Relations, Financial Times, November 22, 2009, www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/87161d80-d794-11de-b578-00144feabdc0.html.
33. Authors interview with a senior India official, May 19, 2012; authors interview with a senior Indian official, May 22, 2012.
34. Authors interview with a senior Indian policymaker, May 15, 2012.
35. Authors interview with a senior Indian policymaker, May 18, 2012.
36. Ibid.
182
CYBERSECURITY
What is your countrys approach to cybersecurity? Specifically, what does your country
perceive as a cyberattack? How important is cybersecurity to your countrys national
interests?
A cybersecurity regime has yet to be fully instituted. Does your country see such a
regime as necessary? If so, what should such a regime include? Should it be multilateral
or bilateral?
Cyberattacks are often difficult to attribute, a problem made more difficult by the
often nebulous connection between many hackers and state sponsors. What does your
country believe should be the responsibility of a state for cyberattacks emanating from
its territory?
What are your countrys views on cyberattacks and cyberespionage as legitimate tools
of warfare?
Is it legitimate for a state to develop military capabilities for cyberwarfare? Under what conditions is
the use of such capabilities legitimate?
Is it legitimate for a state to sponsor cybersurrogates or encourage independent hackers as instruments
of national policy?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
CYBERSECURITY
TANG LAN
185
CRUX OF ASIA
band China project, the twelfth five-year plan of the Internet industry, and other similar
programs that focus on developing next-generation digital infrastructure and strategically
important emerging industries (such as cloud computing, Internet of Thingsuniquely
identifiable objects and their virtual representations in an Internet-like structure, and mobile
networks). According to the Ministry of Commerce, last years online transactions involved
6 trillion RMB and accounted for 13 percent of the countrys GDP. China will be the biggest market of online retail in 2013.
Obviously, the Internet is revolutionizing human society by driving economic growth
and giving people new ways to live, to work, and to connect and cooperate with one another. This is certainly the case in China, too, where the impact or shock of the resultant
changes is profound. The dependence on information systems and networks in the daily
functioning of governments, business, and ordinary people is unprecedented. Cyberspace,
which is composed of computers, networks, information systems, and the data stored,
modified, and exchanged in them, has increasingly become the central nervous system
of China. One of the most important preconditions and foundations of an information
society is security. Only a safe, secure, trusted, open, and orderly cyberspace can maintain
the prosperity, innovation, and empowerment that ICT provides. Authorities must now put
combating all kinds of cyberthreats on their agenda. Unlike
the United States, which has been banging the drums loudly
about cybersecurity, China does not yet have an official
Cyberspace, which is
cybersecurity strategy. But the government has showed its
composed of computers, concern about the issue.
In 2004, the Chinese government for the first time
networks, information
systems, and the data equated cybersecurity with political security, economic security, cultural security, and military security as the five major
stored, modified, and
challenges the country faces. In the annual government work
exchanged in them, has report and other papers, documents, and speeches, Chinese
increasingly become the leaders have indicated that cybersecurity is a matter of public
central nervous system safety and national security and is among the most serious
economic and national security challenges that China faces
of China. as a nation. Many experts and scholars are also paying more
attention to it. They insist that the digital world is not virtual; it should be treated as a national strategic asset, whose
importance even exceeds that of land, sea, and air. The country should understand and
emphasize that the issue is strategically important to the nations development and security.
In the yearly National Peoples Congress (NPC) and National Peoples Political Consultation Conference (NPPCC), more and more proposals were put forward by representatives,
pushing the government to improve its capability more actively. Recently the State Council
released a decision to secure cyberspace and develop plans to enhance capacities to prevent
cyberattacks, malware, and data leaks.
186
TANG
187
CRUX OF ASIA
disruption by terrorists becomes huge. With sophisticated attacking skills readily available,
cyberterrorism will enter a new phase, from recruiting, propagandizing, establishing training
camps, and raising money, to causing physical damage.
The fourth threat is the militarization of cyberspace. Some countries assert that cyberspace is the fifth domain in which the military can operate and predict that future war will
take place in cyberspace. Driven by this idea, countries vigorously invest in offensive cyberattack measures and want to use deterrence theory in this domain. The United States and
other countries have even begun to develop rules of engagement for cyberspace. UK Foreign
Secretary William Hague said in an interview with the Telegraph last year that the country
faces a growing arms race in cyberspace.1 It is the same for China, and it is a real threat
that the world should not neglect.
Due to varying degrees of popular use of the Internet and scale of digital infrastructure,
and to differing cultural and political traditions, countries differ in their perceptions of cyberthreats and priorities in addressing them. Divergences and disagreements are inevitable.
States also differ in their legal systems. Some illegal activities can be sentenced as a crime in
one country, while they cannot be prosecuted in other country. It is easy for criminals and
hackers to take advantage of these gaps. Fundamentally, misperception among countries is
hard to eliminate. Achieving mutual trust is a major problem. But because of the borderless
nature of cyberspace, no country can manage alone or remain aloof. Countries have common concerns and problems in cyberspace, such as maintaining secure critical infrastructure
and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) systems, which are widely used in
power grids and other key industries, and in protecting individual privacy, corporate secrets,
and sensitive state information from penetration and leaks. These common objectives require international cooperation.
Notwithstanding shared objectives, states differ widely in their law enforcement capabilities. Due to the limitations of forensics and acquiring digital evidence, many developing
countries are not able to identify the origin of attacks, or they have difficulties in arresting
attackers rapidly or preventing repeat offenses. It is unfair and unrealistic to ask all countries to be responsible for attacks that originated inside their territory, or for any data flows
through their borders. The botnet factor also should be considered. Some attackers take advantage of the weak defenses and forensics of some countries and use them as springboards
for attacking others, while it is hard for victimized countries to take countermeasures.
189
TANG
CRUX OF ASIA
the backdoors of the Windows operating system. There is a view that the Internet is in the
hand of companies. How to identify the obligation and the responsibility that companies
should take in defending national cybersecurity is still a
challenge for society. In China, Internet service providers
An open and free Internet and other online service-providing companies should obey
the law, although the legal system lags behind the rapid
is in the interest of China. development of technology and the IT industry. Companies
However, as in the offline should try their best to ensure that their websites or services
world, absolute freedom are not used as a platform for crime or other illegal behavior
online is impossible. such as the spreading of rumors or illicit content. Occasionally, companies are asked by the relevant government department to remove unlawful content and provide assistance to
investigators when needed. This is established international
practice. The industry also proposes self-regulation to try to establish a good environment
for online interaction and to build trust with users.
At the international level, China is an active contributor to cybersecurity cooperation
and has made achievements in joint law enforcement and information sharing. The Ministry of Public Security has established judicial cooperation with more than 30 countries.
Last year it worked with the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation to jointly crack down on
an illegal website based on their mutual desire to curb the spread of child pornography. Yet,
due to limited capabilities in forensic digital evidence gathering and investigation, a lot of
illegal online actors still go unpunished. In global cybersecurity cooperation, responsibilities
and obligations should be matched with countries capabilities and resources. China insists
that it is improper to ask other countries to make unrealistic promises or condemn them for
not doing the things they are unable to do.
190
world are increasingly and deeply convergent; it has become harder to distinguish whats
virtual from whats real. Should the world go backward to a world without Internet or other
information and communications technology? Should countries sever their links to the outside world and establish a big intranet inside the country? The answer is definitely no. We
cannot reverse the trends. An open and free Internet is in the interest of China. However,
as in the offline world, absolute freedom online is impossible. Online behavior must adhere
to the law and to fundamental norms, and the virtual world should have its own order. It is
important for the government to maintain that balance when it develops policy. It should
balance between rights and obligations, and between regulation and management according to the law and encouraging innovation and natural information exchange. It is the
governments responsibility to create and protect a healthy and fair online environment. The
popular thinking among Chinese legal and technical experts is that the Internet actually has
boundaries and that any country has the right and obligation to combat hacking, fraud, and
other kinds of cybercrimes or attack, in order to protect the regular use of Internet. If policy
and measures are consistent with laws and in the interest of most people and the country,
freedom should not be used as a cause to prevent government from fulfilling its obligations.
ICT is one of mankinds greatest creations. People around the world seek to maximize
the benefits of it, to treat it as a great opportunity to change their lives. Some, however, are
inclined to use the Internet as a tool for evil. There is an issue of peace and war in cyberspace,
just as in the traditional world. How to prevent a neutral technology from being used with
malicious intent, and how to punish bad conduct, is becoming a big challenge for the world.
To achieve that aim, there should be a cyberspace code of conduct or norms of behavior.
CYBERWARFARE
It is known that the costs and threshold of carrying out cyberattacks are low. The people
who launch attacks, and their purposes, are diverse and complex, and the targets and
attacking measures are also getting more and more sophisticated. The activities that are
intended to disrupt, destroy, degrade, and even paralyze the normal functions of computers,
networks, and information systems, or to alter, steal, and damage the data and information stored and exchanged on them, are classified as cyberattacks, and regardless of what
measures are usedphishing, viruses, worms, Trojans, or other malware, launching distributed denial of service attacks (DDoS), hijacking the Domain Name System (DNS), creating botnets, or even renting hackersthey should all be treated as cyberattacks and their
perpetrators should be punished according to the law. There is a debate on the standard used
for classifying the character of different attacks. In general, there are seven standards: duration, scale, effect, attribution, target, capability, and motive. Although there is no common
definition of cyberwar, cyberattack, or cyberconflict, most opinions insist that the threshold
191
TANG
CRUX OF ASIA
for conducting cyberwar must be high, and it is dangerous to use the term cyberwar to
represent all cyberattacks. It is also risky for countries to resolve disputes, or threaten to resolve them, through cyberattacks. Because the world is now hyper-interconnected, collateral
damage can occur. Some attacks might even cause great damager to the attackers themselves.
Without a clear prediction or description of the consequences of a major cyberattack, nation
states should be cautious about developing unlimited cyberwarfare capabilities.
Among the articles of existing international laws, including the UN Charter, laws of
armed conflict (LOAC), law of international humanitarian conduct (such as the Geneva
Convention or Hague Convention), there are definitions of jus ad bellum and jus in bello,
which also have strict limitations on the kinds of weapons that can be used in war, which
targets may be attacked, the extent of the right of defense, and so forth. Only those cyberattacks that are sponsored by a nation-state and that reach a certain intensity can be treated as
cyberwar, and, depending on the measures used and the damage caused, the response will
be different. Otherwise, there are considerable issues yet to be resolved. For example, what
constitutes use of force in cyberspace? The U.S. Department of Defense has affirmed that if
a cyberattack produces the death, damage, destruction, or high-level disruption that a traditional military attack would cause, then it would be a candidate for the use of force. However, this affirmation is still
questionable. It does not conclusively indicate, for example,
The UN is still the most whether some kind of inactive worms, backdoors, or logic
suitable platform to booms preinstalled and hidden in other countries defense or
lead the international critical systems that are intended to collect information and
community in shaping an keep dormant only to be activated under certain conditions,
could warrant a forceful, preemptive response. Is this kind
international regime on of operation to be treated as force deployment or battlefield
cybersecurity that can preparedness, just like in conventional war and therefore
represent the ideas of as as a legitimate target? Stuxnet, the malware that targeted
many countries as possible. Iranian centrifuges, caused real damage, and was called the
first cyberweapon and a symbol of this new kind of war.
Who should be responsible for it? Is it really a cyberwar? No
one has the answer. But something is clear and definite: If a
country uses a cyberattack to cause real damage to other countries that LOAC has forbidden, including creating huge economic losses, costing lives and causing personal injury,
prompting serious rioting inside the targeted country, overthrowing the regime, or causing
other lethal damage, it should be considered use of force in cyberspace. As mentioned in the
International Code for Conduct of Information Security proposed by China, Russia, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan to the United Nations in 2011, countries should have respect for the
sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence of all states, and should promise
not to use ICTs including networks to carry out hostile activities or acts of aggression and
pose threats to international peace and security. China does not view cyberspace as a battle-
192
field and opposes the development of cyberweapons or use of the Internet to interfere with
other countries domestic affairs. The emerging cyberwar arms race has become a pressing
threat to the peace and security of the world.
The development of ICT has revolutionized traditional military operations and espionage. It is understandable for countries to utilize ICT to improve their militaries operation
capability, and it is naive to believe that countries will not carry out espionage online. But
whether these operations are consistent with existing international law and whether they can
be legally used as tools of war are questions that are not easy to answer. It also seems questionable to violently retaliate for viruses that cause no harm and whose attribution may be
unclear. And due to the difficulties of attribution and the lack of a standard to judge damages, it is still unclear when and how victimized countries can prevail on the right of defense
in cyberspace and who they should counterattack. It is known that the interconnections between different networks and systems are immensely complicated, and the nodes number far
into the millions. To conceal their real identity, attackers can easily penetrate a third partys
networks or rent hackers to launch attacks. Unlike the Geneva Conventions provisions
about the rights and obligations of a neutral country, in a cyberattack, countries often do
not realize when they are being used as a springboard for attacks. Furthermore, there is still
no efficient approach to finding evidence linking attackers and mercenaries in cyberspace.
Given the many new challenges the global community now faces, it is time to consider
how to implement existing international law in cyberspace and whether it is necessary to develop new norms of behavior in cyberspace. Some fundamental principles must be adhered
to even in the information age, such as respect for the sovereignty of the nation-state, respect for the diversity of history and culture, respect for basic human rights, and the need to
resolve international dispute through peaceful means, among many others. But at the same
time, we should acknowledge that due to the nature and uncertainty of cyberspace, there
are inapplicable aspects in the existing code of conduct. An effective approach to combat
cyberthreats is to enhance multilateral cooperation among countries, establish mutual trust
in cyberspace, and work together to develop a treaty on cybersecurity that most countries
can accept. In the view of China, despite the many flaws in the United Nations and the long
time it takes to consult, the UN is still the most suitable platform to lead the international
community in shaping an international regime on cybersecurity that can represent the ideas
of as many countries as possible. At the same time, other platforms, including bilateral and
multilateral frameworks, are a necessary and useful complement. Along with Russia and two
other Central Asian countries, China has made a significant contribution to laying down the
behavioral norms of cyberspace. But it is just the first step, and building a peaceful, open,
and fair cyberspace still needs all countries to participate and put forward their best efforts.
The views expressed in this essay represent the authors own opinion and do not represent
the view of any organization or government.
193
TANG
CRUX OF ASIA
NOTES
1.
Murray Wardrop, William Hague: Britain Faces Growing Cyberspace Arms Race, Telegraph, October 18,
2011, www.telegraph.co.uk/technology/internet/8833268/William-Hague-Britain-faces-growing-cyberspace-arms-race.html.
194
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
CYBERSECURITY
SUBIMAL BHATTACHARJEE
195
CRUX OF ASIA
ized access to computer networks in many forms. Apart from hacking, the planting of
software code malware as either viruses, worms, or Trojans and distributed denial of service
attacks (DDoS), in which a large number of computers, often remotely controlled, are used
to launch attacks at predetermined computers or networks for predetermined periods are
the most prominent forms of attacks.
However, when such attacks are made to obtain access to information and data that are
restricted for various reasons8 and also stored in a restricted and secured environment, then
the offense is referred to as cyberterrorism. Since the IT Act works in conjunction with
other laws in force, including the Indian Penal Code, attacks linked to physical incidents are
also adequately addressed in it. The IT Acts jurisdiction pertains to global networks, too,9
so attacks on Indian networks from foreign networks are also covered. Similarly, the IT Act
has sections that deal with content that can cause harm to the sovereignty and integrity of
India, the security of the state, friendly relations with foreign states, public order, decency or
morality, or contempt of court, defamation, or incitement to an offenseand these sections
cover situations where enemies, rogue states, or syndicates used cyberspace to disturb the
political existence of India.
While crimes and in turn attacks have become a serious law enforcement issue, one
of the major concerns that grips India today is the use of cyberspace for cyberterrorism.
Terrorists have found cyberspace to be a safe medium for communicating with each other,
spreading propaganda, collecting funds from sympathizers, and also recruiting cadres. Even
before the Mumbai terrorist attacks in November 2008, the blasts in New Delhi (September 2008), Ahmedabad and Bangalore (August 2008), Jaipur (May 2008), Varanasi (March
2006), Hyderabad (August 2007), and the serial blasts in
Uttar Pradesh (November 2007), all had trails that indicate
The transnational nature some activity in cyberspace.
Such actions awakened the government and spurred it
of cyberspace, and the
to improve both its technical and legal capacity to address
absence of geographical attacks. However, apart from the amendment of the IT Act
constraints on it, raises in Parliament in December 2008, not much action has folmany issues for the lowed to bolster institutional capacity in the country, including that of law enforcement agencies and the infrastructure
governance of the Internet including training avenues and forensic labs. The hacking
as a whole. of the Central Bureau of Investigation website in December
201010 was the next push for action, and the deputy national
security adviser was designated to act as the coordination
point for all government agencies involved in cybersecurity, including the CERT-In, intelligence agencies, and defense forces. A draft national cybersecurity policy11 was published for
public comments in April 2011, but it has yet to be announced as an official policy. Similarly, it was decided to have the National Technology Research Organization (NTRO) under
the prime ministers office address the issue of critical infrastructure protection and also to
196
BHATTACHARJEE
provide technical support for cybersecurity functions. Currently, efforts are proceeding at
the highest levels in government to define the national cybersecurity architecture,12 and the
national security adviser has referred to the whole-of-government cybersecurity architecture. The prime minister has also endorsed this position at the annual conference of the
police chiefs in mid-September this year.13 Such a policy will also significantly factor in the
role of the private sector,14 and the public-private partnership is very critical to cyberspace
management. In the national security revamp report that was recently submitted by the Naresh Chandra committee to the prime minister,15 some references indicate that cybersecurity
is becoming a critical parameter of national security.
India is not alone in making cybersecurity a national effort. The transnational nature
of cyberspace, and the absence of geographical constraints on it, raises many issues for the
governance of the Internet as a whole. The possibility has become very real for state and
non-state actors, ranging in both size and capability, to confront each other without any
physical harm to the perpetrators of the attacks. So in the late 1990s, the need for global
consultation and cooperation was felt, but the way to handle it was not clear, partly because
various countries were at various states of cybersecurity development and because countries
had divergent views of which issues were to be covered and how. For instance, the leading
powers at that time approached the problem of cybersecurity from two different angles: The
United States focused on a law enforcement approach at the domestic level with voluntary international collaboration, while Russia advocated developing binding international
regimes.16 Russia introduced the first UN resolution on cybersecurity issues during the 53rd
General Assembly in 1999, entitled Developments in the field of information and telecommunications in the context of international security, which was then adopted by consensus.
It called upon UN member states to promote, at multilateral levels, the consideration of
existing and potential threats in the field of information security, and for the UN secretarygeneral to report back to the 54th General Assembly on these threats. Since then, UN
resolutions 55/63(2000), 56/121(2002), 57/239(2002), 58/199(2004), and 64/211(2009)
have all been passed and have focused on a variety of emerging issues in cyberspace. As per
the last two resolutions, a Group of Governmental Experts (GGE) was formed in 2004, and
another in 2009 to look at the impact of information communication technology on international security, and they have submitted their reports. The recommendations of the 2009,
twenty-country GGE were submitted in 2010, and they highlighted the need for further
dialogue and continued exchanges for confidence building and stability among the global
community.17 A third GGE started working in August 2012, and it will report to the 68th
session of the General Assembly in September 2013.
197
CRUX OF ASIA
India has been actively seeking a regime that looks at all issues that affect the growth,
stability, and security of cyberspace, and it was an active member of the 2009 GGE. During
the London summit on cybersecurity in November 2011, India made clear that it regards
the safety of cyberspace as a global public good and that the problem must be addressed
collectively.18 At the same meeting, India reiterated its position for a discussion on whether
laws covering international armed conflict, such as those included in the Geneva Convention, can also apply to cyberattacks. In February 2011 at the 47th Munich Security Conference, Indias national security adviser reiterated the need to look at all the international
conventions in the context of issues facing cyberspace.19
However, at the 66th session of the UN General Assembly in October 2011, India for
the first time made its position clear about the need for a multilateral body to manage
cyberspace. It referred to the urgency of forming a multilateral, democratic, participative,
and transparent global policymaking mechanism to enable coherent and integrated global
policymaking on all aspects of global Internet governance. India also proposed the establishment of a body to be called the United Nations Committee for Internet-Related Policies
(CIRP). It would comprise 50 member states, be funded by the United Nations and staffed
from the UNs Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), and report directly to
the UN General Assembly. CIRP would be mandated to undertake the following tasks:20
1. Develop and establish international public policies with a view to ensuring coordination and coherence in cross-cutting Internet-related global issues
2. Coordinate and oversee the bodies responsible for technical and operational functioning of the Internet, including setting global standards
3. Facilitate the negotiation of treaties, conventions, and agreements on Internet-related
public policies
4. Address developmental issues related to the Internet
5. Promote and protect all human rights; civil, political, social, economic, and cultural
rights, including the right to economic development
6. Undertake arbitration and dispute resolution, where necessary
7. Crisis management in relation to the Internet
India reiterated its support for the creation of CIRP at the meeting of the United Nations Commission on Science and Technology for Development held in Geneva in May
2012.21
It is also worth mentioning that the Indian position at the UN General Assembly was
consistent with that of the India-Brazil-South Africa (IBSA) multi-stakeholder meeting on
198
Global Internet Governance held in September 2011 and ratified by the IBSA Summit in
Durban the following month. Clearly, India has already garnered support for its effort from
two other nations that also have significant economic activity across geographic boundaries.
The Indian position has generated a lot of debate within the country, and also among
the international community, which sees it as a ploy to challenge the current mechanism
under which the Internet is managed by the U.S.-based nonprofit Internet Corporation
for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN), which has up to now efficiently managed
the critical resources of the Internet through a governing council that includes government
representatives. Some criticism also states that the Indian position is being thrust on the
global forum without multi-stakeholder consultations in the country.22 Some have suggested
that such a stand by India actually aligns it with countries like China, which stand in the
way of Internet freedom.23 Also, there are concerns that such a position actually does not
comprehensively address the growth and stability of the Internet and instead bureaucratizes
its control.
Apart from this multilateral pitch, India has also been fostering active bilateral engagement on cybersecurity cooperation with a few countries, including the United States, the
United Kingdom, France, Australia, Japan, Singapore, and South Korea. A memorandum of
understanding was signed on cybersecurity cooperation between the Computer Emergency
Response Teams of India and the United States (CERT-In and US-CERT), and the decision
was made to cooperate in capacity building and to work together, also with other countries,
to advance cybersecurity standards.24
199
BHATTACHARJEE
CRUX OF ASIA
any of them. So when the former Indian national security adviser made reference to Chinese
cyberattacks on Indian networks, including those of the prime ministers office,28 the Chinese promptly denied it, and the matter stopped there, as there was no way that India could
prove its point. More recently, the Indian home minister has officially taken up with his
Pakistani counterpart about social media networking sites
being misused by elements based in Pakistan to circulate
false pictures and stories to whip up communal sentiments
In India, unlike in many
in India.29
countries, hate speech and
India has still not signed the Council of Europe Draft
other forms of blasphemous Convention 2001 on cybercrime. This draft criminalizes
content are still very cyberattacks, mentions the duty of states to prevent their
territories from being used by non-state actors to conduct
likely to incite communal cyberattacks against other states, and also classifies cyberviolence that can spread crimes as extraditable offenses.
While signing the convention would be a step forward,
very fast and often become
CERT-In
has signed bilateral agreements with many couna major issue.
tries on cyberattack investigations and cooperation, and
in those agreements, the underlying message has been that
India desires support in nabbing attackers and punishing
them either with the laws of that land or through extradition to India. CERT-In is also a full
member of the Forum of Incident Response and Security Teams (FIRST) and Asia Pacific
CERT (APCERT), and it uses those networks extensively in order to reach out to member
countries as the need arises.
200
69A of the IT Act, which covers the blocking of content in cyberspace, the above exceptions
may be made. The execution of these provisions is carried out in a procedure that is well
established,30 with committees defined and powers devolved so that checks and balances are
included.
So far, efforts have tried to balance national security interests and the freedom of expression in cyberspace. In India, unlike in many other countries, hate speech and other forms of
blasphemous content are still very likely to incite communal violence that can spread very
fast and often become a major issue. In mid-August 2012, there was an exodus of almost
50,000 people hailing from northeast India from major Indian cities like Bangalore, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Chennai, and Pune after threat content over SMSes (text messages), MMSes
(multimedia messages), and social media websites were sent in bulk. The government had to
block more than 300 websites and selected social media pages.31 The current position is a bit
tricky, because the government wants due diligence over certain forms of hate content, while
the social networking community maintains that it is difficult to technically filter or control
posting of third-party content. Social networks in India are classified as intermediaries and
are regulated under Section 79 of the IT Act. Under the current rules, they are not responsible for third-party content provided that they exercise due diligence and have nothing to
do with the content or its inception, transmission, or reception.32 However, rules to govern
the provisions of Section 79 were introduced in April 2011, and they have become controversial.33 So far, the yardstick that is followed is that once offensive content is brought to the
attention of intermediaries by the user community and notified agencies, the intermediaries
must follow the legal steps necessary to deal with it. While the government wants compliance with these laws in letter and spirit, there are situations where much of the content is
hosted on foreign servers and might be complying with the laws of the country where the
information is uploaded or stored. This issue has to be harmoniously addressed, as societal
norms vary across the countries concerned, and the laws of the land will have to be applied
in the country of concern.
The response by the government has been prudential over the years as far as censorship of
content on the Internet is concerned.34 The government receives inappropriate or prejudiced
calls for blocking websites or specific content on a regular basis, but it has carefully handled
them and rarely pulled down websites that are actually legal. The only instance of censorship is the mass blockage ordered in August 2012 after an extraordinary situation surfaced
with the potential of disturbing peace and harmony among the communities35 and thus the
potential to lead to public disorder.36 At the same time, it is pertinent to mention that the
government has allowed the Indian site owners to openly offer content that is reasonable
and not subject to any form of pre-censorship. It also allows the user community to keep the
content generation and management in a healthy state and relevant to the ethos of societal
and business norms. Over time, management of Internet content will become more mature
as experience accumulates in dealing with these issues. This is not unique to India, but it is
an indication of the issues that arise due to growing digital presence and participation.
201
BHATTACHARJEE
CRUX OF ASIA
CYBERWARFARE
India has become one of the top targets of cyberattacks in the world. Ever since the
CERT-In was set up in 2004 and began maintaining records of cyberattacks in a more
structured manner, there has been a better understanding of the nature and trends of those
attacks. However, for the most part, the response to cyberattacks remained reactive until the
beginning of 2008. This was due partly to the absence of a national cybersecurity policy and
partly to a lack of understanding of the issue in government and the difficulty of aligning
agencies for a coordinated approach to cyberwarfare.
A focused approach toward a cybersecurity defense and cyberwarfare strategy started
gaining shape in April 2008, when the Indian Army decided to create cybersecurity organizations down to the division level to guard against cyberwarfare and data thefts. The security
revamp after the terrorist attacks in Mumbai in November 2008 ensured significant budget
allocations for building cybersecurity infrastructures and R&D capabilities. With massive
leaks of sensitive data reported by the Toronto-based Munk School of Global Affairs in its
study called Shadow Network in 2009, the government was spurred to act further. Beginning in 2010, the defense minister started acknowledging the impact of cyberattacks in the
major meetings of the armed forces, including in the unified commanders conference in
April 2010,37 and his message was for all the defense agencies to interact closely with CERTIn, the NTRO, and the Ministry of Home Affairs. He repeated the concerns a month later
at the biannual army commanders conference. In October 2011, the prime minister harped
on the same concerns at the combined commanders conference, as well as on the need to be
ready to defend against cyberattacks.38
While the focus on cybersecurity defense took a much more focused and visible turn,
there was not much reference to the acceptance of the Indian leadership of using cyberattacks
as an offensive tool or even to its views on employing attacks and espionage in cyberspace as
legitimate tools of warfare. Such information is missing because cyberwarfare programs are
still under tight wraps within the government, coordinated between the defense and intelligence agencies. Since the deputy national security adviser is the coordinator for all cybersecurity activities, an offensive strategy would also be coordinated through the National Security
Council Secretariat. Most of the cyberattacks directed at Indian critical networks did not
result in reciprocal usage of such tools from the Indian establishment. However, according to
a book by Jeffrey Carr,39 the Indian government in August 2010 told its agencies to enhance
their capabilities in cyberwarfare. The strategy directed government agencies to develop capabilities to break into the networks of unfriendly countries, set up hacker laboratories, set up
a testing facility, develop countermeasures, and set up CERTs for several sectors. The agencies at the forefront of this strategy were the NTRO, the Defense Intelligence Agency, and
the Defense Research and Development Organization (DRDO). At the same time, another
report mentioned that the government was planning to build a network of ethical hackers to
spy on the classified data of hostile nations by hacking into their computer systems.40
202
203
BHATTACHARJEE
CRUX OF ASIA
NOTES
1.
Miniwatts Marketing Group, Asia Internet Usage Stats Facebook and Population Statistics, July 17, 2012,
www.internetworldstats.com/stats3.htm.
2.
India has 14 percent of the total social networking traffic in the world (hitwise).
3.
4.
5.
Ministry of Law and Justice, The Information Technology (Amendment) Act, 2008, February 5, 2009,
www.mit.gov.in/sites/upload_files/dit/files/downloads/itact2000/it_amendment_act2008.pdf.
6.
7.
8.
Ibid.
9.
Vakul Sharma, Information Technolog y Law and Practice (New Delhi: Universal Law Publishing, 2005), 360.
10. Press Trust of India, CBI Website Hacked by Pakistani Cyber Army, Times of India, December 4, 2010,
http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2010-12-04/india/28249073_1_pakistani-cyber-army-pakistani-cyber-army-cbi-website.
11. Department of Information Technology, National Cyber Security Policy, Ministry of Communications
and Information Technology, Government of India, Discussion Draft, May 15, 2011, www.mit.gov.in/
sites/upload_files/dit/files/ncsp_060411.pdf.
12. Ambassador Shivshankar Menon, Keynote Address at Release of the IDSA Report on Indias Cyber
Security Challenge, speech at Institute for Defense Studies and Analyses (IDSA), New Delhi, India, May
16, 2012, www.idsa.in/keyspeeches/ShivshankarMenon_IndiasCyberSecurityChallenge.
13. PMs speech at the Annual Conference of DGPs/IGPs, website of the prime minister of India, September 8, 2012, http://pmindia.nic.in/speech-details.php?nodeid=1216.
14. IDSA, Edited Transcript of IDSA Cyber Security Report Release and Panel Discussion, May 16, 2012, 9,
http://idsa.in/system/files/Transcriptcybersecurity.pdf.
15. Naresh Chandra Task Force to Recommend Permanent Head, Chiefs of Staff Committee, Rediff News,
May 23, 2012, www.rediff.com/news/report/naresh-chandra-task-force-to-recommend-permanent-headchiefs-of-staff-committee/20120523.htm.
16. Franz-Stefan Gady and Greg Austin, Russia, the United States, and Cyber Diplomacy: Opening the
Doors, EastWest Institute, September 14, 2010, www.ewi.info/russia-united-states-and-cyber-diplomacyopening-doors.
17. United Nations, Developments in the Field of Information and Telecommunications in the Context of
International Security, United Nations, Study Series 33, December 2011, www.un.org/disarmament/
HomePage/ODAPublications/DisarmamentStudySeries/PDF/DSS_33.pdf.
18. Press Trust of India, India: Need Global Coordination for Cyber Security, Times of India, November 2,
2011, http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2011-11-02/internet/30349563_1_cyber-security-cyberspace-global-coordination.
19. Nitin Desai, Arvind Gupta, Aditya Singh, Kamlesh Bajaj, B. J. Srinath, Salman Waris, Amit Sharma, Ajey
Lele, Cherian Samuel, and Kapil Patil, Indias Cyber Security Challenge, IDSA Task Force Report (New Delhi:
IDSA, March 2012), 69.
204
BHATTACHARJEE
20. IBNLive.com, Full text: Indias United Nations Proposal to Control the Internet, May 21, 2012, http://
ibnlive.in.com/news/indias-un-proposal-to-control-the-internet/259971-11.html.
21. Indrani Bagchi, India Presses for Global Internet Governance, Times of India, May 21, 2012, http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2012-05-21/internet/31800574_1_governance-cyber-security-internet.
22. Sandeep Joshi, MP Seeks Shift in Indias Stand on Global Internet Governance, Hindu, May 17, 2012,
www.rajeev.in/NewsRoom/rajeev_writes/Government_proposal/The_Hindu.pdf.
23. Aman Sharma, Independent MP Seeks Shift in Indias Stand on Global Internet Censorship, India Today,
May 17, 2012, http://indiatoday.intoday.in/story/mp-rajeev-chandrasekhar-global-internet-censorshipwsis/1/189131.html.
24. Anirban Bhaumik, India, U.S. Sign Cyber-Security Cooperation Agreement, Deccan Herald, May 27, 2012,
www.deccanherald.com/content/164593/india-us-sign-cyber-security.html.
25. Cornelia Habig, Cyberspace Presents Complex Global Challenges, Munich Security Conference, February 5, 2011, www.securityconference.de/Program.638+M5d1d3045c2e.0.html.
27. Think Digit, Indian Government Websites Hit by Anonymous Attack, Post Bans, May 18, 2012, www.
thinkdigit.com/Internet/Indian-government-websites-hit-by-Anonymous-attack_9568.html.
28. Press Trust of India, China Tried Hacking Into Our Computers: Narayanan, LiveMint.com, January 19,
2010, www.LiveMint.com/2010/01/18233504/China-tried-hacking-into-our-c.html.
29. Press Information Bureau, Home Minister Expresses Concern on Social Media Networking Sites Being
Misused by Elements Based in Pakistan, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, August 19,
2012, http://pib.nic.in/newsite/erelease.aspx?relid=86352.
30. Department of Information Technology, Ministry of Communications and Information Technology,
Government of India, NOTIFICATION, Gazette of India, October 27, 2009, http://deity.gov.in/sites/
upload_files/dit/files/downloads/itact2000/Itrules301009.pdf, 1822, 2932.
31. Press Trust of India, Northeasterners Exodus: Govt Orders Blocking of More Than 250 Websites, Times
of India, August 20, 2012, http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2012-08-20/india/33286937_1_govtorders-websites-home-ministry.
32. Sharma, Information Technolog y, 286.
33. Government of India, Notification, New Delhi, April 11, 2011, www.mit.gov.in/sites/upload_files/dit/
files/GSR3_10511(1).pdf.
34. Subimal Bhattacharjee, Social Networking: Rules and Tricks of the Game, LiveMint.com, January 5,
2012, www.livemint.com/2012/01/05230636/Social-networking-rules-and-t.html.
35. Department of Electronics and Information Technology, Inflammatory and Hateful Content Hosted on
the Websites [sic] Targeting North Eastern Community, Ministry of Communications and Information
Technology, Government of India, August 17, 2012, http://deity.gov.in/sites/upload_files/dit/files/Advisory_Intermediaries_0.pdf.
36. TNN, Govt Orders Blocking of 300 Specific URLs Including 16 Twitter Accounts, Times of India, August
24, 2012, http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/tech/news/internet/Govt-orders-blocking-of-300-specificURLs-including-16-Twitter-accounts/articleshow/15623828.cms.
37. TNN, Forces Need Action Plan to Fight Cyber Attacks: Antony, Times of India, April 17, 2010, http://
articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/2010-04-17/india/28138031_1_cyber-attacks-sensitive-computernetworks-topmost-military-priorities.
38. Cyber Security Worry on PM Mind, Telegraph, October 12, 2011, www.telegraphindia.com/1111012/jsp/
frontpage/story_14614114.jsp.
205
26. N. Manohar, Cyber Warfare: A New Generation Threat to India, The Centre for Land Warfare Studies
(CLAWS), June 1, 2011, www.claws.in/print_article.php?recNo=718&u_id=42.
CRUX OF ASIA
39. Jeffrey Carr, Inside Cyber Warfare: Mapping the Cyber Underworld (Beijing: OReilly Media, 2009), ch. 16.
40. India Planning Cyber War Against Hackers! Rediff Business, August 6, 2010, http://business.rediff.
com/slide-show/2010/aug/06/slide-show-1-tech-india-plans-cyber-offensive-against-hackers.htm.
41. Desai et al., Indias Cyber Security Challenge, 7879.
42. Ibid., 5960.
43. NASSCOM-DSCI Security Advisory Group, Securing Our Cyber Frontiers (New Delhi: Data Security Council
of India, March 2012), 40.
44. Ibid., 47.
45. James A. Lewis and Katrina Timlin, Cybersecurity and Cyberwarfare: Preliminary Assessment of National Doctrine
and Organization (Geneva: United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research, 2011).
206
PART IV
NONTRADITIONAL
SECURITY
What is your countrys perception of its current and prospective energy security? How
do long-run trends affect these perceptions?
In light of these current perceptions, what are your countrys strategic objectives with
regard to ensuring energy security? Through what means does your country intend to
achieve these objectives?
How does your country balance supply-side and demand-side factors in ensuring
energy security?
What is the role of markets in managing energy consumption in your national economy?
How does your country balance the drive for economic growth against concerns about the safety of
many new energy technologies (for example, nuclear power and fracking)?
What is the nature of the relationship between your government and your national
energy companies (NECs)? What is the impact of this relationship on the international
energy markets? Does your country see state support for NECs as compatible with an
international market that includes other energy companies without state support?
Does your country believe that reliance on the international market alone is sufficient
for ensuring energy security? If not, what other instruments must your country utilize
to preserve its energy security?
Does your country pursue special bilateral relations with energy-rich states as a supplement to or a
substitute for reliance on the global market?
How does your country manage relations with authoritarian energy suppliers (some with poor human
rights records) in light of your countrys commitment to responsible international behavior?
To what extent is your countrys perception of its energy security laden with strategic
concerns, and how has that affected its pursuit of energy sources?
Are military instruments necessary for advancing the goal of energy security, and how can such
instruments be utilized?
What is the significance of secure sea lines of communication for energy security? Is your country
comfortable with the current and prospective U.S. role in securing the sea lines of communication to
establish a stable international energy market?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
209
CRUX OF ASIA
foreign sources of supply, oil in particular. Politicians trying to satisfy as many interests as
possible in enunciating and implementing national energy policies thus have no shortage
of viewpoints to consider.
As an issue for everyday governance, energy does not rank in the first tier for the Chinese
government in terms of urgency. The government has retained a separate ministerial agency
for food, land, and water management. In order to ensure food supply, the central government issues a Number One policy directive, at the start of
each calendar year, to exclusively focus on agriculture. Energy has received no similar treatment. In 1993, China turned
Against the background
from a net exporter of crude oil to a net importer. Yet in the
of Chinas path of same year, the Ministry of Energy was abolished. Debate
development in the over the necessity for having a ministerial-level bureaucracy
context of globalization, to govern the various components of the countrys energy industry has been ongoing and inconclusive, although safety in
the question of how China
coal mining is retained as a central government bureaucracy
interacts with the outside mandate. In January 2010, China did establish a national
world in the field of energy energy commission, with the prime minister as its director
will be pertinent for a long and more than a dozen ministers as members. But thus far,
the commission has functioned on a crisis-driven basis. And
time to come. Chinas national legislature has not yet held a single hearing on energy as an urgent task to address, which is another
indicator of the topics salience in political circles. In short,
observers need to balance research rhetoric about Chinas energy security against the actual
policy attention that energy receives in everyday governance.
Against the background of Chinas path of development in the context of globalization,
the question of how China interacts with the outside world in the field of energy will be
pertinent for a long time to come. Difficult as it is to present a comprehensive mapping of
Chinese perspectives on the countrys energy insecurity, it is worthwhile to attempt to address issue areas that traverse market and strategic issues arising from the overall question of
China and the world energy order.
210
Studies on Chinas energy consumption statistics abound, and while they disagree over
specific calculations, there is general agreement about the overall picture. To offer an indicator, according to one source that uses 2010 numbers, Chinas energy mix is as follows: 77.2
percent from coal, 9.8 percent from oil, 4.5 percent from natural gas, and 8.5 percent from
hydropower, nuclear, renewable, and other forms of non-fossil energy.2 Forecasts on future
trajectories of change for each category differ from each other according to the scope of
inquiry and models adopted for projection.
For the purpose of discussing Chinas energy security policies, it is less relevant to try to
assess the future trends of Chinas energy mix on a statistical basis, as too many variables in
the entire economy as well as the energy industry per se are at play. It is, instead, useful to
take note of ongoing debates in China about the wisdom of using a total energy consumption capthe most widely floated number being 4.2 btsce by 2015as an indicator of
consensus that continued fast growth in consumption is not sustainable. When, among
other policy instruments, energy auditing becomes more of a norm on the ground, China
has a better chance to rein in total energy consumption, regardless of the actual attainability
of a numerical target.3
In China, energy intensitythe total amount of energy consumed per unit of GDPis
one of the most important indicators for the countrys energy economy planners.4 The central government makes achievement of energy intensity targets a component of the performance evaluation of provincial government leaders, who in turn take the heads of lower
levels of government to task. With energy intensity as one of the working priorities and the
setting of a 4045 percent reduction in Chinas carbon dioxide emissions intensity by 2020,
based on the 2005 level, China hopes to achieve both economic growth and improvement
in the quality of energy use.
According to statistics compiled by the International Energy Agency, in 2009, imports
represented 15.7 percent of Chinas total energy consumption.5 This is numerically different from official Chinese calculations but still indicates that China still retains a fairly
high level of self-sufficiency. The imported fuel type on which China is most prominently
dependent is oil, which reached 56 percent in 2011, a standard number in Chinese discussions about the countrys energy situation. Meanwhile, Chinas import of oil and natural
gas is set to grow as well, both for meeting overall consumption needs and for fine-tuning
the current energy mix to address the environmental malaise coming from the high level of
reliance on coal.
Two major recent developments outside China have provided the impetus for rethinking the race to expand indigenous sources of supply. The Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power
plant accident in Japan in March 2011 led to a one-year halt in Chinas great leap of
constructing nuclear power plants, in addition to a comprehensive review of plants already
in operation. A year later, it became clear that China had limited its goal of nuclear power
development by the end of 2020 to those projects approved prior to the accident. By 2020,
China is expected to have an installed capacity of 70 GW of nuclear power, contingent
211
ZHA
CRUX OF ASIA
upon reaching the goal of 40 GW in 2015, based on enhanced safety standards. It should
be kept in mind, however, that Chinas nuclear economy has always been full of debates and
that the future development trajectory is likely not to be a straightforward path, either.6
The other major overseas development that has attracted Chinese attention is the revolutionary development of shale gas in the United States. Chinese geologists are less sanguine
than their American peers in assessing the scale of shale oil and gas deposits in China.
Furthermore, there are fierce debates about what it would take to access whatever deposits
may exist beneath Chinese soil and, by extension, whether
methods and equipment employed in the United States are
The development of directly transferrable to China. In late June 2012, it was
revealed that only 24 of the 62 experimental wells produced
indigenous sources of industrial flows, although government regulators encourage
energy has always been more industries to commit themselves in continuing with
a foundation of Chinas the push to develop the nascent industry. Three months latenergy policy. er, China opened twenty blocks of shale deposits for foreign
bidding, hoping to produce 6.5 billion cubic meters of gas
by 2015 and 60 billion cubic meters by 2020, up from zero
commercial production of shale gas today.7 Concerns over
environmental side effects from such drilling techniques as water fracking, while an issue in
America, have yet to enter the public domain in China. But water scarcity in the northern
parts of the country surely will be a bottleneck for the industry to reckon with.
In China, the government still regulates end-use energy prices. It is possible to analogize
retail price as one of the three gearsthe other two being income per capita of end users
and energy industry profitsin a constant motion of grinding against each other. At the
more aggregate level, government policy on energy pricing attempts to address competing
interests in the overall well-being of the economy, society, and environment. In mid-2012,
China began to implement a tiered electricity pricing system for residential use across the
country. This, in addition to a gasoline sales tax system adopted in 2009, is meant to dissuade wasteful end-user consumption. For electricity, residential end-users still enjoy an
indirect subsidy through government regulation of on-grid tariff rates. For gasoline, the
government also sets end-sale prices, although the level is now on a par with the average
sales price in the United States.8 While gasoline price is uniform for industrial, transport,
agricultural, and household use, the government offers targeted subsidies in order to provide
relief to the agricultural sector.
Economics theory offers a guide for energy prices to be left to the market. But entry
points for Chinas fossil energy subsidies reform have to be selective.9 The good news is that
Chinas energy policy has the government committing itself to reducing energy intensity by
16 percent over the 20112015 period, and carbon intensity by 17 percent.10 Meanwhile,
deepening market-oriented reform of Chinas energy economy is conducive to reaching the
goal of meeting the governments own energy intensity targets.
212
ZHA
213
Coal is treated as the foundational source, both in managing ongoing necessity and in
mapping the countrys future energy portfolios. Estimates by domestic and international
research agencies of changes in Chinas energy portfolio all place the contribution of coal
over 65 percent in 2030. The primary use of coal is power generation and the heating of
buildings. For decades, China pursued coal liquefaction in an attempt to substitute oil.11 The
prospects of switching from coal to oil in electricity generation, however, are contingent on
cost parity dynamics. Though still a minority voice, Chinese analysts have begun to warn
that Chinas long-term energy reliance on coal will be unsustainable, unless there are dramatic increases in coal reserves.12 China in 2009 became a net importer of coal, but the development has not raised concern as contributing to the countrys overall insecurity in energy
supply. Economics of scale are going to lead to higher levels of coal imports for the coastal
region, in part due to increasing costs in accessing coal further west within the country.
CRUX OF ASIA
foreign supply is rising.14 The truth of the matter is that over the past two decades Chinese
interactions with world oil markets moved more along the lines of market dynamics than
geostrategic considerations.15
It deserves notice, meanwhile, that ideological preference for self-reliance is conditioned
by feasibility of indigenous resources. For example, development of biofuels can enhance
indigenous sources of energy supply, but China pursues a policy of no competition for land
or food.16 In 2007 China accepted intellectual property terms dictated by the United States
to turn Westinghouses AP1000 nuclear reactor from conceptual model to facility, because
relying on the countrys indigenous capacities would imply much lower per-unit output in
electricity generation.17
Alarmist Chinese views about the dependability of foreign supplyoil and gas in particularresult in a part from the countrys shallow involvement in world energy governance
mechanisms. China is the worlds second-largest energy consumer and importer of oil, but
it is not a member of the International Energy Agency (IEA), the intergovernmental body
designed to look after consumer countries interests. It is more common for Chinese government agencies to dispute IEA assessments of Chinas contribution to fluctuation in world oil
and gas prices than to work together to address global and domestic concerns. China never
joined the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), even when it was a net
exporter, and agreed to only observer status in the Energy Charter Treaty mechanism, whose
designed purpose is to deal with deliberate interruption by producer states to exploration,
production, or transit routes. The lack of routine contacts through such forums, understandably, leaves space for second-guessing about ulterior motives when it comes to such
issues as world energy governance.
Still, in recent years, China has demonstrated an interest in improved policy oversight
in world energy developments. In the 2000s, energy cooperation and collaboration have
become a standard topic in bilateral diplomatic activities. On the multilateral front, China
is active in virtually all international governmental venues with energy on the agenda, such
as the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum and G8 plus China and other emerging
economies. In 2005, China initiated a meeting of energy ministers of major energy consumers (South Korea, India, Japan, and the United States). Chinese interest in holding the
forum was focused on stabilizing prices in the world oil trade. Possibly due to the realization
of the limited impact of such efforts, the annual event came to an end after 2008. Then in
January 2012, Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao called for the G20 framework to be more forceful in tackling the issue of global energy supply stability.18
Chinese concerns about politics-driven volatility in the world oil and gas trade are hard
to dispel. What is more pertinent, however, is that world energy market dynamics condition
policy choices domestically and internationally. For China, total self-reliance is unattainable
but should not be dismissed as entirely foolish either, as such rhetoric can result in amassing
more resources to promote efficient use of energy and developing alternative sources of supply such as wind and solar power.
214
ZHA
China is likely going to continue to rely on both legs to do the walking. In other
words, it will strive to improve efficiency in consumption but without adversely affecting overall economic growth. And it will maximize development of domestic sources of
all forms of energy while still accessing foreign sources of supply to make up the shortfall.
There is no clear-cut choice between domestic and international dimensions of policy
priority. State ownership of land, and by extension of domestic energy resources, offers a
sense of security guarantee. But when it comes to external sources, concerns about reliability persist.
Chinas energy companies overseas activities, especially in oil and gas exploration and
production projects in politically volatile countries, have led to a series of questions about
how China affects the evolution of world security, whether energy specifically or more
broadly defined. The Chinese governments choice of vehicle to systematically respond to
such questioning is to produce white papers meant for international consumption. If the
sequencing of choice of topic can be an indicator, Chinas State Council apparently did not
feel the need make energy a white paper topic until 2007, more than a full decade after
China became a net importer of crude oil and products.19
The role of Chinas national oil companies (NOCs), specifically whether they are agents
of state diplomacy, has come into question. Disclosure of interactions among NOCs and
government departments, like foreign affairs, is too limited for informed analysis. As agents
in domestic governance, NOCs have been operating as business entities since the dissolution of the Petroleum Ministry in 1998. They dominate the domestic oil markets, although
the government in 2006 opened, conditionally, the oil retail sector to non-state corporations. Top executives of an NOC belong to the pool of high-ranking cadres, with their
appointment and rotation inside and outside the energy business determined by the governments personnel departments.
Meanwhile, an NOCs state ownership is not exclusive. For example, the China National
Petroleum Corporation (CNPC) entered into public listing on the New York and Hong
Kong stock exchanges in early April 2000. The other two major Chinese NOCs, China Petroleum & Chemical Corporation (Sinopec) and China National Offshore Oil Corporation
(CNOOC), are likewise active in international pools of corporate finance. So part of the
mission of the Chinese NOCs is to deliver profits to their international shareholders. The
listed arms of their operations are also subject to rules of disclosure in international stock
markets.
Additionally, international questioning about state ownership of Chinese NOCs cannot
easily generate sympathetic hearing among Chinese circles debating energy and security.
215
CRUX OF ASIA
When foreign oil companies enter the Chinese upstream markets, state ownership of the
Chinese partner (required by law) is not questioned. Also, (re)nationalization of energy
resources is an increasing norm, though not in the developed economies. In addition, when
CNPC and BP, acting together, won a service contract in Iraqs Rumaila oil field in 2009,
ownership of the Chinese partner was not called into question. In any case, Chinese NOC
experts see value in pursuing vertical integration between the upstream and downstream
sectors.20 When the level of international vertical integration with the Chinese oil and gas
markets increases, it will positively contribute to reducing panic and suspicion driven policymaking.
International critics point to state financing of Chinese NOCs, which is seen as giving
them an unfair competitive advantage when bidding for overseas projects against peers from
countries that do not offer similar support. The Chinese counterargument is that many
foreign companies that have entered the Chinese market
since the early 1970s have benefited from development loans
from their home governments. Moreover, before venturing
The security of sea lines overseas, Chinas energy industry was exclusively devoted to
of communication is, of tackling domestic geological conditions. As such, Chinese
course, critical to Chinas energy companies developed equipment and skills more suitenergy security. able for operations within the country. That makes the technological aspects of Chinese bidding often less competitive.
Government aid for contracts became the necessary secondbest choice. Chinese NOCs, in turn, hope to become more
competitive in equipment and technological know-how by going through a learning-bydoing process. Without access to a foreign asset, that learning is impossible.
The security of sea lines of communication is, of course, critical to Chinas energy security. Ever since the early 1970s, transportation of oil and gas from the Middle East and Africa
to China has not been subjected to deliberate interruption. Because of the rash of maritime
piracy in recent years, China has joined other East Asian nations in collective piracy tracking and response in the international watercourse stretching from the Indian Ocean through
the Strait of Malacca to the South China Sea.21
Chinese analysts express concern about the extensive role that the U.S. Navy plays in
affecting passage of oil tankers through the various straits around the world.22 Military contacts between the United States and China are irregular and subject to frequent breakdown
due to Chinese opposition to U.S. arms to sales to Taiwan and other changes in overall political relations between the two governments. That leaves a large space for second-guessing
the intent of naval and other military actions and postures. For example, talk of the Strait of
Malacca being a choke point is often interpreted in Chinese circles as meaning that U.S.
Navy blockage of Middle Eastern and African oil shipments bound for Chinese shores is a
viable option. Such apprehension provided at least a rhetorical cover for constructing an oil
pipeline linking the western coast of Myanmar and Chinas Yunnan province. In reality, the
216
pipeline can hardly be as strategic as the security-minded proponents suggest.23 The encouraging news is that under the auspices of the U.S.-China Strategic and Economic Dialogue,
the two countries military establishments have found a venue for regularized contacts and
consultations.
One should also balance articulations about ill intent by the U.S. military against options seen feasible by the civilian sectors of society. The Chinese shipbuilding industrys call
for Chinese ships carrying Chinese oil, which was heard in the late 1990s, has by and
large dissipated. The reality of the matter is that the international oil shipping industry has
served Chinas needs well. The Chinese maritime shipping industrys specialization in dry
cargo trade is conducive to the composition of products and parts trade between China and
the rest of the world.
For international maritime shipping lanes to be kept from deliberate sabotage is of
course in Chinas interest. The Chinese navys participation in the Gulf of Aden sets an
example for future collaborative efforts. In the more recent years, such events as Chinese
industrial workers being kidnapped in volatile African countries have indeed led to calls
in the Chinese media for military and paramilitary protection of Chinese lives and related
economic interests (oil and/or other forms) overseas. But serious thinking would challenge such posturing by pointing to the limits of the U.S. military operations in unstable
societies and the large gap in capacities on the part of China. It is possible to speculate,
meanwhile, that as the American and Chinese militaries go through a process of enhanced
socialization with each other in the various noncombat uses of military programs involving
other Asian armed forces, prospects for reduced mutual apprehension stand a chance of
reduction.
The issue area that clearly separates Chinese and Western thinking about the security
implications of energy acquisition is investment in fragile states. A standard Chinese
observation is that in being latecomers in the global competition for oil fields, Chinese
companies have no choice but to accept a higher risk premium by picking up fields left
over by Western companies: those that are geographically more difficult to access and
located in countries that are either politically unstable or in diplomatic difficulties with
Western countries.
Meanwhile, Western initiatives such as the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative are receiving a sympathetic hearing among agencies like the China Export and Insurance Corporation, which plays a role in financing the countrys energy companies overseas
projects.24 Skillful management of political risk in cross-national investment projects is more
a result of learning by doing than one of ideological conviction. Adverse developments such
as civil wars and protests against Chinese business presence in more and more host countries
in Africa and elsewhere are reminding China of the limits of relying solely on governmentto-government contact for ensuring the safety of Chinese workers on the ground. As a result
there are opportunities for China to fine-tune investment policies when it comes to challenges of addressing a resource curse in various countries.
217
ZHA
CRUX OF ASIA
China is finding itself caught in a tussle of allegiance between those states that demand
diplomatic support in exchange for the continuation of oil contracts and the United States
and its political and security allies, which argue that China should be proactive in effecting
positive political change in resource-rich but politically unstable states. After all, when the
United States and its allies apply economic and political sanctions on certain states, Chinese
(energy) business presence contributes to keeping those governments in power. The standard
Chinese reference to noninterference in another states domestic affairs is in reality recognition of the limits of Chinas influence. Oil is a worldwide fungible commodity, and no state
favors China by locking itself into a long-term supply arrangement. Chinas wish to increase
the global competitiveness of its energy industryin equipment and technological servicesdictates that Chinese foreign policy has to continue to walk the tightrope of international political dynamics, most of which is beyond its control.
Finally, as has been documented, Chinese overseas investments in oil and gas production
has contributed to enlarging the global pool of supply. Partly due to technological incompatibility between Chinese refining facilities and the foreign oil its companies produce, only
a marginal portion actually gets shipped back to China.25
CONCLUSION
Energy security is a complex subject, especially in relation to China. In this chapter,
the key message is that the usual dichotomies in international commentary about China
and world energy security, though conceptually neat, do not stand up well when examined
against Chinese practices in energy policy and diplomacy. There is no dearth of rhetoric,
Chinese and international, that portrays an imagery of China versus the West. But at the
end of the day, the Chinese energy markets (finance, exploration, trade, and processing)
have been, and will continue to be, part of the global energy market dynamics. Like other
countries, China is constantly going through a process of learning to relate itself with the
rest of the world, at the market and policy levels. It is infeasible to contemplate energy
policy or diplomacy that prioritizes competition for the sake of competition, whether at the
market level or in diplomatic/political terms.
Harmonization of policy practices in fossil energy extraction in third countries is a lofty
goal to pursue. Though not a focal point of this chapter, a meaningful direction of effort is
to promote company-level tie-ups between Chinese and international (particularly Western)
entities. Such connections can contribute to fostering a community of stakeholders whose
self-interest is in lessening tensions in the continuous search for improvement in world
energy governance.
218
ZHA
1.
These statistics are taken from the official website of the National Statistics Bureau of China, www.stats.
gov.cn/tjgb/ndtjgb/qgndtjgb/t20120222_402786440.htm.
2.
Ying Fan and Yan Xia, Exploring Energy Consumption and Demand in China, Energ y 40, no. 1 (2012):
2330.
3.
Bo Shen, Lynn Price, and Hongyou Lu, Energy Audit Practices in China: National and Local Experiences
and Issues, Energ y Policy 46 ( July 2012): 34658.
4.
Wang Yanjia and William Chandler, Understanding Energy Intensity Data in China, Policy Outlook,
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, March 24, 2011, www.carnegieendowment.org/files/chinese_energy_intensity.pdf.
5.
6.
Cheryl S. F. Chi and Ling Chen, The Sources of Divergent Practices in Chinas Nuclear Power Sector,
Energ y Policy 48 (September 2012): 34857.
7.
Leslie Hook, China Opens Shale Gas to Foreign Bidders, Financial Times, September 10, 2012.
8.
Guy C. K. Leung, Chinas Oil Use, 19902008, Energ y Policy 38, no. 2 (February 2009): 93244.
9.
Wei Liu and Hong Li, Improving Energy Consumption Structure: A Comprehensive Assessment of Fossil
Fuel Subsidies Reform in China, Energ y Policy 39, no. 7 ( July 2011): 413443.
10. Energy intensity is measured by the amount of energy used to produce per unit GDP.
11. Fang Rong and David Victor, Coal Liquefaction Policy in China: Explaining the Policy Reversal Since
2006, Energ y Policy 39, no. 12 (December 2011): 817584.
12. Lin Boqiang and Liu Jianghua, Estimating Coal Production Peak and Trends of Coal Imports in China,
Energ y Policy 38, no. 1 ( January 2010): 516.
13. Larry C. H. Chow, The Changing Role of Oil in Chinese Exports, 19741989, China Quarterly, no. 131
(1992): 75065.
14. For a partial treatment of this Chinese sense of oil insecurity, see Zha Daojiong and Hu Weixing, Promoting Energy Partnership in Beijing and Washington, Washington Quarterly 30, no. 4 (2007): 10515.
15. Raymond Li and Guy C. K. Leung, The Integration of China Into the World Crude Oil Market Since
1998, Energ y Policy 39, no. 9 (September 2011): 515966.
16. Qiu Huanguang, Sun Laixiang, Huang Jikun, and Scott Rozelle, Liquid Biofuels in China: Current Status,
Government Policies, and Future Opportunities and Challenges, Renewable and Sustainable Energ y Reviews
16, no. 5 ( June 2012): 3095104.
17. Xu Yichong, Nuclear Energy in China: Contested Regimes, Energ y 33, no. 8 (August 2008) 11971205.
18. Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Wen Jiabao Attends the Fifth World Future Energy Summit Opening Ceremony and Delivers a Speech, January 16, 2012, www.fmprc.gov.cn/eng/zxxx/t897067.htm.
19. Publication of such white papers began in 1991. For a full-text tabulation, see white paper at http://english.gov.cn/official/2005-08/17/content_24165.htm.
20. L Jianzhong, Dai Jianquan, and Chen Rui, Internal Causes and Impact of Upstream-Downstream Integration in NOCs, International Petroleum Economics (November 2007): 2228.
21. Lee Yin Mui, Enhancing Regional Cooperation in Fighting Piracy and Robbery Against Ships in Asia, in
Managing Regional Energ y Vulnerabilities in East Asia, edited by Zha Daojiong (New York: Routledge, forthcoming), 87107.
219
NOTES
CRUX OF ASIA
22. Li Jie, A Survey of Worldwide Strategic Straits, Information and Decision (November 2010): 7376.
23. Zha Daojiong, Oil Pipeline From Myanmar to China: Competing Perspectives, RSIS Commentary, S.
Rajaratnam School of International Studies, July 24, 2009, www.rsis.edu.sg/publications/Perspective/
RSIS0742009.pdf.
24. Dong Xia and Li Ruimin, Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) and Sustainable Resource
Development, International Petroleum Economics ( July 2008): 3641.
25. Julie Jiang and Jonathan Sinton, Overseas Investments by Chinese National Oil Companies: Assessing the Drivers and
Impacts (Paris: International Energy Agency, February 2011).
220
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
221
CRUX OF ASIA
Even with commercial energy accounting for a little over 75 percent of all primary
energy consumption, the Eleventh Five Year Plan document acknowledged India as the
worlds seventh-largest energy producer.5 The approach paper to Indias latest Twelfth Five
Year Plan6 expects the Indian economy to grow at 9 percent annually, increasing in nominal
terms from $1.6 trillion7 to nearly $2.5 trillion by 2017. This pace would make the Indian
economy reach nearly $7 trillion two decades from now.
Earlier optimism about Indian growth rates lies battered by the eurozone debt crisis
abroad and a series of corruption scandals at home. The retreat of foreign capital, a weakening local currency, and depressed business confidence in the face of stalled reforms all reflect
both the cause and effect of an economic slowdown that diminished growth to just 5.3
percent (annualized) in the quarter ending March 2012.
Assuming that this is a temporary blip and that India would resume its strong economic
growth, an energy elasticity8 of 0.80 would increase its energy requirements at an annual
rate of 6 percent from 523 million tonnes of oil equivalent (MMTOE) in 20112012 to
738 MMTOE by the end of the twelfth plan.
As table 1 shows, this would imply a coal demand of 421 MTOE, about 50 percent
above the demand in 2011. The IEP Model, working at a slightly more modest 8 percent
growth, projects the total demand at 681 MTOE by 20162017 and 1,702 MTOE by
20312032. The IEP model also projects a higher contribution by nuclear energy compared
to thermal fuels.
TABLE 1. Total Primary Commercial Energy Demand : Actual (20102011) & Projections
(million tonnes)
ACTUAL
20102011
XII PLAN
PROJECTION
20162017
9% GDP
20212022
20312032
CRUDE OIL
164
205
214
278
486
NATURAL GAS
58
87
43
59
104
COAL
282
421
389
552
1,022
HYDRO
10
15
10
11
13
NUCLEAR
24
32
76
COMMERCIAL
RENEWABLES
522
738
681
933
1,703
TOTAL
Source: Planning Commission, Integrated Energy Policy and Planning Commission, Faster, Sustainable, and
More Inclusive Growth.
222
JOSHI
223
Today, given a per capita availability of 780 kilowatt-hours (kWh) of power, among the
lowest in the world, more than 40 percent of the Indian population lacks access to electricity. Across states the per capita availability ranges from as low as 118 kWh for Bihar to over
2,000 kWh for Goa.9 Given these disparities, more than $750 billion would be needed
to ensure universal access to electricity and clean cooking fuel by 2030.10 Thus, the dual
objectives of catering to a rising commercial energy demand, while simultaneously addressing issues of sheer access to modern energy, frames the curious definition of energy security
found in the IEP document. All long-term demographic and economic trends serve to highlight these contradictory imperatives. The former demands efficient allocation of resources
through competitive market-based pricing, while the latter forces the state to repeatedly
intervene with price controls in an effort to improve access.
CRUX OF ASIA
represents 80 percent of all the incremental demand for coal in the world. On the supply
side, the only significant increases in exportable coal would probably be from Australia,
Mozambique, Botswana, Colombia, and Russia. These, too, would potentially be limited
to 320 million tonnes.13 What this mismatch does to international coal prices can only be
guessed.14 Besides international competition for securing supplies and the price risks involved, inadequate growth in the infrastructure to handle coal imports will probably play a
spoiler role.
TABLE 2. Share of Fuels in Electricity Generation
FUEL
INSTALLED
CAPACITY (MW)
MARCH 2012
PERCENTAGE
SHARE
UNITS
GENERATED
PERCENTAGE
SHARE
HYDRO
38,990
19.51
112,050
12.72
NUCLEAR
4,780
2.39
32,270
3.66
RENEWABLE
24,503
12.26
27,731
3.15
COAL
112,022
56.05
612,670
69.54
GAS
18,381
9.20
93,310
10.59
DIESEL
1,200
0.60
3,000
0.34
TOTAL
199,876
881,031
Uncertainties in coal supply are already affecting the planned buildup of coal-fired
capacity. Private investors are finding it difficult to access finance. Imported coal raises the
price of power beyond the paying capacity of distribution companies already struggling
with highly distorted power tariffs ranging from free power for farmers to the highest tariffs
in the world (on purchasing parity basis) for industrial consumers. The obvious answer
letting power tariffs move with fuel pricesconflicts with the objective of affordable
access. However, with 25,000 MW capacity (8,000 MW in gas and 17,50015 MW of coal)
becoming stranded for lack of fuel, the Ministry of Power has now been forced to relax tariff rules (following from tariff-based bidding introduced for licensing Ultra Mega power
projects) to allow fuel costs to be passed on to consumers.16
If coal cannot fuel India, what about gas? Here, too, lagging domestic production despite
large stated reserves17 has created a growing shortfall. Only six discoveries out of 106 announced under the New Exploration Licensing Policy have commenced production. The
D1D3 gas fields, which were expected to almost double Indias domestic gas production,
seem to have run into major technical issues: Against an initial projection of 80 million metric standard cubic meters a day (MMSCMD) from these fields, production has fallen below
224
40 MMSCMD.18 Liquefied natural gas (LNG) imports began in India only as recently as
2004 and were expected to find it difficult to compete with artificially low-priced domestic
gas. Yet, already plans for more LNG terminals are afoot, as are frantic moves to sign up for
the transnational pipeline from Turkmenistan known as the TAPI.19 The strategic question
is, if Indian homes can afford piped gas from Turkmenistan, can other low-hanging fruit
such as the IPI (Iran-Pakistan-India) pipeline be far behind?
Domestic production, which had peaked at 51 billion cubic meters (bcm) in 2010
2011, has already declined to 46 bcm in the following year, leaving a gas deficit that is
currently more than 100 MMSCMD. Imports in 20112012 rose to 35 MMSCMD.20
Some analysts believe that gas demand could double, to 320 MMSCMD by 2015 and 480
MMSCMD by 20212022.21 With a slowdown in new exploration, the supply of domestic gas, meanwhile, is struggling to maintain current levels of 110 MMSCMD, leaving a
shortfall of 210 MMSCMD by 20162017 and 370 MMSCMD by 20212022. A recent
policy brief published by the Observer Research Foundation estimates that Indias import
dependence would then increase tenfold.22
Currently India already imports nearly 76.4 percent of its oil, 27 percent of its gas and
20 percent of its coal. In 20112012, the net23 oil import bill rose by 32 percent to cross
$90 billion.24 Domestic oil fields are maturing, production is declining, and companies
complain of stifling regulations and controls on pricing and markets. Domestic exploration
has faltered. International oil companies remain wary of investing in exploration blocks.
Only eight of the 37 companies that bid in the last round of auctions were foreign companies, down from 21 in 2008.
Theoretically, if India could exploit new technologies for deepwater exploration, or shale
extraction to meet even a small proportion of the cumulative increase in demand, it would
save considerable amounts on its oil imports. While there have been some initial estimates
of shale reserves in the country, with no policy road map in sight, exploration is at a nascent
stage.25
Alternative options are limited to nuclear, hydro, or renewables. As seen in table 2, out of
a total installed capacity of 200 GW, the combined capacity of nuclear, hydro, and renewables is 68 GW, in other words, 34 percent of the total installed capacity. However, because
of low plant load factors for hydro (35 percent) and renewable (20 percent), the three
account for barely 20 percent of the power fed into the grid. While the combined capacity from these three sources could more than double to 142 GW by 20212022, electricity
generation from these sources is likely to reach only 378 million kWh by 20212022. With
demand likely to be in the range of 2,000 million kWh, the share of nuclear, renewable, and
hydro would remain below 19 percent.
Given Indias fuel constraints, there has been understandable even if muted enthusiasm
for nuclear energy. Indias uranium reserves have a low recovery rate, and available resources
can support up to 10,000 MW. However, with practically unlimited resources of thorium,
emphasis on all long-term energy policy planning has been on the three-stage thorium cycle.
225
JOSHI
CRUX OF ASIA
Gupta, Shankar, and Joshi point out that Indias ambitious target of setting up 63,000 MW
of nuclear capacity by 2032 is unlikely to be met.26 But even a modest 40 GW capacity by
that time, if established, would represent a 6 fold increase
in 22 years accompanied by very significant development
and maturation of breeder reactor technology [putting]
With land and water India in an excellent position to transition to carbon-neutral
resources being stressed, systems after 2032, through rapid build-up of nuclear
it is inevitable that power. Therefore, even if the nuclear sector escaped from
any move to induct its history of massive underperformance, nuclear energy as a
viable option does not really start making a substantive diftechnologies like fracking ference until after 2050.
is also likely to elicit
Post-Fukushima Daiichi, direct civil action against
nuclear
plants has become increasingly aggressive. The
strong negative responses
from local stakeholders. Kundakulam plant in Tamil Nadu, in the works since 1988,
may finally be nearing commissioning. But the government
is already looking at alternatives for the Haripur site in West
Bengal, and Jaitapur in Maharashtra has seen violent protests. Mass protests have also stalled and delayed major hydro projects in the country. With
land and water resources being stressed, it is inevitable that any move to induct technologies
like fracking is also likely to elicit strong negative responses from local stakeholders.
226
autonomy to these boards. The role of the Planning Commission and other government
agencies in their operations and business decisions has diminished. Among themselves,
NECs have become highly competitive, making forays into each others turf.
Simultaneously, they are not averse to using their special status to garner state support
against competition. In practice, this has been far more effective at home than abroad. As
an example, the government flirted with serious price reform in the oil sector only once, in
the late 1990s, leading to the complete deregulation of certain petroleum product prices in
April 2002. Refining having been already de-licensed, India for the first time had a surplus
in refined products. Under deregulation, private marketing companies rushed in to set up
retailing infrastructure with an alacrity that captured a 15.2 percent market share in less
than two years.27 However, spiraling oil prices by 2005 brought not just the reintroduction of price controls, but private companies being denied recourse to discounted domestic
crude as well as compensatory government bonds that were available to state marketing
companies. Consequently, private retailers were squeezed out of the market, and the private
refineries focused their attention on the export market.
In a similar fashion, much of the thrust for equity oil abroad is largely driven by the
NECs themselves, which tend to make good political use of the discourse of energy security
in order to get the state to approve their overseas acquisitions. Chinese and Indian National
Oil Companies (NOCs) have been in active competition for resources across the globe. The
isolated examples of cooperation between the two have been in countries like Sudan and
Syria, where they have used each others presence as an insurance against possible international opprobrium.
NECs such as ONGC have thus obtained a few commercially strategic assets in politically fragile and contested countries at a bargain.28 However, in most other projects, the
ONGC has faced stiff international competition, most of it from Chinese companies. While
the argument of energy security comes in handy for obtaining the necessary government
approval, during actual negotiations the ONGC prefers to work directly with the company
floating the offer and the host government rather than through diplomatic channels. This is
largely because oilmen often do not have too much faith in diplomacy and are always wary
of commercial details of the deal becoming available to the public, or worse, to competitors.
ONGC has yet to win a bid where it was not the highest bidder.
With the government struggling to keep prices at the pump in check, the underlying
impetus for the NECs often comes not from concerns from energy security, but rather from
the need to invest cash surpluses and allocate financial resources before they are appropriated as dividends or forced discounts to downstream marketing companies. In this manner,
the behavior of NECs is no different from their private counterparts, which in the face of
regulatory and political risk choose to invest overseas rather than in more risky climes at
home. In fact, for NECs, the risk of appropriation of surpluses by the majority shareholder
(the state) being far higher, they can afford to be more aggressive in bidding for acreage
overseas. More than concerns of energy security, these are the impulses that may have led
227
JOSHI
CRUX OF ASIA
Indian and Chinese NOCs to outbid each other in geographies as diverse as Latin America,
Africa, and Central Asia. It is this aggression, more than state backing, that forces out competition.
However, the aggression has its downside. Overvaluation of assets by the NECs may
have locked them into unprofitable projects, or at least projects that can be viable only if
crude prices were to remain over $100 a barrel.29 Therefore, it remains debatable whether
overseas acquisitions add to national energy security. Very little if any of the oil or gas
produced comes to the home country, and on the rare occasions that it does, it is brought
at internationally traded market prices. As far as their impact on international prices are
concerned, overseas investments by ONGC Videsh Limited consist of nine producing assets, four development projects and nineteen exploration projects. Its total investment of
$5 billion cannot be of much consequence in a global upstream spend that exceeds $450
billion annually.
In fact, oil equity in foreign countries by NECs might just contribute to the overall political risk exposure. How far should India get involved in problems its NECs may face, say,
in case of counterclaims over acreage in the South China Sea?
228
50 percent of Chinas imports, and 75 percent of Japans imports. In 2010, the United States
imported 9.6 million barrels per day (mbpd) of crude oil, of which only 18 percent was imported from the Persian Gulf.33 Quantity-wise, though, this 18 percent (1.7 mbpd) roughly
equals the combined imports of China and India from the Gulf.34 According to the IEA, an
extended closure of the Strait of Hormuz could remove 25 percent of world oil supply from
the market, more than twice the amount during the 1970s oil crises.
However, India has never, at the policy plane, positioned its energy security within
the larger security discussions. The United States spends $32 billion to $72 billion a year
in securing the Persian Gulf.35 There is a perception in the international arena that India
and China have been free-riding on the U.S naval forces both in the Pacific and the Gulf.
Therefore the reluctance of the United States to contribute in the region can lead to vulnerability for two reasons. First, the Indian Navy will need to fill the security void in the Indian
Ocean. Second, China will step up its engagements in the region, sparking what could be a
veritable securitization race.
However, the fact is that there is a substantial degree of interdependence as far as India,
China, and the Gulf Cooperation Council states are concerned. Both India and China have
a mutual interest in keeping the sea lines of communication secure, especially from threats
by non-state actors. That is why the Chinese Navy finally started to cooperate with the
Indian Navy on piracy patrols in the Horn of Africa in 2006.
While the United States may want India to play a more leading role in the Indian Ocean,
India, for its part, is unwilling to be seen as a hedge against perceptions of increasing
Chinese influence in the region. While reluctant to take on the leadership mantle, however,
it is not averse to playing the role of the unobtrusive fulcrum in the Indian Ocean.36 The
initiative on the Indian Ocean Naval Symposiumseeking to encourage maritime cooperation among the littoral statesmust be seen in this light.
Both doctrinally and in preparedness, the Indian Navy proceeds on the assumption that
its energy lifelines are vulnerable. It also has a dedicated Offshore Defense Advisory Group
to look into the safety of offshore installations. Over the years, there has been a steady
increase in its expeditionary capability, a growth that has been nudged to some extent by
growing overseas energy assets.37 However, far beyond the capability aspect lies the bigger
question of what could prompt the use of such force and to what degree. The Indian political leadership has, in general, been risk averse. It is willing to display its prowess in joint
initiatives and multilateral anti-piracy operations but would definitely be wary of expeditionary campaigns to protect assets overseas. Add to this the debate over whether investments overseas should be considered strategic national investments at all. If they are simply
commercial enterprises, then they need to look to the host country rather than the Indian
Navy for their securitization.
229
JOSHI
CRUX OF ASIA
230
JOSHI
1.
Planning Commission, Integrated Energ y Policy: Report of the Expert Group (New Delhi: Government of India,
August 2006), http://planningcommission.nic.in/reports/genrep/rep_intengy.pdf.
2.
Ibid., xxiv.
3.
Ibid., 54.
4.
Ibid., 72.
5.
Planning Commission, Eleventh Five Year Plan: 200712 (New Delhi: Government of India, 2008), http://
planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/welcome.html.
6.
Planning Commission, Faster, Sustainable and More Inclusive Growth: An Approach to the Twelfth Five Year
Plan (New Delhi: Government of India, October 2011), http://planningcommission.gov.in/plans/
planrel/12appdrft/appraoch_12plan.pdf.
7.
8.
Energy elasticity is defined as the ratio of the rate of growth in energy consumption to the rate of growth
of the GDP.
9.
See Arun Prabhudesai, Per Capita Consumption of Electricity in India, Trak.in: India Business Blog, May
21, 2012, http://trak.in/tags/business/2012/05/21/electricity-per-capita-consumption-india-chart.
10. International Energy Agency, World Energ y Outlook (Paris: IEA, 2010).
11. Estimates provided by the Indian Power Producers Association of India.
12. Rajan Gupta, Harihar Shankar, and Sunjoy Joshi, Development, Energy Security and Climate Security:
Indias Converging Goals, Center for Nonlinear Studies, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 2008, http://
cnls.lanl.gov/~rajan/Gupta_orf_writeup_v9.pdf.
13. International Energy Agency, World Energ y Outlook 2011 (Paris: IEA, November 2011).
14. However, there could be a significant easing of coal supplies as well as costs should shale gas production,
following current trends in the United States, lead to a shale gas boom in China as well. The impact of this
on the global energy situation, though potentially substantive, is yet to be studied.
15. Katya B. Naidu, Stranded Power Capacity Awaits Fuel Supply, Business Standard, April 12, 2012, www.
business-standard.com/india/news/stranded-power-capacity-awaits-fuel-supply/470752.
16. Sarita C. Singh, Power Project Developers Allowed to Pass on Fuel Cost to Consumers, Economic Times,
July 12, 2012, http://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/news-by-industry/energy/power/power-projectdevelopers-allowed-to-pass-on-fuel-cost-to-consumers/articleshow/14832013.cms.
17. Estimated at 1241 bcm as of January 4, 2011, by the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government
of India.
18. Observer Research Foundation (ORF), Dash for Gas: Opportunities & Challenges, ORF Policy Brief
no. 13, January 2012, www.observerindia.com/cms/sites/orfonline/modules/policybrief/attachments/
pbrief_13_1328354625828.pdf.
19. Press Trust of India, India Signs TAPI Gas Pipeline Agreement, Business Standard, December 12, 2012,
www.business-standard.com/india/news/india-signs-tapi-gas-pipeline-agreement/417928.
20. Data taken from the Petroleum Planning & Analysis Cell, Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas, Government of India, May 2012, www.ppac.org.in.
21. Attributed to McKinsey. See Press Trust of India, Indias Natural Gas Demand to Double by 2015:
McKinsey, Economic Times, March 22, 2010, http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2010-03-22/
news/28412044_1_mmscmd-gas-demand-city-gas-distribution.
231
NOTES
CRUX OF ASIA
232
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
In light of these perceived challenges, what are your countrys strategic objectives with
regard to preserving its environment? Through what means does your country intend
to achieve these objectives?
Does your country believe that the critical challenges facing the global environment
are best dealt with through independent national solutions, regional organizations,
multilateral negotiations among key states, global negotiations among all states, or the
existing institutions of international governance?
From your countrys perspective, should international environmental agreements have a high degree of
formal obligation?
Does your country consider it necessary to delegate external authority to ensure individual state
compliance with any international environmental agreements?
How does your country balance the drive for economic growth against the health of its
environment? How does your country balance the drive for economic growth against
the health of the global environment?
What does your country perceive as an equitable global outcome for any future
international agreement on climate change?
How does your country balance the historically inequitable contributions of individual states to
climate change against the immediate challenges faced by the international community?
What is your countrys perspective on the tiered system implemented by the Kyoto Protocol?
How does your country perceive the results of the 2009 Copenhagen Climate Change Conference?
The 2011 Durban Climate Change Conference?
If a negotiated climate change treaty regime appeared as a real possibility, what contributions would
your country be willing to make in order to realize it? What parts of its stated position would your
country be willing to compromise on?
CHINAS PERSPECTIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
ZHANG SHIQIU
235
CRUX OF ASIA
quality, control damage to the health and welfare of the public, and respond to international
pressure to take a leading role in global governance, especially as it relates to climate change,
all the while ensuring continued economic growth.6
236
environment will continue to expand in the future, accounting for 2 percent to 2.5 percent
of GDP by 2020.10
Improvements in environmental quality have been observed since the early 2000s.
In 2011, for example, 89 percent of the 325 cities monitored for air quality were able to
achieve the national governments second-grade air-quality standards, compared with only
66 percent in 2001. For the 469 monitored sections of 203 rivers, 39 percent were evaluated
as polluted in 2011. While admittedly an unbecoming number, this is still a large improvement from 2006, when fully 62 percent were determined to be polluted.11 China still
has a long way to go to control incremental pollutant emissions and clean up the accumulated pollution, but these changes point to a brighter future. Moreover, public campaigns to
monitor fine particulate matter since 2011 raised new public concerns and awareness about
accurate measurements of air quality. The impacts of pollution on human health are widely
recognized, and public debate is growing over the price China has paid for blindly pursuing economic growth. Although the methodologies and scales of studies by several scholars
differ, their estimates of the cost of environmental damages are large, accounting for 3
percent to 8 percent of GDP.12
With regard to the immediate global climate challenges to the world community, China
takes seriously the scientific warnings issued by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change. In fact, unlike in the West, there is strong consensus within Chinas scientific community that climate change is real and is already causing acute problems to the environment,
society, and the economy. Likewise, there is general consensus both in the government and
the public that the global climate change crisis is imminent and that China is already suffering from the effects of climate change, as exemplified by the increased frequency of extreme
weather conditions and events such as prolonged droughts and flooding during the past few
years. Although there are skeptics, as in other countries, it is also widely accepted in China
that global warming will continue and in fact become more acute in the long run.
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
needed: 80 percent are in the Yangtze Delta (southeast China), where only 40 percent of
Chinas total cultivated land is located. In contrast, only 12 percent of water resources are
in the northwest, which has 45 percent of Chinas total cultivated land.13 At the same time,
inefficient resource usage across all sectors of the Chinese economy has been targeted as a
key problem area. Although a lot of progress has been made, there remains much room for
improvement.
Another major concern is the rapid growth of consumption and the general trend toward
a consumer-driven economy. The number of vehicles in some of the major cities in China,
for example, is growing at an annual rate of 30 percent, which has resulted not only in traffic
congestion but also pollutant emissions and other greenhouse gases. The level and patterns of
consumption are important driving forces that will determine
the environmental trajectory of China and indeed the world
If China is to ensure in the coming years. Notwithstanding Chinas commitment
continued economic to reducing its carbon dioxide intensity, the total emission of
greenhouse gases is projected to continue to rise in the near
growth at a lower level of future along with the income and consumption of Chinese
environmental and social citizens. In addition to these concerns, poverty alleviation
costs, a concrete, large- in China is still a major socioeconomic challenge, as 26.9
scale strategy needs to be million Chinese in rural areas still lived in poverty in 2010
(the number jumps to 128 million if the newly introduced
adopted quickly. poverty line of less than $1 per day is used). The cost of
pollution has fallen disproportionately on the shoulders of
the poor and on less powerful groups.
If China is to meet these challenges and ensure continued economic growth at a lower
level of environmental and social costs, a concrete, large-scale strategy needs to be adopted
quickly. There is a particularly acute need for Chinas energy sector to make a transition
toward low-carbon and renewable sources. Doing so would enable China to better tackle
multifaceted challenges: national security, economic competitiveness, energy access for all,
and commitment to address global climate change.
238
a way to create a sustainable developed economy, a wealthy and harmonious society, and an
eco-friendly civilization.
China has developed comprehensive regulatory and policy frameworks to deal with environmental issues. The Ministry of Environmental Protection and National Development
and Reform Commission are the key authorities responsible for developing strategies and
policies for domestic environmental and climate change issues. In addition, the National
Environmental Protection and Resources Conservation Commission under the National
Peoples Congress is responsible for formulating laws and regulations regarding resource
conservation and environmental protection.
In addition to specific legislation, regulatory systems, and policy developments, the
government has devoted considerable effort to promoting political messages to the public regarding national strategic thinking on the environment and on the development of
environmental campaigns both in the private and public sectors. In 1992, for example,
the concept of sustainable development was introduced as one of the national development strategies. Since then, other environmentally motivated concepts and ideas have been
strongly underscored and disseminated by the government, including cleaner production,
circular economy, scientific development, green GDP, harmonious society, resource
conservation, environmentally friendly society, low carbon and green economy, and so
on. Although one may argue that these are soft approaches to the underlying problems
and that they lack binding mechanisms, the fact remains that they reflect high-level policy
thinking and the political commitment of the Chinese government to balance environmental protection, global climate change, and economic development.
Furthermore, China has developed a set of national hard targets to implement those
strategies. When China developed its Eleventh Five Year Plan (20062010), for instance,
it placed environmental and resource constraints on economic growth for the first time.
Specifically, it promulgated that annual economic growth of 7 percent could be achieved
only after improving energy efficiency by 20 percent and reducing total pollutant emissions
(sulfur dioxide, chemical oxygen demand) by 10 percent between 2005 and 2010. In 2009,
in the context of international talks to combat climate change, China announced its target
to further reduce carbon dioxide emissions per unit of GDP by 40 percent to 45 percent
by 2020 from their 2005 levels (the intensity target). Such efforts are scheduled to continue
during the Twelfth Five Year Plan (20112015).
239
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
In order to address such problems, on May 30, 2007, the State Council of China approved Chinas National Climate Change Program. The 62-page action plan details the policies and measures China will take to mitigate the effects of, and adapt to, climate change.
Several important policies and action plans have been published since then. Such government actions show the strong political commitment to responding to global climate change.
They also imply that China has made global climate change a top priority in its overall
environmental and development objectives.
China has been actively involved in the global climate change talks since the 2009 UN
conference in Copenhagen. Chinas official statement after those talks was affirmative and
focused more on the constructive side of the Copenhagen Accord. China believes that it
reflected the political willingness of all parties to address climate change, that it strongly
reconfirmed the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities, and that it followed the mandate of the Bali Action Plan established in 2007, with the two tracks under
the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Kyoto Protocol
as the foundation for next rounds of negotiation. Meanwhile, China also highly touted the
Copenhagen Accord for achieving some consensus among the parties and for clarifying the
direction for future negotiations.
As for the UN Climate Change Conference in Durban in 2011, Chinas position was more
focused on the balanced outcomes, including the establishment of an ad hoc working group
on the Durban Platform for Enhanced Action process for a new global deal, the second commitment period under the Kyoto Protocol, and the operation of the Green Climate Fund. Generally speaking, China
The scale and intensity believes that the Durban outcomes are acceptable but not
sufficiently satisfying, meaning that China could join the new
of Chinas environmental deal in 2020 when its conditions are satisfied. To China, the
problems overall are disappointing aspect of the Durban negotiation was that the
arguably greater than in outcomes succeeded only in avoiding the abandonment of
any country in the world. Kyoto. The goals of the second Kyoto Protocol commitment
period are less than ambitious; more countries are withdrawing, and those staying within the framework are merely sticking to their previous commitments in the original protocol.
China recognizes the huge imbalance and inequity of historical emissions, and it is a
core focus of Chinas negotiation strategy. As for the approaches to balance and fairness,
China strongly insists that the international climate negotiation, the outcome of the Durban
process, or any new global climate deal fully reflect the historical responsibility of developed
countries for climate change and the real needs of developing countries for sustainable
development. Such demands have already been endorsed by the UNFCCC, the commonly
accepted platform and the international law to address climate change.
China strongly insists that the UNFCCC and its Kyoto Protocol are the legal basis and
fundamental framework for international cooperation to address climate change in any
240
future global climate deal. The newly established Durban process is expected to develop a
protocol, another legal instrument, or an agreed-upon outcome with legal force under the
UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, to be applicable to all countries that are
parties to the agreement. China expects this to be conducted under the convention and in
full accordance with all its principles and provisions, in particular the principles of equity
and common but differentiated responsibilities, and its outcome to form an integrated part
of the convention.
China insists that Kyoto 2.0 is necessary, in which developed countries adopt more aggressive emission reduction commitments, while developing countries implement nationally
appropriate mitigation actions, as required by the Bali Action Plan. China believes that such
an arrangement is a good way to balance the historical emission inequity and the urgent
need to deal with climate change. As a result, China and other developing countries worked
together in Durban to prolong the life of the Kyoto Protocol beyond 2012. They are also
working together to develop a strong and legally binding Kyoto 2.0 that covers a period up
to 2020. For the next step, China conditionally committed to accept a new global climate
deal applicable to all parties after 2020.
In the next phase of the negotiation process, China may become more active in providing its own proposals for a new global climate deal, particularly in sharing its views on the
Durban process and any related issues. Some concrete proposals are being advanced by leading advisers on how China can contribute to a new global deal, particularly when China is
ready to shoulder some emission reduction targets. Almost all of these proposals are utilizing
the equity principle based on historical per capita emission. If the developed countries are
willing to shoulder their responsibilities for their share of historical emissions, China, too,
would be morally constrained to directly face its future emissions and try harder to carry out
domestic policies for industrial restructuring and upgrade.
China supports an enforcement mechanism that is managed by an international legal
authority or at least guided by meaningful rules to ensure compliance. This stance was also
reflected in the statement issued by ministers of China, India, Brazil, and South Africa in
July 2012, in which the major emerging economies urged a common accounting rule for
actions taken by developed countries.
It is not surprising that Chinas core interests are related to the principle of common
but differentiated responsibilities, that is, how the historical responsibilities are treated,
and how future emissions will be treated (for example, the absence of emission caps at least
until 2020 with a preferred date of 2025 or even 2030). It is likely that in the near future
other less-developed countries will be asking for a principle similar to what todays emerging
economies such as China are seeking.
Although arguments and negotiations will continue, and there is no clear answer as to
whether China would sign an international environmental treaty with a high degree of formal obligation. China is open to and welcomes any form of platform for communication,
discussion, and debate, whether it be bilateral, regional, or multilateral. China understands
241
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
the essence of climate change and believes that international cooperation is indispensable
to addressing such a global challenge for global commons. That is why China supports
addressing the problem mainly through the multilateral legal platform of the existing UN
framework convention. Chinas expression of interests for joining a post-2020 global deal
further reflects the countrys position on international agreement. In the meantime, China
is constantly calling for developed countries to demonstrate the political will to increase
their environmental ambitions under Kyoto and the UNFCC by explicitly enunciating their
national obligations to address climate change concerns.
242
of breakneck development in China will increase the risk to human health and well-being.
This implies a possible future need for huge public expenditures and compensation funds. A
great effort funded by public money will be needed to clean up and control existing pollution, while at the same time there will be an urgent need to respond to health risks and lost
income due to pollution in the name of serving environmental justice.
Fourth, China must develop an integrated response to global, regional, and local environmental challenges. Climate change is both a global environmental issue and a developmental issue. As discussed above, China is the biggest emitter of greenhouse gases. It must
also urgently alleviate the poverty experienced by its massive population in order to address
severe local environmental issues. Separation of the issues will affect the sustainable future
development of China and will also have a negative impact on the rest of the world.
The fifth and final challenge is striking a balance between the demand for higher standards of living and the need to control pollution. The daily life of increasingly affluent Chinese consumers has already become a major source of pollution, albeit still low in per capita
terms by the standards of developed countries. It is important for China to implement
policies that can precipitate consumption patterns that are both environmentally responsible
and climate-changefriendly before it is too late.
NOTES
1.
National Bureau of Statistics of China, China Statistical Year Book 2011 (Beijing: China Statistics Press, 2011).
2.
National Bureau of Statistics of China, Progress Since New Century, August 15, 2012, www.stats.gov.cn/
tjfx/ztfx/sbdcj/t20120815_402827873.htm.
3.
4.
5.
International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Economic and Financial Surveys: World Economic Outlook
Database, April 2012, www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2012/01/weodata/index.aspx.
6.
Zhang Shiqiu, Environment: Reconciling Nature and Development, Global Asia 5, no. 2 (Summer 2010):
4045.
7.
China Reiterates It Remains Worlds No 2 Energy User, China Daily, August 12, 2010, www.chinadaily.
com.cn/business/2010-08/12/content_11141970.htm.
8.
Ministry of Environmental Protection, China Meets Pollution Control Targets for 20062010, August
30, 2011, http://english.sepa.gov.cn/News_service/media_news/201108/t20110830_216706.htm.
9.
Ministry of Environmental Protection, 12th 5 Year Plan for Environmental Protection (Beijing: Environmental
Science Press, 2011).
10. Zhang Shiqiu, Promoting Economic Development by Enhancing Green Governance, paper submitted
to Secretariat and Chief Advisors Joint Working Meeting, China Council for International Cooperation on
Environment and Development (CCICED), 2012.
11. Ministry of Environmental Protection of China, 2011 Report on the State of the Environment in China.
243
ZHANG
CRUX OF ASIA
12. Ma Zhong, Zhang Shiqiu, et al., Introduction to Economics of Environment and Natural Resources (Beijing: Higher
Education Press, 2006).
13. Ministry of Land and Resources of China, Report of Press Conference of April 22, 2012; China Academy
of Sciences, China Sustainable Development Strateg y Report 2010 (Beijing: China Science Press, 2011).
14. This section is cited from Zhang Shiqiu, Environment: Reconciling Nature and Development, Global
Asia 5, no. 2 (Summer 2010): 4045.
244
INDIAS PERSPECTIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
LIGIA NORONHA
245
CRUX OF ASIA
issue, as many observers now see them, is the tension between the continued ascendancy
of the growth imperative and the expansion of environmentally destructive growth, more
consumerist lifestyles, increased corporate reach, and the commodification of key basic
resources. While the idea that the environment cannot be improved in conditions of poverty
is still dominant, the perception of environmental challenges is beginning to change with
changes in conditions of poverty and wealth.
Most scholars and policymakers in India place challenges to local environmental quality
(air, water, land) at the highest significance, followed by threats to natural resources (forests,
wildlife), and finally global environmental problems (climate
change, biodiversity, ozone). Long-run trends are perceived
While the idea that the to make these challenges more difficult. For example, numerous development trends that are on the risehighways,
environment cannot be hydropower projects, power and telecom lines, mining,
improved in conditions of large-scale agriculture, plantations, wind energy farms, and
poverty is still dominant, urbanizationthreaten biodiversity-rich regions such as the
the perception of Western Ghats and coastal ecosystems. In rural areas, indoor
air pollution due to the use of dirty fuels and the absence of
environmental challenges clean water and sanitation stress the health and well-being
is beginning to change with of women and children, due to their greater exposure to
changes in conditions of indoor fumes. In most urban areas, monitoring studies show
poverty and wealth. that levels of suspended particulate matter are considerably
higher than the acceptable level as per the National Ambient
Air Quality Standards. Transport is a significant and growing
source of air pollution in cities; vehicles and construction
activities are sources of noise pollution; waste management is poor due to low compliance
with storage, segregation, and collection laws; waste processing and setting up of landfills is
dismal. There is also growing electronic waste. Water is expected to be the next big resource
crisis. Due to poor quality and declining availability of surface and groundwater, availability is inexorably approaching scarcity benchmarks and wastewater treatment is limited.
For example, more than 70 percent of wastewater in Indias Class I and II cities remains
untreated.2 Conservative estimates by the Energy and Resources Institute in 2010 suggest
that environmental degradation takes a toll of about 4 percent of Indias GDP (morbidity
due to unclean air and water, productivity loss due to degraded land and forests) and more
than 800,000 premature deaths (due to air and water pollution).3 In 2011, the cost of environmental damage from resource-intensive manufacturing was estimated at $32 billion.4
But the links among environmental quality, material use, public health, and quality of life
are still not well understood in India, giving rise to a debate built around contestation and
conflict rather than one focusing on the quality of growth.
246
NORONHA
Views on strategic objectives with regard to preserving the environment stretch from
those who see it as very much linked to growth objectives, for example, as: conservation
of the natural resource base through decreased material intensity of production, enhancing
access of the poor to natural resources on which their livelihoods depend, enhanced energy
security, and addressing pollution from diverse sources5that is, green growth strategies, to
those who believe that there are no strategic objectives at all with regard to the environment.
They hold that if there are any responses to environmental concerns, these are idiosyncratic, driven by an NGO campaign here and a crusading minister there.6 The establishment
of the Western Ghats Ecology Experts Panel by the Ministry of Environment and Forests in
2010 in response to calls by civil society is one such example of strategic action to take stock
of the state of the environment in this biodiversity hot spot and seek ways to protect it. It
was an important step in seeking to rebalance growth and environmental objectives. The
report of the panel, though submitted in August 2011, was kept out of the public domain
until the end of May 2012, because the ministry was of the view that the disclosure of the
report at this stage would prejudicially affect the economic interests of India7 as it recommended that some environmentally degrading development activities, such as mining and
large hydropower and coal thermal power plants, not be allowed in the most ecologically
sensitive areas of the Western Ghats. It is evident that the political class and the bureaucracy
itself increasingly see the environment as a secondary objective to growth, in fact as a threat
to growth. Still, civil society is making growing demands to moderate or alter the strategies
and quality of growth to accommodate environmental concerns.
With the growth story becoming somewhat shaky in recent months, we will perhaps see
the former trumping the latter in public debates, to the further detriment of the environment. A more strategic approach would be to recognize the importance of environmental
stewardship for an improved quality of life and long-term growth potential. The Twelfth
Five Plan approach documents do suggest that this may indeed be the case.8 The Working
Group on Effectively Integrating Industrial Growth and Environmental Sustainability advocates that India should aim to achieve what it called rapid ecologically sustainable industrial
growth. This, it argues, would require a transformation by manufacturing companies toward
green manufacturing and the adoption of environmental sustainability practices.
India has extensive and robust command and control measures to address environmental
concerns. Enforcement in India to date, however, has been poor. The use of market-based
regulations to penalize and incentivize are seen as ways to address some of the causes of
this regulatory deficit. Use of such instruments to control pollution in India, however, has
been limited generally to subsidies for pollution control equipment and rebates on water
cess. More recently, innovations such as tradable renewable energy certificates, the Perform,
Achieve and Trade scheme, and energy-efficiency certificates have been introduced to create markets for clean energy, reward performance, and incentivize energy change toward
247
CRUX OF ASIA
reduced fossil fuel use. A coal tax of INR 50 per metric tonne, whether the coal is produced
in India or imported, has been levied with a view not to reduce coal use but to create a
fund to support renewable energy. A number of fiscally supported programs, mostly centrally sponsored, exist, as do programs to increase public awareness. In 2009, the Thirteenth
Finance Commission provided strategic grants to incentivize states to improve environmental performance for forest conservation; for generation of grid electricity from renewable
sources; and for establishment of an independent regulatory mechanism for the water sector
and improved maintenance of irrigation networks as part of its recommendations to manage ecology, environment and climate change consistent with sustainable development.9
248
energy consumption inequalities continue, then Hiding behind the Poor might become a
reality.12 However, it would be unfair, and even wrong, to assume that India is not aware of
its future responsibilities; there is, in fact, a concerted action to use clean energy and reduce
fossil fuel use, although the primary driver is to reduce energy dependence on imported
fossil fuels rather than to address the climate conundrum. Given that such a strategy also
reduces emissions, it is seen as a co-benefit. The case for advancing such co-benefits to center
stage in Indias climate strategy is growing.
Global negotiations among all states are perceived as the way to address critical challenges facing the global environment. In general, the perception is that a global problem
requires a global solution, developed through existing international institutions (such as the
United Nations) that adhere to principles of equity and justice. The principles would be
more important than the specific institutional mechanism. India has been very active in all
the international forums relating to environmental protection and has signed almost all the
multilateral agreements relating to the environment: more than 500 active agreements and
memorandums of understanding, ten global agreements on nature conservation, five dealing
with hazardous material, four relating to atmospheric emissions, and one relating to the
marine environment.13
Despite this very obvious global engagement, another imperative linked with climate
change lurks in the wings. And while the rhetoric here is about global negotiations among
all states in order to reach an equitable burden-sharing agreement, given that this outcome
is politically unlikely, some observers believe that independent national solutions will be
the way forward. Indeed, actions at the UN Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen
(2009) and Cancun (2010) seemed to veer around national solutions. This changed again
after Durban (2011), and the national stand has shifted back again to support multilateral
processes, guided by principles of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. The
official position on this is that there was no change in stand, only in points of focus. Thus
Copenhagen was about advancing voluntary efforts by indicating domestic mitigation goals
and transparency arrangements, while Cancun merely formalized this. Durban was about
launching a process for arrangements post-2020.14
With regard to international environmental governance, India believes there is a case for
working with existing institutions of international environmental governance, and improving their efficiency and effectiveness. In case of the UN Environment Program (UNEP),
Indias view is not to transform it into some supranational organization, but to support
the augmentation of its financial resources and strengthening its programmatic mandate
as an implementing agency. UNEPs role, India argues, has to be strengthened in terms of
capacity building, science-policy interface, technical support, and knowledge management
to facilitate country-level initiatives.15 In general, there is not much appetite in India for
supranational institutions. As Shyam Saran, the former secretary of the Ministry of External
Affairs and the prime ministers special envoy on climate change, puts it, The global dimension is a bigger challenge, because governance needs to be exercised without a global govern-
249
NORONHA
CRUX OF ASIA
ment. In the latter case, recent experience indicates that formal institutions and regimes,
such as the United Nations and its specialized agencies, have become less important, while
informal principles and practices as well as institutions are playing a more influential role
in the setting of norms and standards. The G20 summit is an example. Mapping this entire
complex of formal and informal global regimes and monitoring their evolution in response
to a rapidly changing international environment have become urgent necessities.16
Whether or not international environmental agreements having a high degree of formal
obligation will be acceptable to Indian policymakers is not clear. With sovereignty being
an overriding concern in India, some believe that such arrangements will not be welcome.
However, there is another view that India may be open to such agreements provided they
are based on widely accepted principles of equity. In the run-up to the 2012 Rio+20 negotiations on an institutional framework on sustainable development, India supported a
distributed governance. India believes that the UN system has all the institutions required
to promote sustainable development; what is missing is effective coordination and cooperation. The principles of subsidiarity and bottom-up decisionmaking are emerging as important, as is the need to create mechanisms for the mainstreaming of sustainable development
concerns in sectoral policies, greater coherence among ministries, support for education for
sustainable development, a role for civil society in taking the process to the grassroots level,
and strengthening the capacities of local governments.
The question of delegation to external authority, however, is seen to be extremely problematic, owing to the need to ensure equity in governance of such authority. India does not
perceive a need for some sort of external authority to enforce state compliance. In fact, the
general view is that India complies not only with all the international agreements that it is
party to, but also with agreements such as the Non-Proliferation Treaty that it is not party to.
250
development bias toward the present and near term; development choices benefit the few
while not sufficientlyvery often not at allengaging with the rights of and impacts on
marginal groups and communities affected by these choices (extractive industries, such as
mining, oil and gas; hydroelectric projects; and special economic zones, to name but a few).
Perhaps we need to revisit the speech of Mrs. Gandhi, in which she also says, We should
reorder our priorities and move away from the model which seems to have given a higher
place to things rather than to persons and which has increased our wants rather than our
enjoyment.19
Indias domestic policies toward improving the environment took off after the Bhopal
gas tragedy in 1984. A greater impetus took place after the 1992 Earth Summit. In the
1990s, many new environmental laws and regulations were enacted. Policies were designed
as per the agreements to address the challenges. In 2002, India reaffirmed its commitment
to sustainable development at the World Summit on Sustainable Development at Johannesburg. The country adopted a National Environment Policy in 2006 to ensure that economic growth proceeds in an environmentally responsible manner. Despite these efforts,
improving the environment has not always been smooth sailing, and poor enforcement
has led to several serious clashes on the ground. As Jairam Ramesh put it when he was the
environment minister, Industry has assumed that somehow these laws can be managed,
and governments, too, have not insisted that the laws be implemented both in letter and
spirit.
With regard to the balancing of economic growth with global environmental health,
many of the national policies and regulations (such as the National Environment Policy,
forest conservation act, biodiversity act, and ozone regulations), regulatory arrangements
around clean energy, and publicly funded programs such as the National Solar Mission and
nuclear programs seek to address development imperatives while taking into account global
environment concerns. But there is also an underlying view that India cannot moderate its
growth for the sake of global environmental concerns; rather, the view is that it is Indias
turn to grow and it is the duty of the world to create ecological space for that growth. As
one commentator puts it: to moderate growth for global harms would be to sanction squatters rights by the north.
251
NORONHA
CRUX OF ASIA
problems; and poor countries must be enabled to develop under a global regime of carbon
limitation by countries that have become rich through their past emissions.20
India does not see the historically inequitable contributions of individual states to climate change and the immediate challenges faced by the international community as issues
that can be separated from one another. The view in India is that it is necessary to address
the former as an equitable way to deal with the latter. Allocations of carbon space to countries must reflect their respective historical emissions from
the start of the Industrial Revolution. The tiered system
India does not see the under the Kyoto Protocol is perceived as appropriate, given
that historic responsibility is the basis for this. The blip on
historically inequitable
this common but differentiated responsibility posture was
contributions of individual witnessed in Indias stand at the climate change conference
states to climate change in Copenhagen in 2009, which evoked mixed feelings in In21
and the immediate dia. While Ramesh was reportedly happy with the outcome
and is quoted in the Financial Times as saying, My mandate
challenges faced by the was to protect Indias right to development Indias right
international community to faster economic growth, Prime Minister Manmohan
as issues that can be Singh, speaking the following month, said nations made
separated from limited progress at Copenhagen and that no one was satisfied with the outcome.
one another.
The politics of negotiations and the ingrained belief in
historical responsibility for the problem of climate change,
followed by an absence by parts of the developed world,
such as North America, in seriously addressing the need to reduce its own carbon emissions,
has kept most of the climate change debate in India in the foreign policy realm and centered
on climate negotiations.22 As climate change impacts are beginning to be perceived and the
realization is emerging that India needs to start mainstreaming climate concerns into development for the sake of its own people, attention to an integration of the global and national
policy arenas is increasing. This is beginning in the context of the energy sector. Reducing
fossil fuel use to decrease import dependence and the energy security implications involves
measures and actions that in fact have positive carbon mitigation implications.23 The focus
as of now has been to make this a domestic policy agenda. An emerging view is that India
could, in the future, agree to such co-benefits based on actions in international negotiationsactions that shift development paths in low-carbon directions, provided these are
defined internally.24 But there is as yet no consensus on this in India. The other end of the
spectrum is that India would consider any reasonable climate change treaty, so long as it is
equitable, and does not seek another century of a world divided into rich and poor.
Given the dire conditions that climate change threatens, India sees development as its
own safety net, its best adaptive and coping option. This belief is reinforced because it perceives that being rich and developed makes these parts of the world indifferent to respon-
252
NORONHA
sibly and urgently addressing this impending catastrophe. The United States walked away
from addressing a global problem by not becoming a party to the Kyoto Protocol. It also
set an example for high per capita emitter countries; Australia was not party to the protocol
until 2007, and Canada signed on to the protocol but did little toward meeting its obligations and formally abandoned the protocol in 2011. While the developing worlds repeating
the behavior of the developed world is indeed a recipe for mutually assured destruction, a
culture of responsibility is key to improved positions.
Special thanks to Navroz K. Dubash, Prodipto Ghosh, Anand Patwardhan,
and Amrita Narayan Achanta for their views.
1.
Indira Gandhi, Life Is One and the World Is One, Proceedings of the Only One Earth, UN Conference on the Human Environment, Stockholm, June 1516, 1972, 18, www.unlibrary-nairobi.org/PDFs/
Only_one_earth.pdf.
2.
Class I towns are those with populations greater than 100,000; Class II are those with populations of less
than 100,000 and greater than 50,000.
3.
Divya Datt and Shilpa Nischal, Looking Back to Change Track, 9th ed. (New Delhi: TERI, 2010).
4.
Planning Commission, Report of the Working Group on Effectively Integrating Industrial Growth and
Environmental Sustainability, Twelfth Five Year Plan (20122017), Government of India, 2011, http://
planningcommission.gov.in/aboutus/committee/wrkgrp12/wg_es0203.pdf.
5.
Personal communication with Prodipto Ghosh. former secretary, Ministry of Environment and Forests.
6.
Personal communication with Navroz Dubash, senior fellow, Center for Policy Research, New Delhi,
India.
7.
8.
See, for example, Planning Commission, Report of the Working Group on Effectively Integrating Industrial Growth and Environmental Sustainability.
9.
Government of India, Report of the 13th Finance Commission (20102015), volume I, chapter 12, December 2009, www.indiainfoline.com/Budget/Budget-Highlights/Report-of-the-13th-Finance-Commission/482174.
253
NOTES
CRUX OF ASIA
15. Government of India, National Inputs of India for Rio +20, Member State Submission Document for
Rio+20, October 28, 2011, www.uncsd2012.org/content/documents/49NationalInputs_ofIndia_forRio20.
pdf.
16. Shyam Saran, Changing Climates of Governance, Business Standard, February 15, 2012, http://businessstandard.com/india/news/shyam-saran-changing-climatesgovernance/464661.
17. Jairam Ramesh, The Two Cultures Revisited: Some Reflections on the Environment-Development
Debate in India, 11th ISRO-JNCASR Satish Dhawan Memorial Lecture, September 28, 2010,
Jawaharlal Nehru Centre for Advanced Scientific Research, Bangalore, http://xa.yimg.com/kq/
groups/15336487/1414184607/name/The+two+cultures+revisited+-+Some+reflections+on+the+environ
ment-development+debate+in+India.pdf.
18. Personal communication with Anand Patwardhan, Professor, IIT, Mumbai.
19. Gandhi, Life Is One and the World Is One, 18.
20. Personal communication with Prodipto Ghosh.
21. Ligia Noronha, Inconclusive Outcomes, Uncertain Futures, Climate Change Conundrum: A Symposium
on Global Efforts Towards Sustainability in Development, India Seminar no. 606, February 2010, www.
india-seminar.com/2010/606/606_ligia_noronha.htm.
22. Navroz K. Dubash, Climate Politics in India: Three Narratives, in Dubash ed., Handbook of Climate
Change and India, 197207.
23. TERI, Building an Energ y Secure Future for India: In Consultation with Stakeholders (New Delhi: TERI, 2010).
24. Personal communication with Navroz Dubash.
254
CONTRIBUTORS
India Private Limited based in New Delhi. He heads General Dynamics corporate operations in India and is also responsible for guiding many General Dynamics business units
interested in operating in the Indian defense market. In addition to his work in the defense
sector, Bhattacharjee is a widely recognized expert on cybersecurity, critical infrastructure
protection, and data protection issues. He has also been a member of key industry and
governmental forums on the topic. He is a well-known speaker and columnist and writes on
security and technology policy issues, with more than 200 published articles and essays on
global Internet governance and cybersecurity issues.
S U N J OY JOSHI worked with the Indian Administrative Service for over twenty-five years,
before seeking early retirement in 2009 to pursue his primary interests in energy and the en-
255
vironment. Currently he is the director of the Observer Research Foundation in New Delhi,
and he continues to write about and research Indias energy needs and the interplay of those
needs with the narratives on development and climate change.
A N S HUM AN KHA NNA is a director in the International Affairs Division of the Federation
S R I K A NTH KONDAPALLI is a professor of Chinese Studies at Jawaharlal Nehru University. His education in India and China focused on Chinese studies. He studied Chinese at
Beijing Language and Culture University and was a postdoctoral visiting fellow at Peoples
University, Beijing from 19961998. He was a visiting professor at National Chengchi
University, Taipei in 2004, a visiting fellow at the China Institute of Contemporary International Relations, Beijing, in May 2007, an honorary professor at Shandong University,
Jinan, in 2009 and 2011, and a fellow at the Salzburg Global Seminar in 2010. He received
the K. Subramanyam Award in 2010 for Excellence in Research in Strategic and Security
Studies. He has published two books, two monographs, edited three volumes, and written
several articles in edited books and in national and international journals and newspapers.
R A J I V KUM AR , an economist and the author of several books, joined the Federation of
Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI) as director general in October 2010
and became secretary general in May 2011. Prior to FICCI, he was director and chief
executive of the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations. He is
a member of the International Advisory Council of the King Abdullah Petroleum Studies and Research Center in Riyadh. Kumar was also a member of Indias National Security
Advisory Board in 20062008 and has been a nonexecutive director on the Central Board
of the State Bank of India since August 2012. He has also held posts at the Indian Institute
of Foreign Trade; in Indias Bureau of Industrial Costs and Prices; in the Ministry of Industry; and the Ministry of Finance; at the Asian Development Bank; and at the Confederation
of Indian Industry. He has a PhD in economics from Oxford University and a PhD from
Lucknow University. Kumars latest book is Many Futures of India, and he is a columnist in
leading business dailies.
256
LI B I N is a senior associate working jointly in the Nuclear Policy Program and Asia Pro-
gram at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. A physicist and expert on nuclear
disarmament, he focuses his research on Chinas nuclear and arms control policy and U.S.Chinese nuclear relations. Li is also a professor of International Relations at Tsinghua University, where he was the founding director of the arms control program at the Institute of
International Studies. In 1996, Li joined the Chinese delegation on the Comprehensive Test
Ban Treaty negotiations. He is the author of Arms Control Theories and Analysis and co-editor
of Strategy and Security: A Technical View. Li has also been published in numerous academic
journals, including the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, Arms Control Today, Janes Intelligence
Review, and Science & Global Security.
lations (CICIR) in Beijing. Since 1991, she has specialized in Middle East studies, American studies, and South Asian studies. She is currently the deputy director of the Institute of
South and South-East Asian and Oceanian Studies at CICIR. Between 2004 and 2008, she
conducted research on Chinese-Indian relations at the School of International Studies at
Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU) in India. In January 2008, she was awarded a doctorate
in international relations by that university. She has written extensively on India and South
Asia, Middle Eastern politics, and U.S. relations with the Islamic world. She is the author
of Security Perception and China-India Relations (New Delhi: KW Publishers, 2009) and
many papers and articles, both in Chinese and in English.
S E A N MI RSKI served as a junior fellow (20112012) in the Carnegie South Asia Program,
where he worked on Asian security affairs. He is currently in his first year at Harvard Law
School. Mirski is the author of a forthcoming article in the Journal for Strategic Studies on
the military balance in East Asia. Prior to joining Carnegie, he received his masters and
bachelors degrees with honors from the University of Chicago.
C . R A J A M OHAN heads the strategic studies program at the Observer Research Foundation, New Delhi. His main research interests are Indias foreign and defense policies, South
Asias international relations, arms control, Asian security, and the global order. Mohan is
a non-resident senior associate at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, and a
visiting research professor at the Institute of South Asian Studies, Singapore. He was Henry
A. Kissinger Chair in Foreign Policy and International Relations at the Library of Congress
from 2009 to 2010. He is currently serving on Indias National Security Advisory Board.
His book, Samudra Manthan: Sino-Indian Rivalry in the Indo-Pacific was published by the
Carnegie Endowment in 2012.
L I GI A N O RONHA is the executive director (research coordination) and the director of the
Resources, Regulation, and Global Security Division at the Energy and Resources Institute
257
(TERI) in India. Her research focuses on sustainability and security issues. She has worked
and written on issues relating to energy and resource security, ecosystem approaches to
human health, climate change, coastal policy, responsible mining, resource federalism, and
environmental governance. She has served and is currently serving on several state, national,
and international committees and councils.
S R I NATH RA GHAVAN is a senior fellow at Center for Policy Research in New Delhi. He is
the author of War and Peace in Modern India: A Strategic History of the Nehru Years and one
of the co-authors of Nonalignment 2.0: A Foreign Strategic Policy for India in the Twenty First
Century.
New Delhi. He is also a visiting senior research fellow at the Institute of Southeast Asian
Studies (ISEAS), in Singapore since 2006. His research areas include politico-strategic
developments in the Indian Ocean, Asia Pacific security, Arctic politics, and maritime and
naval developments. He is the author of Asian Maritime Power in the 21st Century: Strategic
TransactionsChina, India and Southeast Asia (2011), Confidence Building from the Sea:
An Indian Initiative (2001) and Politico-Strategic Developments in the Arctic (forthcoming).
Sakhuja is also editor of IndiaVietnam Strategic Partnership: Exploring Vistas for Expanded
Cooperation (2011), Reinvigorating IOR-ARC (2011), Fisheries Exploitation in the Indian
Ocean: Threats and Opportunities (co-edited with D. Rumley and S. Chaturvedi, [2010]),
and Nagapattinam to Suvarnadwipa: Reflections on the Chola Naval Expeditions to Southeast
Asia (co-edited with Hermann Kulke and K. Kesavapany [2009]).
is the executive dean of Fudan Universitys Institute of International Studies and director
of the Center for American Studies. He co-founded and directs Chinas first non-government-based Program on Arms Control and Regional Studies at Fudan. Shen has taught
international security, Chinese-U.S. relations, and Chinese foreign policy in China, the
United States, and the Semester at Sea program. His research and publications cover
Chinese-U.S. security relations, regional security and international strategy, arms control
and nonproliferation, and the foreign and defense policies of China and the United States.
He is vice president of the Chinese Association of South Asian Studies, the Shanghai Association of International Studies, the Shanghai Institute of International Strategic Studies,
and the Shanghai Association of American Studies. He received his PhD in physics from
Fudan in 1989 and conducted postdoctoral research in arms control at Princeton University from 1989 to 1991. He was an Eisenhower Fellow in 1996, and in 2002 he advised
then UN Secretary General Kofi Annan on strategic planning for his second term. He is on
the Global Council of the Asia Society, and was appointed by the municipality of Shanghai
as Shanghais Conference Ambassador.
258
T. P. SR E ENI VASAN is former Indian ambassador and former deputy chief of mission at
the Embassy of India, Washington, DC. Currently, he is the executive vice chairman of the
Kerala State Higher Education Council with the rank of vice chancellor, director general of
the Kerala International Centre, and a member of the National Security Advisory Board.
He has held several crucial diplomatic positions around the world. He writes for several
Indian and foreign publications and broadcasts a weekly television show on international
affairs.
TAN G L A N , vice director of the Institute of Information and Social Development, China
Institutes of Contemporary International Relations(CICIR), specializes in cybersecurity,
cyberwarfare, cyberterrorism, and cybercrime strategy and policy. She was assigned as the
experts representative of the Chinese government to take part in the London Conference
on Cyberspace held in December 2011 and the Budapest Conference on Cyberspace held in
October 2012. She is one of the sponsors and a leading member of the Track Two Sino-U.S.
Cybersecurity Dialogue launched by CICIR and CSIS (Center for Strategic and International Studies) and held seven times since 2009.
A S HLE Y J . TELLI S is a senior associate at the Carnegie Endowment for International
Peace, specializing in international security, defense, and Asian strategic issues. While on assignment at the U.S. Department of State as senior adviser to the undersecretary of state for
political affairs, he was intimately involved in negotiating the civil nuclear agreement with
India. Previously he was commissioned into the foreign service and served as senior adviser to the ambassador at the U.S. Embassy in New Delhi. He also served on the National
Security Council staff as special assistant to the president and as senior director for Strategic
Planning and Southwest Asia.
WA N G JI SI is dean of the School of International Studies and director of the Center for
International and Strategic Studies at Peking University. He has been a member of the Foreign Policy Advisory Committee of the Foreign Ministry of China since October 2008 and
honorary president of the Chinese Association for American Studies since 2010. He is currently a global scholar at Princeton University. Wangs scholarly interests cover U.S. foreign
policy, Chinese foreign relations, and Asia security, and he has written numerous works in
these fields.
X I A L I P ING is dean and professor in the School of Political Science and International
Relations at Tongji University in Shanghai, specializing in Asian security, and nuclear nonproliferation, and Chinas foreign strategy. He is vice president of Shanghai Institute for
International Strategic Studies (SIISS), vice president of Shanghai Association of International Relations, and vice president of the Shanghai Center for RimPac Strategic and International Studies (CPSIS). He is also senior guest fellow at the Institute of International
259
Technology and Economics in the Center for Development Studies under the PRC State
Council. Previously, he was director of the Department of Strategic Studies at the Shanghai
Institute for International Studies (SIIS). From 1989 to 1996, he was associate professor of
Institute for Strategic Studies, National Defense University, Beijing.
for Marine Affairs (CIMA), State Oceanic Administration (SOA), in the Peoples Republic of
China. She is legal adviser for related governmental departments. She has been legal expert
for diplomatic negotiations over marine boundary delimitation and other legal issues between
China and its neighbors. She studies the law of the sea and Chinese marine policy. Currently,
she is specializing in legal issues involving the South China Sea and East China Sea and leads
a series of research projects. Her recent publications include Study on Arctic Issues (2011,
Chinese) and Pictorial Interpretation of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea
(2010, Chinese). She is the author of numerous articles on the law of the sea.
ing and the director of the Institute of Environment and Economy at Peking University
in China. She teaches environmental economics and environmental management and has
been conducting various research projects related to environmental and development issues,
including in the fields of environmental and resource economics, environmental policy, and
environmental management. She also serves as a senior expert member of the United Nations Environment Programs Technology and Economic Assessment Panel for implementing the Montreal Protocol.
the Chinese Academy of Social Science, as well as the president of the China Association of
Asia-Pacific Studies. He is a member of National Committee of Chinese Political Consultant Conference and also vice chairman of the China Committee of the Pacific Economic
Cooperation Council. He was the director of the Institute of Asia-Pacific Studies from 1993
260
to 2007 and served as a member of the East Asian Vision Group (20002001), a member
of the Official Expert Group on China-ASEAN Cooperation (2001), and the chairman of
Joint Expert Group for Feasibility Study on EAFTA (20052006). His latest publications
include China and Asia Regionalism (2010); and China and World: New Change, Understanding and Identification (Chinese, 2011).
261
CARNEGIE ENDOWMENT
FOR INTERNATIONAL PEACE
263